Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Smain Femmam.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Control, servo-mechanisms and system regulation
    Chapter 2. System process control
    Chapter 3. Actuators: modeling and analysis
    Chapter 4. Digital control and polynomial approach
    Chapter 5. NAO robot
    Chapter 6. Application problems with solutions
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Suresh R. Devasahayam.
    Summary: Physiology is a set of processes that maintain homeostasis, and physiological measurement is a means of observing these processes. Systems theory and signal processing offer formal tools for the study of processes and measured quantities. This book shows that systems modeling can be used to develop simulations of physiological systems, which use formal relations between the underlying processes and the observed measurements. The inverse of such relations suggest signal processing tools that can be applied to interpret experimental data. Both signal processing and systems modeling are invaluable in the study of human physiology. Discussing signal processing techniques ranging from filtering and spectrum analysis to wavelet analysis, the book also includesGraphs and analogies to supplement the mathematics and make the book more accessible to physiologists and also more interesting to engineers. Physiological systems modeling helps in both gaining insights and generating methods of analysis. This book shows how numerical computation with graphical display, haptics and multimedia can be used to simulate physiological systems. In this third edition the simulations are more closely related to clinical examination and experimental physiology than in previous editions. Detailed models of nerve and muscle at the cellular and systemic levels, and simplified models of cardiovascular blood flow provide examples for the mathematical methods and computer simulations. Several of the models are sufficiently sophisticated to be of value in understanding real world issues like neuromuscular disease. The book features expanded problem sets and a link to extra downloadable material, and simulation programs that are solutions to the theory developed in the text are also available.

    Contents:
    Module1-Introduction to Signal Measurement and Analysis in Physiology.- Chapter 1.1 Measurement, Analysis, Modelling and Simulation.- Chapter 1.2. Physiological Measurement
    ECG as an example.- Chapter 1.3. Sensors and Measurement.- Chapter 1.4. Characterizing Transducers
    A Systems Approach.- Chapter 1.5. Interference and Noise.- Chapter 1.6. Simulation of Systems and Virtual Experiments.- Chapter 1.7. Execises.- Module 2-Basics of Signals and Systems.- Chapter 2.1. Time Domain Signals and Systems.- Chapter 2.2. Linear Systems: Impulse Response.- Chapter 2.3. Frequency Decomposition of Signals.- Chapter 2.4. Frequency Response and Pole-Zero plots.- Chapter 2.5. Random Signals.- Chapter 2.6. Exercises.- Module 3-Signal Filtering and System Control for Physiology.- Chapter 3.1. Filters in Different Domains- Mechanical filters, particle filters, electrical filters.- Chapter 3.2. A Common Sense View of Optimal filtering.- Chapter 3.3. Formal Definition of Optimal Filtering.- Chapter 3.4. Standard Filters: LPF, HPF, BPF, BSF.- Chapter 3.5. Realization of Simple Filters, Ensemble Averaging.- Chapter 3.6. Filtering Physiological Signals.- Chapter 3.7. Feedback Control Systems.- Chapter 3.8. Exercises.- Module 4-Digitization and Discrete Systems.- Chapter 4.1. Digitization
    From the Physical World to Computers and Back Again.- Chapter 4.2. Sampling, Quantization and Reconstruction Methods.- Chapter 4.3. Discrete Systems
    Z transforms.- Chapter 4.4. Discretization of Systems
    Bilinear transforms.- Chapter 4.5. Digital Feedback Control and Hybrid Systems.- Chapter 4.6.Exercises.- Module 5-Discrete Signal Processing.- Chapter 5.1. Digital Filtering and Sytem Identification.- Chapter 5.2. Discrete Fourier Transforms.- Chapter 5.3. Power Spectrum and Short-Time Fourier Transform.- Chapter 5.4. The Wavelet Transform.- Chapter 5.5. Time-Series Analysis.- Chapter 5.6. Programming Exercises.- Module 6-Numerical Methods, Graphics and Haptics for Modeling.- Chapter 6.1. Introduction to Computer Simulations.- Chapter 6.2. Geometry of 3D graphics.- Chapter 6.3. Animation and Image Manipulation.- Chapter 6.4. Virtual Experiments.- Chapter 6.5. Using electromechanical systems to provide 'feel'
    haptics.- Chapter 6.6. Basic haptics design.- Chapter 6.7. Exercises.- Module 7-Model-based Analysis of Physiological Systems.- Chapter 7.1. Biophysical Models and Black-Box Models.- Chapter 7.2. Purpose of Physiological Modelling and Signal Analysis.- Chapter 7.3. System identification in Physiology
    sensory receptors, eye movement.- Chapter 7.4. Opening the Loop
    Estimating Loop Transfer Function.- Chapter 7.5. Experimental Methods for System identification.- Chapter 7.6. Model-Based Noise Reduction and Feature Extraction.- Chapter 7.7. Exercises.- Module 8-Nerve Action Potential, Propagation and Stimulation of Tissue.- Chapter 8.1. Nerve Excitation and Propagation.- Chapter 8.2. The Hodgkin-Huxley Model, Fluctuation Analysis.- Chapter 8.3.Action Potential Propagation.- Chapter 8.4. Stimulation of Nerves within Tissue.- Chapter 8.5. Strength-Duration and Recruitment Relations.- Chapter 8.6. Electrical and Magnetic Stimulation.- Chapter 8.7. Exercises.- Module 9-Skeletal Muscle Contraction.- Chapter 9.1. Skeletal Muscle Behaviour, Structure and Organization.- Chapter 9.2. The Sliding Filament Model.- Chapter 9.3. Force Generation: Huxley's Model.- Chapter 9.4. Linearization of Skeletal Muscle Models.- Chapter 9.5. Simple haptics models of skeletal muscle as a non-linear spring.- Chapter 9.6. Applications of Muscle Modelling.- Chapter 9.7.Exercises.- Module 10-Neural Firing Analysis.- Chapter 10.1. Neural Information Transmission.- Chapter 10.2. Pulse sequences and Modulation Theory.- Chapter 10.3.Estimating Nerve Firing Rate.- Chapter 10.4. Spike Detection and Demodulation.- Chapter 10.5. Applications of Firing Rate Demodulation.- Chapter 10.6. Exercise.- Module 11-The Electromyogram
    Modelling and Analysis.- Chapter 11.1.Recording Myoelectric Signals.- Chapter 11.2. Electrode Transfer Function.- Chapter 11.3. Motor Unit Action Potential.- Chapter 11.4. Voluntary EMG Model.- Chapter 11.5. EMG Analysis.- Chapter 11.6. Hear, see, feel
    adding realism to EMG models.- Chapter 11.7. Exercises.- Module 12-Neuromuscular Control.- Chapter 12.1.Neuromuscular Reflex.- Chapter 12.2. Unit of Movement: Two Muscle Joint.- Chapter 12.3. Modelling Reflex Control of Movement.- Chapter 12.4. Movement Analysis.- Chapter 12.5. Understanding Pathology Using Neuromuscular Models.- Chapter 12.6. Incorporating haptics in neuromuscular models.- Chapter 12.7. Simulating spasticity
    what we can simulate is what we understand.- Chapter 12.8. Exercises.- Module 13-Cardiovascular Modelling.- Chapter 13.1. The Cardiovascular System.- Chapter 13.2. Modelling Blood Flow.- Chapter 13.3. Electrical Analogue of Fluid Flow in Vessels.- Chapter 13.4. Model of Coronary Circulation.- Chapter 13.5. Simulating the 'feel' of pulse auscultation.- Chapter 13.6.Applications of Cardiovascular Modelling.- Chapter 13.7. Exercises.-Module 14-Immune Response to Infection.- Chapter 14.1. The Immune Response.-Chapter 14.2. Linearized Model of the Immune Response.- Chapter 14.3. System Equations.- Chapter 14.4. Stability Analysis.- Chapter 14.5. Extending the Model.- Chapter 14.6. Exercises.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Henry M. Adams, Jane Meschan Foy.
    Contents:
    Abdominal distention
    Abdominal pain
    Alopecia and hair shaft anomalies
    Amenorrhea
    Anemia and pallor
    Anxiety
    Ataxia
    Back pain
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Chest pain
    Constipation
    Cough
    Cyanosis
    Depression
    Diarrhea and steatorrhea
    Disruptive behavior and aggression
    Dizziness and vertigo
    Dysmenorrhea
    Dysphagia
    Dyspnea
    Dysuria
    Edema
    Epistaxis
    Extremity pain
    Facial dysmorphism
    Failure to thrive: pediatric undernutrition
    Family dysfunction
    Fatigue and weakness
    Fever
    Fever of unknown origin
    Foot and leg problems
    Gastrointestinal hemorrhage
    Gender expression and identity issues
    Headache
    Hearing loss
    Heart murmurs
    Hematuria
    Hemoptysis
    Hepatomegaly
    High blood pressure
    Hirsutism, hypertrichosis, and precocious sexual hair development
    Hoarseness
    Hyperhidrosis
    Hypotonia
    Inattention and impulsivity
    Irritabilitya and fussiness
    Jaundice
    Joint pain
    Learning difficulty
    Limp
    Loss of appetite
    Lymphadenopathy
    Macrocephaly
    Medically unexplained symptoms
    Microcephaly
    Nonconvulsive periodic disorders
    Odor (Unusual urine and body)
    Petechiae and purpura
    Polyuria
    Proteinuria
    Pruritus
    Puberty: normal and abnormal
    Rash
    Recurrent infections
    Red eye/pink eye
    School absenteeism and school refusal
    Scrotal swelling and pain
    Self-harm
    Self-stimulating behaviors
    Short stature
    Sleep disturbances (Nonspecific)
    Speech and language concerns
    Splenomegaly
    Stridor
    Substance use: initial approach in primary care
    Symptoms of emotional disturbance in young children
    Syncope
    Temper
    Tics
    Torticollis
    Vaginal bleeding
    Vaginal discharge
    Vomiting
    Weight loss
    Wheezing
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Rebecca Dresser.
    Summary: The research ethics system was created without the help of people who know what it is like to be a research subject. This is a serious omission. Experts have overlooked ethical issues that matter to subjects. Silent Partners moves subjects to the forefront, giving them a voice in research ethics.

    Contents:
    Subject perspectives : the missing element in research ethics
    Personal knowledge and study participation
    The everyday ethics of human research
    The hidden world of subjects : rule-breaking in clinical trials
    Participants as partners in genetic research
    Terminally ill patients and the right to try experimental drugs
    Embedded ethics in developing country research
    Research subjects as literary subjects
    How to hear subjects.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Xin Jin (Joseph) Zhou, Zoltan G. Laszik, Tibor Nadasdy, Vivette D. D'Agati.
    Summary: Approximately ten percent of the world population are affected by kidney diseases, which often can only be diagnosed by renal biopsy. This practical guide offers an algorithmic, deductive approach to the interpretation of this complicated procedure, covering all technical methods used for diagnosis. This new edition includes an authoritative chapter on digital renal pathology, a topic inadequately covered in current literature. All chapters have been extensively revised in light of major advances in the understanding of the pathogenesis and clinicopathological features of renal disease. Written for practising pathologists and nephrologists, this text encompasses the entire spectrum of medical renal diseases in both pediatric and adult populations. Its numerous diagnostic algorithms provide a convenient overview and a helpful guide into the detailed text, directing the reader to major patterns of interest. Including online access to over 1000 photomicrographs and diagrams, this book is also of interest to trainees in nephrology and pathology.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Huiliang Cao.
    Contents:
    Bioinspired synthesis of silver nanoparticles : characterization, mechanism, and applications
    Tuning the properties of silver monolayer for biological applications
    Synergistic antimicrobial activity of silver and chitosan
    Titania nanotubes as silver nanoparticle carriers to prevent implant-associated infection
    Polymer-silver nanocomposites : preparation, characterization, and antibacterial mechanism
    Dissolution of silver nanoparticles
    Silver as an antimicrobial agent : the resistance issue
    The risks of silver nanoparticles to human body
    Imunomodulatory activities of silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) in human neutrophils
    Evaluating the interactions of silver nanoparticles and mammalian cells based on biomices technologies
    Methods and tools for assessing nanomaterials and uses and regulation of nanosilver in Europe
    Toward selectively toxic silver nanoparticles
    Orthopaedic implant-associated infections : pathogenesis, clinical presentation and management
    Dental implant infection : typical causes and control
    Guidelines for nanosilver-based antibacterial devices.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Scott C. Sherman ; contributing authors, Ghazala Q. Sharieff [and 31 others] ; with illustrations by Susan Gilbert and Catherine Delphia.
    Summary: Companion videos presents step-by-step procedures for splinting, arthrocentesis, injections, and reduction of fractures and dislocations. The book's Fracture Index illustrates every posssible fracturee of each bone.

    Contents:
    General principles
    Anesthesia and analgesia
    Rheumatology
    Complications
    Special imaging techniques
    Pediatrics
    Approach to neck and back pain
    Specific disorders of the spine
    Cervical spine trauma
    Thoracolumbar spine trauma
    Hand
    Wrist
    Forearm
    Elbow
    Upper arm
    Shoulder
    Pelvis
    Hip
    Thigh
    Knee
    Leg
    Ankle
    Foot.
  • Digital
    editor, Scott C. Sherman.
    Contents:
    General principles / R. Darrell Nelson and Jonah Gunalda
    Anesthesia and analgesia / Tarlan Hedayati
    Rheumatology / Todd Taylor, Usama Khalid, and Jehangir Meer
    Complications / Erik Nordquist
    Special imaging techniques / Joy L. English
    Pediatrics / Ghazala Q. Sharieff
    Approach to neck and back pain / Zheng Ben Ma and Emily Senecal Miller
    Specific disorders of the spine / Andrew D. Perron and Carl A. Germann
    Cervical spine trauma / Michael E. Nelson
    Thoracolumbar spine trauma / Sean Dyer
    Hand / David E. Manthey and Kim L. Askew
    Wrist / Andrea L. Blome and Megan E. Healy
    Forearm / Eric Toth and James Webley
    Elbow / Carl A. Germann and Brook M. Goddard
    Upper arm / Casey Glass
    Shoulder / Adnan Hussain and Sanjeev Malik
    Pelvis / Hany Y. Atallah
    Hip / Gregory W. Hendey
    Thigh / Rachel R. Bengtzen and Alexander P. Skog
    Knee / Michael C. Bond
    Leg / Adriana Segura Olson, George Chiampas, and Jacob Stelter
    Ankle / Moira Davenport and Madison Galasso
    Foot / Dennis Hanlon and Christopher Morris.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    Filippo Castoldi, Davide Blonna, Marco Assom, editors.
    Summary: The treatment of humeral fractures is a complex issue and the source of considerable controversy. In the case of fractures of the proximal humerus, early range of motion is the main aim of treatment. If a fracture modifies the anatomy or function of the glenohumeral and scapulothoracic joints, the surgeon must adhere meticulously to treatment principles in order to ensure a satisfactory outcome. Humeral shaft fractures are frequent, accounting for 1% to 3% of all fractures in adults; while excellent functional results have been reported with nonoperative management, open reduction and internal fixation is preferred in specific clinical settings. In contrast, intra-articular fractures of the distal humerus are frequently complex and full functional recovery is difficult to achieve. This volume clearly explains the concepts that are central to an understanding of humeral fractures from the proximal to the distal tip. Indications for different forms of treatment, including nonsurgical, are presented in detail, and all of the commonly used fixation techniques are described with the help of high-quality illustrations. Further important aspects such as complications, rehabilitation, and treatment of sequelae are also fully considered. This book will be an invaluable and comprehensive aid for all surgeons who treat humeral fractures.

    Contents:
    PART 1. Proximal humerus: 1. Main anatomy
    2. Understanding the Fracture
    3. Operating theatre setup
    4. Closed reduction principles
    5. Surgical Approaches
    6. Percutaneous fixation: when and how
    7. ORIF in three-/four-part fractures
    8. Intramedullary nail rationale and surgical technique
    9. Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty
    10. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty
    11. Surgical neck fracture
    12. The tuberosities
    13. Malunions of the tuberosity
    14. Nerve injuries
    15. Fracture dislocations
    16. Treatment of the sequelae
    17. Conservative treatment
    PART 2. The diaphysis: 18. Surgical anatomy
    19. Radial palsy and humerus fractures
    20. Internal Fixation: plate or IM Nail
    21. External fixation
    22. Periprosthetic fracture
    PART 3. Distal Humerus: 23. Surgical anatomy
    24. Surgical approaches and fracture pattern
    25. Internal fixation principles
    26. Prosthesis
    27. External fixation when and how
    28. Malunion and non union
    29. Terrible triad.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Byung In Han.
    Summary: This book describes a streamlined version of vestibular rehabilitation therapy (VRT), an exercise-based approach that is of proven value in the treatment of vertigo and dizziness. This simplified form of VRT is intended for use in primary healthcare facilities. As Dr. Han had practiced martial art and ballet, he could pick out necessary movements from those art forms. The selected movements were used to make the VRT exercises. The opening part describes the indications for and the principles of VRT and provides general information on key exercises. The role of VRT in patients with central dizziness is then discussed. The remainder of the book offers clear, precise guidance on the exercises used in simplified VRT, covering general exercises, gaze stability exercises, postural stability exercises, and habituation exercises. The text is supported by numerous photographs that will help both clinicians and patients to implement the exercises correctly and effectively.

    Contents:
    Vestibular Rehabilitation Therapy: Review of Indications, Mechanisms, and Key Exercises
    Vestibular Rehabilitation in Central Dizziness
    Implementing the exercises.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Saurabh Jain.
    Summary: This book provides a clear, concise and easy to understand guide to the diagnosis and management of strabismus. Throughout the text, a practical approach to examining, diagnosing and treating patients with strabismus is utilised, supported with case studies in the form of patient photographs and ocular motility videos. Flowcharts and tables are included, together with evidence based management plans and suggestions for further reading. Simplifying Strabismus: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management is aimed at optometrists, junior and senior ophthalmologists, as well as any medical professional wishing to improve their knowledge of strabismus. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Making sense of strabismus
    Anatomy of the extraocular muscles
    Applied physiology of eye movements
    Examining a patient with strabismus
    Orthoptic assessment of a patient with strabismus
    Concomitant strabismus
    Paralytic strabismus
    Supranuclear disorders
    Alphabet patterns in strabismus
    Strabismus in systemic disease
    Other forms of incomitant strabismus
    Surgical and non-surgical treatment of strabismus.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael F. Klaassen, Earle Brown, Felix Behan.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by Vicki Moran, Rita Wunderlich, Cynthia Rubbelke.
    Summary: This book focuses on evidence-based standards for simulation in nursing education. The foundational principle of simulation excellence and its relevance to nursing is defined and infuses throughout the book. It also discusses necessary components for quality simulation from development to implementation. These areas include (but are not limited to): theoretical background, accreditation and approval standards, the simulation environment, developing and implementing simulations, and debriefing. These subject areas are approached following a thorough review of the literature and current practices identified from the International Nursing Association for Clinical Simulation and Learning (INACSL), Society for Simulation in Healthcare (SSH), National League for Nursing (NLN) and State Boards of Nursing. This quick reference title will become the best practice standards for simulation excellence in nursing education.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Simulation in Nursing Education
    Chapter 2: Standards in Simulation
    Chapter 3: Simulation Environments
    Chapter 4: Developing Simulations
    Chapter 5: Implementing Simulations
    Chapter 6: Putting It All Together.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Harry Owen.
    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    Part I
    2 Early Examples of Simulation in Training and Healthcare
    3 Simulation in Medical Science
    Part II
    4 Simulation in Obstetrics and Midwifery
    Part III
    5 Simulators and Teaching Aids Used in Teaching Medicine
    6 Simulation in Surgery
    7 Simulation in Oto-, Rhino-, and Laryngology
    8 Simulation in the Treatment of Eye Disorders
    9 Simulation in Nursing
    10 Simulation and Teaching in Resuscitation and Trauma Management
    11 Simulation in Dentistry and Dental Hygiene
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jozef Rovensky, Manfred Herold, Martina Vasakova.
    Summary: Sine syndromes (SSs) represent atypical forms of inflammatory rheumatic diseases, the courses of which are often severe. While the diagnosis of rheumatic diseases can be determined according to an established set of diagnostic criteria based on clinical characteristics and laboratory parameters, Sine Syndromes do not fulfill the standard criteria used to assist in the classification of patients with rheumatological disorders. This concise book gives an overview of atypical courses in common inflammatory rheumatic diseases such as Wegener's granulomatosis, systemic sclerosis, Sjögren's syndrome, or systemic lupus erythematosus. Each chapter reviews similar cases reported in the literature and presents current data on treatment options. Drawing on their vast clinical experience, the editors provide a series of detailed case reports in order to illustrate the different types of disease. The book is intended to facilitate early diagnosis and effective therapy in patients where a schematic approach may not prove sufficient. Sine Syndromes in Rheumatology will serve as a useful and easily accessible reference for specialists in rheumatology as well as for practitioners in the fields of internal medicine, pediatrics, and orthopedics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Giusto Pignata, Francesco Corcione, Umberto Bracale, editors.
    Summary: Single-access laparoscopic surgery (SALS), performed using a single transumbilical access, has recently proved to bring advantages over other forms of laparoscopic surgery due to the reduction in the number of incisions and the consequent decrease in morbidity, less blood loss and postoperative pain. Furthermore, cosmesis may be improved because incision within the umbilicus renders surgery virtually scarless. Nevertheless, as with all new surgical concepts, questions may be raised regarding safety, usefulness, and appropriateness. This book analyzes the use of SALS for different indications and abdominal surgical procedures based on a careful literature review of the experience of the most important surgical teams employing this approach and also the authors' personal observations. The coverage is broad, encompassing, for example, the role of SALS in appendectomy, repair of abdominal wall defects, cholecystectomy, gastric surgery, nephrectomy, splenectomy, hemicolectomy, and pancreatic, liver, and gynecological surgery. Resident surgeons specializing in laparoscopy, researchers, and related healthcare professionals will find Single-Access Laparoscopic Surgery to be an invaluable source of information in an area which deserves to receive detailed attention.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1.Introduction: From Multiport Laparoscopic Surgery to Single Port Laparoscopic Surgery
    2.SingleAccess Laparoscopic Appendectomy
    3.Single-access Laparoscopic Abdominal Wall Defect Repair
    4.Single-access Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    5.Single-access Laparoscopic Surgery for Obesity
    6.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gastric Surgery (Hiatal Hernia Repair and Gastric Resections)
    7.Single-access Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    8.Single-access Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
    9.Single-access Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy
    10.Single-access Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection
    11.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Pancreatic Surgery
    12.Single-access Laparoscopic Liver Resections
    13.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gynecological Surgery
    14.Single-access Robotic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jianqin Gu, Xiangdong Wang.
    Contents:
    1. Can the single cell make biomedicine different?
    2. Automated single-cell analysis and isolation system: a paradigm shift in cell screening methods for bio-medicines
    3. Single-cell non-coding RNA in embryonic development
    4. High throughput single cell RNA sequencing, bioinformatics analysis and applications
    5. Circulating tumor cells: the importance of single cell analysis
    6. Super-resolution fluorescence microscopy for single cell imaging
    7. Single cell proteomics for molecular targets in lung cancer: high-dimensional data acquistion and analysis
    8. Therapeutic antibody discovery in infectious diseases using single-cell analysis
    9. Single cell genetics and epigenetics in early embryo: from oocyte to blastocyst
    10. The potential roles and advantages of single cell sequencing in the diagnosis and treatment of hematological malignancies
    11. Application of single cell sequencing in cancer
    12. Emergence of bias during the synthesis and amplification of cDNA for scRNA-seq
    13. Detection and application of RNA editing in cancer
    14. Is pooled CRISPR-screening the dawn of a new era for functional genomics
    15. Roles of single cell systems biomedicine in lung diseases
    16. The significance of single-cell biomedicine in stem cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Anup K. Singh and Aarthi Chandrasekaran.
    Contents:
    Single-cell western blotting
    A microfluidic device for immunoassay-based protein analysis of single E. coli bacteria
    Enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISpot) for single-cell analysis
    Photocleavable DNA barcoding antibodies for multiplexed protein analysis in single cells
    Genome-wide analysis of protein and mRNA copy numbers in single escherichia coli cells with single-molecule sensitivity
    Microfluidic flow cytometry for single-cell protein analysis
    Microfluidic image cytometry for single-cell phenotyping of human pluripotent stem cells
    Characterizing phenotypes and signaling networks of single human cells by mass cytometry
    Multiplexed peptide-MHC tetramer staining with mass cytometry
    Imaging and mapping of tissue constituents at the single-call level using MALDI MSI and quantitative laser scanning cytometry
    SPLIFF: A single-cell method to map protein-protein interactions in time and space
    Microfluidic proximity ligation assay for profiling signaling networks with single-cell resolution
    Dynamics and interactions of individual proteins in the membrane of single, living cells
    Microfluidics-enabled enzyme activity measurement in single cells
    Microfluidic chemical cytometry for enzyme assays of single cells
    Quantitative detection of nucleocytoplasmic transport of native proteins in single cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Buwei Yu, Jiaqiang Zhang, Yiming Zeng, Li Li, Xiangdong Wang, editors.
    Summary: With the rapid development of biotechnologies, single-cell sequencing has become an important tool for understanding the molecular mechanisms of diseases, defining cellular heterogeneities and characteristics, and identifying intercellular communications and single-cell-based biomarkers. Providing a clear overview of the clinical applications, the book presents state-of-the-art information on immune cell function, cancer progression, infection, and inflammation gained from single-cell DNA or RNA sequencing. Furthermore, it explores the role of target gene methylation in the pathogenesis of diseases, with a focus on respiratory cancer, infection and chronic diseases. As such it is a valuable resource for clinical researchers and physicians, allowing them to refresh their knowledge and improve early diagnosis and therapy for patients.

    Contents:
    Values of single-cell sequencing and methylation in molecular diagnosis and therapy
    Single-cell sequencing in human diseases
    Single-cell sequencing of T cell receptors: A perspective on the technological development and translational application
    DNA Methylation in pulmonary fibrosis
    Molecular regulation and clinical significance of caveolin-1 methylation in chronic lung diseases
    Research advances on DNA methylation in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
    DNA Methylation in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Single cell sequencing: a new dimension in cancer diagnosis
    The Role of Methylation in the CpG Island of the ARHI Promoter Region in Cancers
    Clinical Significance of P16 Gene Methylation in Lung Cancer
    Application of single-cell RNA sequencing in pancreatic cancer and the endocrine pancreas
    Single Cell Sequencing in GU Malignancies
    PI3K Isoform-Selective Inhibitors in Cancer
    Single cell RNA sequencing in human disease: Renal, pancreatic, and viral diseases
    Single-cell sequencing in human genital infections
    PI3kinase Inhibitors in Thrombosis and Cardiovascular Disease
    Use of single-cell microfluidic technology towards therapeutic antibody discovery from single B cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Xiangdong Wang, editor ; honor editors, Xiaoming Chen, Zhihong Sun, Jinglin Xia.
    Summary: The volume focuses on the genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and bioinformatics of a single cell, especially lymphocytes and on understanding the molecular mechanisms of systems immunology. Based on the author?s personal experience, it provides revealing insights into the potential applications, significance, workflow, comparison, future perspectives and challenges of single-cell sequencing for identifying and developing disease-specific biomarkers in order to understand the biological function, activation and dysfunction of single cells and lymphocytes and to explore their functional roles and responses to therapies. It also provides detailed information on individual subgroups of lymphocytes, including cell characters, function, surface markers, receptor function, intracellular signals and pathways, production of inflammatory mediators, nuclear receptors and factors, omics, sequencing, disease-specific biomarkers, bioinformatics, networks and dynamic networks, their role in disease and future prospects. Dr. Xiangdong Wang is a Professor of Medicine, Director of Shanghai Institute of Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of Fudan University Center for Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of the Biomedical Research Center of Zhongshan Hospital, Deputy Director of Shanghai Respiratory Research Institute, Shanghai, China.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Wai Lun Law, Conor P. Delaney, editors.
    Summary: Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery provide a comprehensive and state-of-the art review of single incision laparoscopic and transanal colorectal surgery. The text concentrates on surgical techniques and tricks in single incision laparoscopic and transanal surgery with detailed descriptions of the techniques, as well as indications and limitations of the procedures. The newly available evidence on these procedures is emphasized and all procedures are richly illustrated with diagrams and photos. Written by experts in their fields, Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery is a valuable resource for general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, laparoscopic GI surgeons, surgical residents and fellows in training interested in these two rapidly developing fields in colorectal surgery.

    Contents:
    Platforms and Instruments (principles of single incision laparoscopic colorectal surgery, available platforms and instruments)
    Single Incision Laparoscopic Right Colectomy
    Single Incision Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
    SILS Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch-Anal Anastomosis (IPAA)
    Low Anterior Resection and Total Mesorectal Excision
    Tricks and Routes to Success
    Robotic Single Port Colorectal Surgery
    Current Evidence for Single Incision Laparoscopic Colectomy
    Local Excision for Low Rectal Cancer: From Mucosectomy to Endolumen Loco-Regional Resection: Tips And Tricks
    Hybrid NOTES Colectomy for Left-sided Colonic Tumors
    Transanal Endoluminal Total Mesorectal Resection (Tetmr) by Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery
    Transanal Excision: Development, Technique and Evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Spies and Yann R. Chemla.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Direct fluorescent imaging of translocation and unwinding by individual DNA helicases
    Chapter 2. Single-molecule imaging with one color fluorescence
    Chapter 3. Measuring membrane protein dimerization equilibrium in lipid bilayers by single-molecule fluorescence microsopy
    Chapter 4. Fluorescent labeling of proteins in whole cell extracts for single-molecule imaging
    Chapter 5. Quantifying the assembly of multicomponent molecular machines by single-molecule total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
    Chapter 6. How to measure separations and angles between intramolecular fluorescent markers
    Chapter 7. Precisely and accurately inferring single-molecule rate constants
    Chapter 8. Quantification of functional dynamics of membrane proteins reconstituted in nanodiscs membranes by single turnover functional readout
    Chapter 9. Putting Humpty-Dumpty together: clustering the functional dynamics of single biomolecular machines such as the splicosome
    Chapter 10. Single-molecule FRET to measure conformational dynamics of DNA mismatch repair proteins
    Chapter 11. Single-molecule confocal FRET microscopy to dissect conformational changes in the catalytic cycle of DNA topoisomerases
    Chapter 12. Probing the conformational landscape of DNA polymerases using diffusion-based single-molecule FRET
    Chapter 13. Methods for investigating DNA accessibility with single nucleosomes
    Chapter 14. Single-molecule fluorescence studies of fast protein folding
    Chapter 15. Single-molecule multicolor FRET assay for studying structural dynamics of biomolecules
    Chapter 16. A multicolor single-molecule FRET approach to study protein dynamics and interactions simultaneously
    Chapter 17. Interferometric scattering microscopy for the study of molecular motors
    Chapter 18. Enzyme kinetics in femtoliter arrays
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Riccardo Bertolo, Jihad Kaouk.
    Contents:
    1. The evolution of robotic single-port dedicated platforms / Riccardo Autorino, Christopher Bednarz, Fairleigh Reeves and Prokar Dasgupta
    2. Applications of single-port robotic platforms in urology: an overview / Marcio Covas Moschovas and Vipul Patel
    3. Single-port robot-assisted radical prostatectomy: transperitoneal versus extraperitoneal approach / Grace Chen and Simone Crivellaro
    4. The re-discovery of alternative access to the pelvic fossa: the role of the single-port robotic platform / Juan Garisto, Venkat M. Ramakrishnan, Riccardo Bertolo and Jihad Kaouk
    5. The evolution of single-port robot-assisted transperineal radical prostatectomy / Riccardo Bertolo, Juan Garisto and Jihad Kaouk
    6. Robotic single-port surgery for kidney and upper urinary tract cancers / Paul Kogan and Ronney Abaza
    7. Robot-assisted single-port radical cystectomy and intracorporeal urinary diversion / Fahad Sheckley, Michelle Kruse, Mubashir Billah, Juan Garisto and Mutahar Ahmed
    8. Single-port robotic ureteral reconstruction / Nathan Cheng and Michael Stifelman
    9. Single-port robotic surgery for kidney transplantation and autotransplantation / Alireza Aminsharifi, Mahmoud Abou Zeinab and Jihad Kaouk
    10. Comparison of perioperative outcomes and costs between single-port and standard multiport robot-assisted surgeries in urology / Shirley L. Wang, Andrew T. Gabrielson, Phillip M. Pierorazio and Mohamad E. Allaf
    11. Future perspectives: natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery / Alireza Aminsharifi, Riccardo Bertolo, Christian Huge and Wesley M. White.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Single surgical procedures series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Nabil F. Saba, Derrick T. Lin, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the standard surgical, radiotherapeutic, and systemic management of sinonasal and skull base tumors. It provides up-to-date information on epidemiology, diagnostic modalities, molecular biology, staging, treatment complications, principles of supportive care, and current controversies. Sinonasal and skull base tumors display histologic and anatomic heterogeneity, as well as wide variation in clinical behavior. Accordingly, they pose significant diagnostic and treatment challenges. A multidisciplinary approach offers the best chance of a successful outcome. In addition to documenting in detail the currently accepted management approaches, this book sheds light on various promising novel therapeutic strategies. Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies is an invaluable reference for all specialists involved in treating these tumors, including otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, reconstructive surgeons, medical and radiation oncologists, neuroradiologists, specialized head and neck pathologists, prosthodontists, and speech and swallow therapists.

    Contents:
    The Etiology and Epidemiology of Sinonasal Malignancies
    Radiology and Diagnostic Approaches to Sinonasal Malignancies and Skull Base Tumors
    The Pathology of Common Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies
    Open Approaches to Sinonasal Tumors
    Reconstruction and Rehabilitation after Surgical Ablation of the Paranasal Sinuses
    Endoscopic Resection of Sinonasal Tumors
    Endoscopic Reconstruction of the Skull Base
    Radiation Therapy for Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors
    Theroleofsystemictherapyandtargetedapproaches for the treatment of sinonasal malignancies,- Complications of Surgical Management of Skull Base and Sinonasal Malignancies
    Supportive care for patients with sinonasal and skull base tumors
    Rare Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ronald Younes, Nabih Nader, Georges Khoury, editors.
    Summary: Placement of endosseous implants in the posterior maxilla is often difficult because of a lack of supporting bone. Sinus augmentation procedures have therefore been extensively used for the treatment of the edentulous atrophic posterior maxilla prior to implant placement. This book describes in detail the most widely used sinus grafting techniques as well as some innovative variations, with full coverage of both lateral and crestal approaches. A key aim is to assist the practitioner in selecting the appropriate sinus grafting technique based on the evaluation of a number of parameters that are described in detail and codified in a simple and practical way. Up-to-date information is also provided on grafting materials and on potential complications of sinus augmentation procedures and their treatment.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Biologic Basis of Sinus Grafting
    Anatomical and Physiological Considerations for Sinus Augmentation
    Update on Grafting Materials
    Lateral Sinus Grafting Approach
    Crestal Sinus Grafting Approach
    Guidelines for Optimal Treatment
    Complications
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mark E. Mehle, editor.
    Summary: This volume serves as a comprehensive and useful guide for ENT and allergy physicians in the recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of patients who suffer from sinus headaches and migraines. The text reviews key issues such as identification and management of migraine, and appropriate surgical and nonsurgical treatment that is often not part of ENT or allergy resident training. With 20% of women and 6% of men having migraines (only 50% recognized) this text also serves to expand management options to physicians already medically or surgically treating sinuses or seeing cosmetic patients with head and neck concerns. Other forms of intervention in migraineurs, such as surgery, Botulinum Toxin injections and adjunctive and integrative therapy, are covered. Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist will be an invaluable resource for ENT and allergy specialists, and any physician or medical professional with an interest in sinus headache or migraine.

    Contents:
    Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist: an Introduction
    Anatomy and Pathophysiology of Migraine
    Differential Diagnosis and Workup of the Headache Patient: Should I Order a Scan?
    Pharmacological Management of Migraine
    Botulinum Toxin for Migraine Headaches
    Sinus Headache and Rhinogenic Headache
    Allergic Rhinitis and Migraine Headache
    Vestibular Migraine
    Migraine Co-Morbidities
    Surgery for Migraine: An Evidence-Based Review
    Adjunctive and Integrative Therapy in Migraine Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    by Botha De Meillon, David H.S. Davis and Felicity Hardy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L179.A2 D3 1961
    1
  • Digital
    Michael J. Aminoff, MD, DSc, FRCP, Professor of Neurology, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California.
    Contents:
    An introductory snapshot
    In the beginning
    London and the Great Windmill Street School
    Anatomy of the expression of emotions
    Behind the glories of war
    Swings and roundabouts
    In and out of the central nervous system
    The organization of the nervous system
    Clinical observations on the nervous system
    For God and country
    New classrooms : old struggles
    The ebbing tide
    To each his due.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kato Shum and John Rossi.
    Contents:
    Synthesis and conjugation of small interfering ribonucleic neutral SiRNNs / Alexander S. Hamil and Steven F. Dowdy - - Liver-targeted SiRNA delivery using biodegradable poly(amide) polymer conjugates / Stephanie E. Barrett and Erin N. Guidry
    PepFect6 mediated SiRNA delivery into organotypic cultures / Suvarna Dash-Wagh, Ülo Langel, and Mats Ulfendahl
    Highly efficient SiRNA delivery mediated by cationic helical polypeptides and polypeptide-based nanosystems / Lichen Yin, Nan Zheng, and Jianjun Cheng
    Disulfide-bridged cleavable PEGylation of poly- L -lysine for SiRNA delivery / Min Tang ... [et al.]
    Preparation of a cyclic RGD : modified liposomal SiRNA formulation for use in active targeting to tumor and tumor endothelial cells / Yu Sakurai, Tomoya Hada, and Hideyoshi Harashima
    Multifunctional envelope-type nano device containing a pH-sensitive cationic lipid for efficient delivery of short interfering RNA to hepatocytes in vivo / Yusuke Sato, Hideyoshi Harashima, and Michinori Kohara
    Bioreducible poly (beta-amino ester)s for intracellular delivery of SiRNA / Kristen L. Kozielski and Jordan J. Green
    Preparation of polyion complex micelles using block copolymers for SiRNA delivery / Hyun Jin Kim ... [et al.]
    Delivery of small interfering RNAs to cells via exosomes / Jessica Wahlgren ... [et al.]
    Dendrimer nanovectors for SiRNA delivery / Xiaoxuan Liu and Ling Peng
    Chitosan nanoparticles for SiRNA delivery in vitro / Héloïse Ragelle ... [et al.]
    Non-covalently functionalized of single-walled carbon nanotubes by DSPE-PEG-PEI for SiRNA delivery / King Sun Siu ... [et al.]
    SiRNA in vivo-targeted delivery to murine dendritic cells by oral administration of recombinant yeast / Kun Xu ... [et al.]
    TLR9-targeted SiRNA delivery in vivo / Dewan Md Sakib Hossain ... [et al.]
    Aptamer-MiRNA conjugates for cancer cell-targeted delivery / Carla L. Esposito, Silvia Catuogno, and Vittorio de Franciscis
    Method for confirming cytoplasmic delivery of RNA aptamers / David D. Dickey ... [et al.]
    Hapten-binding bispecific antibodies for the targeted delivery of SiRNA and SiRNA-containing nanoparticles / Irmgard S. Thorey ... [et al.]
    Stable delivery of CCR5-directed shRNA into human primary peripheral blood mononuclear cells and hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells via a lentiviral vector / Saki Shimizu, Swati Seth Yadav, and Dong Sung An
    Hepatic delivery of artificial micro RNAs using helper- dependent adenoviral vectors / Carol Crowther, Betty Mowa, and Patrick Arbuthnot
    Intravascular AAV9 administration for delivering RNA silencing constructs to the CNS and periphery / Brett D. Dufour and Jodi L. McBride
    Efficient gene suppression in dorsal root ganglia and spinal cord using adeno-associated virus vectors encoding short-hairpin RNA / Mitsuhiro Enomoto ... [et al.]
    Synthetic SiRNA delivery : progress and prospects / Thomas C. Roberts ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shrestha Ghosh.
    Summary: This book illustrates the activities of mammalian sirtuin SIRT6 in connection with DNA damage repair and premature aging. It mainly presents research on the nuclear lamin A, notably the upregulation of p53 and acetylation etc. Taken together, these studies reveal the various regulatory roles of SIRT6, which are of substantial biological relevance in DNA damage repair, aging and longevity, and can have significant implications in devising therapeutic strategies to combat age-associated pathologies. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of genetics, cell biology, molecular biology etc.

    Contents:
    Intro; Supervisor's Foreword; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Contributors; Acronyms and Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Premature Aging and Genomic Instability; 1.1.1 Chronological Aging and Premature Aging; 1.1.2 A Brief Background of Progeroid Syndromes; 1.1.3 Genomic Instability and Premature Aging; 1.2 Lamins and Laminopathies; 1.2.1 The Nuclear Lamins; 1.2.2 A Brief Outlook of Laminopathies; 1.2.3 Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome (HGPS); 1.2.4 Atypical HGPS Conditions; 1.3 Role of Sirtuins in Premature Aging 1.3.1 Sirtuins ... At a Glance1.3.2 Sirt1; 1.3.3 Sirt2; 1.3.4 Sirt3; 1.3.5 Sirt4; 1.3.6 Sirt5; 1.3.7 Sirt6; 1.3.8 Sirt7; 1.4 An Overview of SIRT6; 1.4.1 Structure and Localization of SIRT6; 1.4.2 Diverse Functions of SIRT6; 1.4.3 Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6; 1.4.4 Perspectives; 1.5
    p53: In a Nutshell; 1.5.1 Domains of p53 and Their Associated Functions; 1.5.2 Mechanisms of p53 Activation and Regulation; 1.5.3 Perspectives; 1.6 Hypotheses and Objectives of Study; 1.6.1 Hypothesis I: A Potential Interlinkage Between Lamins and SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair and Premature Aging 1.6.2 Hypothesis II: A Potential Functional Interlinkage Between SIRT6 and P53 in Accelerated Cellular Senescence and Premature Aging1.6.3 Hypothesis III: Other Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6 with Regulatory Roles in DNA Damage Repair Process; References; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Materials; 2.1.1 Cell Lines; 2.1.2 Mouse Lines; 2.1.3 Constructs; 2.1.4 Antibodies; 2.1.5 Reagents; 2.1.6 Primers; 2.2 Methods; 2.2.1 Cell Culture, Transfections and Treatment with Reagents; 2.2.2 Mouse Embryonic Fibroblast (MEF) Collection; 2.2.3 Genotyping of Tissues from Mice 2.2.18 Isolation of Bone Marrow Stromal Cells, and Cells from Thymus and Spleen2.2.19 Immunostaining for Fluorescence-Activated Cell Sorting (FACS) Analysis; 2.2.20 Annexin-V Staining; 2.2.21 Statistical Analysis; References; 3 Results-I. Lamin A is an Endogenous Activator of SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair Process; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Results; 3.2.1 Lamin A is a Direct Interacting Partner of SIRT6; 3.2.2 The Core Domain of SIRT6 Plays a Critical Role in Interacting with Lamin A; 3.2.3 The C-Terminus of Lamin A Dictates Its Binding with SIRT6; 3.2.4 Lamin A Enhances SIRT6 Deacetylase Activity
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Riekelt H. Houtkooper, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Biochemistry and enzymology of sirtuins
    2. NAD as a pharmacological tool to boost sirtuin activity
    3. Protein lysine acylation: abundance, dynamics and function
    4. SIRT1 in metabolic health and disease
    5. Deacetylation by SIRT3 relieves inhibition of mitochondrial protein function
    6. SIRT5 reveals novel enzymatic activities of sirtuins
    7. Diverse roles of SIRT6 in mammalian healthspan and logevity
    8. Sirtuins in cancer, emerging role as modulators of metabolic reprogramming
    9. Sirtuins as metabolic modulators of muscle plasticity
    10. Sirtuins and aging
    11. Sirtuins and the circadian clock: epigenetic and metabolic crosstalk
    12. Sirtuin activation by small molecules
    13. Sirtuins: a future perspective
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Arnaud Gautier, Marlon J. Hinner.
    Contents:
    How FlAsH got its dparkle : historical recollections of the biarsenical-tetracysteine tag / B. Albert Griffin, Stephen R. Adams, and Roger Y. Tsien - - Site-specific protein labeling in the pharmaceutical industry : experiences from novartis drug discovery / Lukas Leder
    Getting across the cell membrane : an overview for small molecules, peptides, and proteins / Nicole J. Yang and Marlon J. Hinner
    Considerations and protocols for the synthesis of custom protein labeling probes / Ivan R. Corrêa Jr.
    2-Cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) condensation for site- specific labeling of proteins at the terminal cysteine residues / Lina Cui and Jianghong Rao
    Fluorescent labeling for patch-clamp fluorometry (PCF) measurements of real-time protein motion in ion channels / Thomas K. Berger and Ehud Y. Isacoff
    Fluorescent labeling of SNAP-tagged proteins in cells / Gražvydas Lukinavičius, Luc Reymond, and Kai Johnsson
    Halotag technology for specific and covalent labeling of fusion proteins / Hélène A. Benink and Marjeta Urh
    Ligation of synthetic peptides to proteins using semisynthetic protein trans-splicing / Julian C.J. Matern ... [et al.]
    Chemical-tag labeling of proteins using fully recombinant split inteins / Anne-Lena Bachmann ... [et al.]
    Phage selection assisted by Sfp phosphopantetheinyl transferase-catalyzed site-specific protein labeling / Bo Zhao ... [et al.]
    Site-specific biotinylation of purified proteins using BirA / Michael Fairhead and Mark Howarth
    Site-specific labeling of proteins via sortase : protocols for the molecular biologist / Maximilian Wei-Lin Popp
    BONCAT: metabolic labeling, click chemistry, and affinity purification of newly synthesized proteomes / Peter Landgraf, Elmer R. Antileo, Erin M. Schuman, and Daniela C. Dieterich
    Genetic encoding of unnatural amino acids for labeling proteins / Kathrin Lang , Lloyd Davis, and Jason W. Chin
    Labeling proteins by affinity-guided DMAP chemistry / Tomonori Tamura and Itaru Hamachi
    Ligand-directed tosyl chemistry for selective native protein labeling in vitro, in cells, and in vivo / Shinya Tsukiji and Itaru Hamachi.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eun-Ok Im, Afaf I. Meleis, editors.
    Summary: This book fills the gap in the literature on nursing theories by presenting the background information on situation specific theories such as philosophical bases and current status of situation specific theories and providing a collection of situation specific theories that have been developed. It provides specific guidelines for nursing research and practice, essentials for PhD and DNP students to complete the requirements for their degrees (e.g., dissertation, QI project). In addition, this book can be used in theory courses in other graduate nursing programs that require theoretical bases for their comprehensive exam or scholarly project (e.g., MSN, NP). Throughout nursing history, nursing theories have evolved within the contexts of changing and emerging theoretical needs of nursing discipline. Subsequently, several different types of nursing theories have been proposed, developed, and used in nursing education, research, and practice. Situation specific theories could be easily adopted and used in nursing practice and research due to their foci on specific populations or particular fields. Since situation specific theories were firstly proposed in 1990s, they became a major part of nursing theories in the past two decades, making this book appeals to all levels of nursing students.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Charlie Arnot.
    Summary: Despite food being safer, more affordable and more available than at any time in human history, consumers are increasingly skeptical and critical of today?s food system. In Size Matters, Charlie Arnot provides thought provoking insight into how the food system lost consumer trust, what can be done to restore it, and the remarkable changes taking place on farms and in food companies, supermarkets and restaurants every day as technology and consumer demand drive radical change. The very systems and technologies that are mistrusted by consumers are driving a revolution that empowers individual consumers to find the perfect recipe of taste and nutrition to meet their specific needs and desires. Size Matters pulls back the curtain to examine the irony, competing priorities and new realities that shape today's food system.

    Contents:
    Chapter1: Sowing the Seeds of Distrust
    Chapter2: Social License Revoked
    Chapter3: From A & P to Omni Shopping
    Chapter4: From Famine to Feast
    Chapter5: How to Make Money by Doing What's Right
    Chapter6: Brands as Agents of Change
    Chapter7: Military, Social Media and Meal Time
    Chapter8: Dinner Without Dogma.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited Wan-Fai Ng.
    Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome summarises current understanding of the pathogenesis of the disease, including advances in the genetics, disease mechanisms, clinical diagnosis and assessment, secondary Sjögren's syndrome, and the role of laboratory investigations and imaging.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Roberto Gerli ; co-edited by Elena Bartoloni, Alessia Alunno.
    Contents:
    Introduction : history of Sjögren's syndrome
    Clinical features
    Management of Sjögren's syndrome
    Classification criteria for Sjögren's syndrome
    Imaging procedures useful for the diagnosis of Sjögren's syndrome : abnormalities of the major salivary glands
    Sjögren's syndrome--associated lymphoma
    Spontaneous and inducible animal models of Sjögren's syndrome
    Genetics, genomics, gene expression profiling, and epigenetics in Sjögren's syndrome
    Autoantigens and autoantibodies in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome
    Sjögren's syndrome and environmental factors
    Histology of Sjögren's syndrome
    Glandular epithelium : innocent bystander or leading actor?
    T cells in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome : more than just Th1 and Th2
    B lymphocytes in primary Sjögren's syndrome
    Cytokines, chemokines, and the innate immune system in Sjögren's syndrome
    Autoantibodies and autoantigens in Sjögren's syndrome
    Outcome measures in Sjögren's syndrome and perspectives in clinical trial design
    Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : b-cell targeting
    Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : t-cell targeting
    New biological avenues for Sjögren's syndrome.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Seunghee Cha, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough update on Sjögren's syndrome (SS) and its adverse impacts on oral health. The opening section focuses on the clinical and laboratory characteristics of SS and its current management. Here, readers will find information on diagnostic criteria, pharmacotherapy, dental management, and the importance of saliva in oral health and SS. Attention then turns to the immunopathogenesis of SS, which includes the mechanisms of secretory dysfunction, myoepithelial cell functions in salivary gland physiology and disease, dysregulated innate and adaptive immunity, and B-cell expansion and neoplasia. The final section details important advances in SS diagnosis and therapy. The differential diagnoses of recurrent glandular swelling, glandular irrigation and sialendoscopy, and salivary gland ultrasound for SS in children are explained, along with the pharmacological management for SS, clinical care for dry eyes, and gene therapy. This book will be of interest to not only dental practitioners and researchers but also rheumatologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Clinical Characteristics of SS and Current Management: Characteristics of SS, Pharmacotherapy and Dental Management
    Saliva and Its Importance in SS
    Efficacy of Sialoendoscopy in SS
    Dysautonomia in SS and Oral Complications. Immunopathogenesis of SS: Mechanisms of Secretory Dysfunction in SS
    Dysregulation of Innate Immunity and Oral Health.-Dysregulation of Adaptive Immunity and Oral Health. Improved SS Diagnosis and Therapeutics: Recurrent vs. Persistent Salivary Gland Swelling in Differential Diagnosis of SS
    Salivary Gland Ultrasound Sonography of SS and Juvenile SS
    Sialometry: The importance of Calibration
    Gene Therapy in SS for Restoration of Secretory Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    George A.W. Bruyn, editor.
    Summary: This book answers questions about the critical role of ultrasound in the management of patients with Sjogrens syndrome. It also covers developments rheumatologists can foresee in performing a biopsy of the parotid gland. Each chapter is authored by experts on this condition, emphasizing the extent of current understanding and dealing with unanswered challenges and pitfalls. Topics such as modern imaging techniques like ultrasound and MRI and their importance are given particular focus in this book; practitioners are increasingly using imaging techniques to refine diagnosis and guide clinical management. Additionally, as a significant emerging point of interest in the field, biopsy of the major salivary glands, particularly ultrasound-guided procedures, receives extra attention within the text. The book also includes a chapter that deals with future directions and will also review the challenges patients face with unmanaged Sjogrens syndrome. Comprehensive and concise, Sjogrens Syndrome and the Salivary Glands provides a balanced overview between the chapters and ensure homogeneity of the terminology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of Sjogrens syndrome
    The variable clinical presentation of Sjogrens syndrome
    Diagnostic and classification criteria of Sjogrens syndrome
    On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: epigenetics and epithelial cells
    On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: environmental factors and cells of the innate and adaptive immune system
    Juvenile Sjogrens syndrome
    Anatomy and histology of the salivary glands
    Sonoanatomy of the major salivary glands
    Imaging of Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to ultrasound
    Towards a scientific validation of ultrasound for Sjogrens syndrome
    Ultrasonographic scoring systems a systematic review
    Biopsy of the minor salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome
    Biopsy of the major salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to B cell proliferation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Graham Hughes, Shirish Sangle, Simon Bowman.
    Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome is slowly being recognised as one of the most common auto-immune diseases, and considered pivotal in the spectrum of auto-immune disorders. Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice is a unique, concise book which explores important insights into Sjögren's links with other conditions and devotes itself to shedding new light on this disease. Aimed at young medics but also suitable for the informed lay reader, physicians and pharma, Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice will help with the diagnosis and treatment of this increasingly recognised disorder.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Eyes
    Mouth and Salivary Glands
    Lungs
    Skin
    Gut
    Bladder, Vagina, Kidney
    The Nervous System
    Joints, Tendons, Muscles
    Sjögren's and Lymphoma
    Sjögren's Overlaps
    General Treatment
    Drug Treatment
    Diagnosis I: Blood Tests
    Diagnosis II: Other Tests
    Causes of Sjögrens.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Samir N. Khleif, Olivier Rixe, Roland T. Skeel.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew J. Hilton, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, NY, USA.
    Contents:
    Overview of Skeletal Development
    Overview of Skeletal Repair (Fracture Healing and Its Assessment)
    Generation of Closed Transverse Fractures in Small Animals
    The Murine Femoral Bone Graft Model and a Semi-Automated Histomorphometric Analysis Tool
    Surgical Induction of Posttraumatic Osteoarthirits
    A Mouse Model of Flexor Tendon Repair
    Cartilage Explant Cultures
    Renal Capsule Transplantations to Assay Skeletal Angiogenesis
    Whole Mount Skeletal Staining
    Tips and Techniques for Processing and Sectioning Undecalcified Murine Bone Specimens
    Preparation of Thin Sections from Non-fixed and Undecalcified Hard Tissues Using Kawamoto's Film Method (2012)
    Demineralized Murine Skeletal Histology
    Beta-Galactosidase Staining in the Skeleton
    Whole-Mount In Situ Hybridization on Murine Skeletogenic Tissues
    Non-Radioactive In Situ Hybridization on Skeletal Tissue Sections
    Radioactive In Situ Hybridization to Detect Gene Expression in Skeletal Tissue Sections
    Proliferation Assays (BrdU and EdU) on Skeletal Tissue Sections
    TUNEL Assay on Skeletal Tissue Sections to Detect Apoptosis
    Analysis of Chondrogenesis Using Micromass Cultures of Limb Mesenchyme
    Isolation and Culture of Murine Primary Chondrocytes
    Bone Marrow Stromal Cell Assays : In Vitro and In Vivo
    Isolation and Culture of Neonatal Mouse Calvarial Osteoblasts
    RANKL-Based Osteoclastogenic Assays from Murine Bone Marrow Cells
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cultures and Assays.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce D. Browner, Jesse B. Jupiter, Christian Krettek, Paul A. Anderson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Grant E. Garrigues, Marc J. Richard and Mark J. Gage.
    Summary: From the sternoclavicular joint to the distal phalanx, Skeletal Trauma of the Upper Extremity is a practical, one-volume resource covering all aspects of upper limb trauma and surgery. Comprehensive in scope, it features a multidisciplinary, step-by-step approach to evaluation and management, including concise background information and a detailed focus on practical points and surgical techniques. Written by global experts in traumatology, sports medicine, shoulder, elbow, and hand surgery, this richly illustrated guide brings you into the operating room with leaders in the field. Offers detailed, practical guidance from the originators and/or masters of each procedure, along with multiple, illustrated surgical technique descriptions. Includes pearls and pitfalls, preoperative evaluation and indications, surgical techniques, rehabilitation, and management of complications. Features tables and figures throughout that clearly demonstrate surgical tips and tricks. Identifies controversial topics and covers current challenges such as arthroscopic coracoclavicular/acromioclavicular joint reconstruction, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for proximal humerus fracture, total elbow arthroplasty for fracture, interosseous membrane reconstruction of the forearm, and many more. Contains more than 500 high-quality illustrations, including anatomical and surgical illustrations, surgical photographs, ultrasounds, and x-rays. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kathleen Benton.
    Summary: With a focus on end-of-life discussion in aging and chronically ill populations, this book offers insight into the skill of communicating in complex and emotionally charged discussions. This text is written for all clinicians and professionals in the fields of healthcare and public health who are faced with questions of ethical deliberation when a patient's illness turns from chronic to terminal. This skill is required to manage care well in an age of advanced technology, and numerous autonomous choices. With a palliative care and ethics focus, the manuscript provides case studies illustrating issues which occur in the acuity and chronicity of end of life. Clear tools for clinicians, such as scripting and "the advance care planning video library" are included. The book focuses on the unique concept of outpatient ethics, including readmission prevention and shortened length of stay through good communication for clinicians who will be required to conduct this discussion with patients. The ethical undertone in this text provides a perfect opening for application in healthcare ethics classes, both in fields of public health and healthcare. Medical scholars and physicians, nurse practitioners and physician's assistants, as well as social workers, both in practice and training, will benefit from this text.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Daniel
    Defining the patient population
    Ethics and the medicalization of death
    Ethics end-of-life cases
    The skills of communicating clearly.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Edward A. S. Duncan, PhD, BSc(Hons), DipCBT.
    Summary: This book provides a practical and pragmatic guide to becoming a successful practitioner. It covers everthing from thinking and judgement to decision making, evidence-based practice and research skills, leadership and managemnt. It also guides the reader towards effective career advancement, getting their work noticed, and staying up to date in their field.--back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section 1: Thinking, judgement and decision skills for practice
    Judgement and decision-making skills for practice / Priscilla Harries
    Shared decision-making skills in practice / Edward A. S. Duncan
    Doing reflective practice: being a reflective and resilient practitioner / Elizabeth Anne McKay
    Section 2: Professional skills for practice
    Assessment skills for practice / Susan Prior ; Nichola Duffy ; Edward A. S. Duncan
    Activity analysis / Kirsty Forsyth
    Goal setting in occupational therapy: a client-centred perspective / Lesley Scobbie ; Sally Boa
    Therapeutic use of self: a model of the intentional relationship / Renne R. Taylor ; Jane Melton
    Problem solving / Edward A. S. Duncan
    Group skills for practice in occupational therapy / Sharan L. Schwartzberg ; Mary Alicia Barnes
    Record and report writing / Lisa McGraw ; Jane Grant
    Section 3: Evidence-based and research skills for practice
    Finding and appraising the evidence / Edward A. S. Duncan ; M. Clare Taylor
    Implementation science / Katrina Bannigan
    Section 4: Leadership, supervision and management skills for practice
    Improvement science in practice / Lianne McInally
    Developing research skills in practice / Edward A.S. Duncan
    Presentation and publication skills / Edward A. S. Duncan ; Allister Landrock ; Ann Landrock
    Self-care and self-management / Katrina Bannigan
    Leadership skills / Charles H. Christiansen
    Practice education-Skills for students and educators / Stephen Isbel ; Thomas Bevitt ; Mon-Lin Ye ; Ted Brown
    Clinical supervision skills / Jenny Strong ; Amy McKenzie
    Professional use of social media / Edward A.S. Duncan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
  • Digital
    Hani Almoallim, Mohamed Cheikh, editors.
    Summary: This Open Access book presents practical approaches to managing patients affected by various rheumatological diseases, allowing readers to gain a better understanding of the various clinical expressions and problems experienced by these patients. Discussing rheumatology from an organ systems perspective, it highlights the importance of detailed musculoskeletal examinations when treating patients affected by rheumatological diseases. The book first explores the latest diagnostic approaches and offers key tips for accurate musculoskeletal examinations before addressing the various treatment modalities, with a particular focus on the most common joints involved in rheumatoid arthritis: the wrists and the metacarpophalangeal joints (2nd and 3rd). Featuring easy-to-understand flow diagrams and explaining the common medical problems associated with rheumatic disease, such as shortness of breath and anemia, it is not only a valuable resource to rheumatologists, but will also appeal to medical students, junior residents, and primary healthcare physicians.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basics in Rheumatology
    1 History-Taking Skills in Rheumatology
    2 Approach to Musculoskeletal Examination
    3 Laboratory Interpretation of Rheumatic Diseases
    4 Pharmacotherapy in Systemic Rheumatic Diseases
    5 Radiology in Rheumatology
    Part 2 Diagnostic approach to common medical problems in patients with rheumatic diseases
    6 Low Back Pain
    7 Pulmonary Manifestations of Connective Tissue Diseases
    8 Nervous system and rheumatology
    9 Diagnostic Approach to Proximal Myopathy
    10 Bones and Rheumatology
    11 Fever and Rheumatology
    12 Thrombosis in Rheuamtological Diseases
    13 The Blood in Rheumatology
    14 Renal System and Rheumatology
    15 Skin Manifestations of Rheumatological Diseases
    16 Cardiovascular Diseases and Rheumatology
    17 Gestational Rheumatology
    18 Perioperative Management of Patients with Rheumatic Diseases
    19 The Eye and Rheumatology
    20 Vasculitis and Rheumatology
    21 Diabetes and Rheumatology
    22 Soft Tissue Rheumatic Disorders
    23 Gastrointestinal System and Rheumatology
    24 Pediatric Rheumatology
    Part 3 Classification criteria and guidelines
    25 Classification Criteria and Clinical Practice Guidelines for Rheumatic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Miranda A. Farage, Kenneth W. Miller, Nancy Fugate Woods, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: An era of global population aging is upon us. By 2030, one in eight people will be over age 65. Since women generally live longer than men, the health and welfare of postmenopausal women will become a significant public health concern. This book offers a comprehensive review of the life changes associated with menopause, both at the dermatological and physiological level (e.g., hormonal, immunological) and at the subcellular level. It critically examines the dermatological, biological, and clinical challenges to postmenopausal health and well-being and the current and emerging therapeutic interventions. The authors advocate a holistic approach, emphasizing the need to view the menopause as a life transition with various facets rather than as a series of distinct medical conditions to be managed. Our goal is to offer a comprehensive resource to the researchers, clinicians, physicians, and helping professions whose mission is to promote the health and well-being of women around the world.

    Contents:
    What is Menopause?
    Skin and Menopause
    Effect of Supplementations and Vitamins on Menopause
    Hormonal Change and Therapy
    Menopause and Genital
    Menopause and Autoimmune Disease
    Hotflahes
    Other Therapy for Menopause
    Sexual Decline
    Menopause Tests
    Menopause and Sleep
    Menopause and Mental Effects
    Menopause and Quality of Life
    Menopause and cosmetic procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ashish Dwivedi, Neeraj Agarwal, Lipika Ray, Amit Kumar Tripathi, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the potent effect of ultraviolet radiation (UVR) on the photoaging and cancer formation. Skin is the largest human organ which continually reconstructs itself to ensure its viability, integrity, and ability to provide protection for the body. This protection can be compromised by the aging of the skin which ultimately promotes skin inflammation, impaired wound repair, and increased risk of skin cancer. The book entails mechanistic insights into the UVR-induced immunomodulation and DNA damage in the skin to delineate the pathogenesis, and develop novel ways for prevention of photoaging of the skin cells. It also elucidates the potential of nanotechnology in the treatment of skin cancer. Further, it discusses the bioinformatics approaches to understand the molecular mechanism of photoaging and cancer formation.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Skin anatomy & morphology
    Chapter 2. Cellular & Molecular events: skin aging & cancer
    Chapter 3. Human skin stem cell and aging
    Chapter 4. UV-R induced skin damage: Skin againg & cancer
    Chapter 5. UV-R induced immunomodulation :Skin aging & cancer
    Chapter 6. UV-R and Role of Pigmentation in skin aging & cancer
    Chapter 7. UV-R and Vitamin D synthesis
    Chapter 8. UV-R induced melanin chemi-excitation in melanoma pathogenesis
    Chapter 9. Future prospective of nanotechnology in skin cancer therapeutics
    Chapter 10. Role of bioinformatics in understanding of molecular mechanism and prevention of skin cancer
    Chapter 11. UV-R interaction with skin. Cases of study
    Chapter 12. Monitoring the genotoxic potential of sunlight and DNA photoprotection of sunscreen.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Carmen Salavastru, Dedee F. Murrell, James Otton, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the relationship of the skin with cardiovascular disease. It details the variety of genetic, autoimmune, metabolic and endocrine factors that link the two disciplines. Recognition of one sign or symptom in dermatology can lead to the investigation and discovery of an important related cardiac condition, the recognition of which is important to prevent cardiovascular complications. Similarly, a cardiac condition may be related to an underlying skin condition that requires treatment. Genetic examples of such instances included within the book include: pseudoxanthoma elasticum, epidermolysis bullosa with desmosome defects and plectin defects; Marfan syndrome; Autoimmune conditions include vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lupus; metabolic conditions include insulin resistance, eruptive xanthomas with hypertriglyceridemias and elevated cholesterol; endocrine disorders include thyroid acropachy with atrial fibrillation; insulin resistance with coronary artery disease and psoriasis or hidradenitis suppurativa. Skin and the Heart reviews the effects of genetic, autoimmune and endocrine diseases with connections between skin and heart. It is therefore a key reference for all practitioners and researchers working in both disciplines.

    Contents:
    I. Embryology. Embryology of the skin ; Embryology of the heart
    II. Genetic diseases. Epidermolysis bullosa ; Cutaneous Manifestations of Aortic Disease ; Tuberous Sclerosis Complex: Skin and Heart: Pivotal Common and Early Signs ; Incontinentia pigmenti ; The Heart in Neurofibromatosis 1 ; Cardiocutaneous desmosomal disorders
    III. Inflammatory diseases. Lupus erythematosus and other collagen diseases ; Vasculitis ; Behçet's Disease ; Kawasaki disease
    IV. Infectious. COVID-19 ; Lyme disease ; Syphillis ; Viral conditions
    V. Metabolic and endocrine diseases. Xanthomas and abnormalities of lipid metabolism and storage ; The skin and diabetes ; Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Fabry Disease ; Mastocytosis
    VI. Drug reaction. Medication induced cardiotoxic and skin rections ; Cardiovascular side effects of medications for skin diseases ; The importance of cardiac assessment in the era of biologic therapies for psoriasis
    VII. Erythoroderma and High output cardiac failure. Erythroderma and cardiac function
    VIII. Miscellaneous. Disorders of fluid regulation ; Infantile hemangiomas and the heart ; Erdheim-Chester disease ; Cardiac Implantable Device Related Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editor, Tove Agner.
    Contents:
    Filaggrin and skin barrier function
    Stratum Corneum lipids: their role for the skin barrier function in healthy subjects and atopic dermatitis patients
    Importance of tight junctions in relation to skin barrier function
    Antimicrobial peptides, infections and the skin barrier
    Biological variation in skin barrier function: from A (atopic dermatitis) to X (xerosis)
    Methods for the assessment of barrier function
    In vivo raman confocal spectroscopy in the investigation of the skin barrier
    Irritants and skin barrier function
    Skin barrier function and allergens
    Penetration through the skin barrier
    Treatments improving skin barrier function
    Standards for the protection of skin barrier function
    The role of the skin barrier in occupational skin diseases
    Wet work and barrier function
    Saving the barrier by prevention.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Deborah F. MacFarlane, editor.
    Summary: The incidence of skin cancer continues to rise, as do the challenges physicians face in treating the growing population of skin cancer patients. Skin Cancer Management: A Practical Approach, 2nd edition addresses the spectrum of skin cancers from the precancerous to the inoperable. In this revised and updated edition, a wide selection of medical treatments and surgical procedures are described in detail and supplemented with an abundance of full-color figures. Numerous case studies help to illustrate the various techniques. .

    Contents:
    Biopsy Techniques and Interpretation
    Topical Therapies for Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers
    Chemical Peels for Precancerous Skin Lesions
    Photodynamic Therapy
    Intralesional and Perilesional Treatment of Skin Cancers
    Electrodesiccation and Curettage
    Cryosurgery
    Optimizing Surgical Outcomes
    Anxiolysis, Anesthesia, and Analgesia
    Excision Techniques and Materials
    Mohs Surgery
    Principles of Cutaneous Flap Surgery
    Techniques in Skin Grafting
    Nail Surgery and Malignant Tumors of the Nail Unit
    Practical Management of Melanoma
    Skin Cancer in Skin of Color
    Management of Skin Cancers in Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
    Imaging of Head and Neck Skin Cancer
    Radiation Oncology in Skin Cancer Treatment
    When to Refer Out
    Chemoprevention of Keratinocyte Carcinomas
    Systemic Therapy for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Non-Melanoma Skin Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Barbara Fowble, Sue S. Yom, Florence Yuen, Sarah Arron, editors.
    Contents:
    Scope of the Problem
    Anatomy of the Skin and Pathophysiology of Radiation Dermatitis
    Types of Radiation-Related Skin Reactions
    Skin Care Products Used During Radiation Therapy
    Head and Neck Cancer
    Thoracic Cancers
    Breast Cancer
    Gastrointestinal Cancer
    Genitourinary Cancer
    Gynecologic Cancer
    Central Nervous System
    Pediatrics
    Sarcoma
    Skin Cancer
    Locally Advanced Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hanjiang Zhu, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: The skin is the first line of defense against chemical warfare agents including nerve agents and toxic industrial chemicals, providing a possible barrier or delay to systemic distribution. However, some chemicals act directly on the skin including vesicants sulfur mustard and corrosive compounds such as strong acids or bases, and do not have to gain access to systemic circulation to cause extensive skin damage. Early and rapid skin decontamination is extremely important following exposure to chemical warfare agents and toxic industrial chemicals because it decreases serious skin damage to the patient and, potentially, their doctor. This multi-authored international text pulls together a century of decontamination research and helps the reader expedite solutions that will decrease morbidity and mortality. Complete with dozens of hiqh quality photographs and illustrations, Skin Decontamination aids industrial hygiene, dermatology, occupational physicians and those involved in the public health arena.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Isolated Human and Animal Stratum Corneum As a Partial Model for the 15 Steps of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination, Part I
    Chapter 2. Isolated Human And Animal Stratum Corneum As A Partial Model For The 15 Steps Of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination Part II
    Chapter 3. Recent Knowledge: Human/Animal Skin Decontamination
    Chapter 4. The Decontamination of Chemically Contaminated Remains
    Chapter 5. Effectiveness of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Skin Decontaminants: Towards Tests Standardization
    Chapter 6. Effects of Soap-Water Wash on Human Epidermal Penetration
    Chapter 7. Fuller's Earth: Old and Faithful Skin Decontaminant Against Toxic Agents
    Chapter 8. Comparison of Four Different Fullers Earth Formulations in Skin Decontamination
    Chapter 9. The Mass Decontamination Paradigm: Response Relating to Gas Phase Exposures and Skin Decontamination
    Chapter 10. Binding Affinity and Decontamination of Dermal Decontamination Gel (DDGel) to Model Chemical Warfare Agent (CWA) Simulants
    Chapter 11. Dermostyx (IB1): High-efficacy and Safe Topical Skin Protectant Against Percutaneous Toxic Agents
    Chapter 12. Understanding the Impact of Responder Management Strategies on Public Experiences and Behaviour During Mass Decontamination.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Thomas P. Habif, James G.H. Dinulos, M. Shane Chapman, Katherine A. Zug.
    Summary: "Get practical guidance from renowned dermatologist Dr. Thomas Habif and his expert team of co-authors in this user-friendly, focused text. Written specifically for the non-specialist, this easy-to-follow reference offers precisely the diagnostic and treatment information you need to quickly identify the 250 skin disorders you're most likely to see. It's an ideal resource for any medical practitioner who'd rather treat than refer patients with skin disease, as well as an excellent review for board preparation"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Topical therapy
    Eczema
    Urticaria
    Acne, rosacea and related disorders
    Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
    Bacterial infections
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Viral infections
    Fungal infections
    Exanthems and drug reactions
    Hypersensitivity syndromes and vasculitis
    Infestations and bites
    Vesicular and bullous diseases
    Connective tissue diseases
    Light-related diseases and disorders of pigmentation
    Benign skin tumors
    Premalignant and malignant non-melanoma skin tumors
    Nevi and malignant melanoma
    Vascular tumors and malformations
    Hair and nail diseases
    Neonatal disease
    Cutaneous manifestations of internal disease
    Lasers in dermatology
    Leishmaniasis
    Leprosy (Hansen's diseases)
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Rashmi Sarkar, Surabhi Sinha, editors.
    Summary: This book covers dermatological and related esthetic concerns specific to female patients. Since knowing whats normal is as important as knowing whats not, first chapters covers physiological differences in the skin of women and the changes during puberty, pregnancy, and menopause. Certain commonly encountered dermatoses are more frequent in females chronic telogen effluvium, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, pigmented contact (cosmetic) dermatitis, etc., which are explained in a more focused manner. Dermatoses exclusive to females involving the vulva is discussed at length. These include common papulosquamous conditions such as psoriasis, lichen planus, and lichen sclerosus as well as the uncommon but challenging plasma cell vulvitis. Breast dermatoses also are predominantly encountered in women and are described in detail in this book. Importantly, the safety of drugs and biologics in pregnancy and lactation have been covered too. One section is dedicated to the emotional and psychological burden of skin disease in women and certain disorders requiring psychiatric intervention such as obsessive-compulsive disorder (trichotillomania, trichotemnomania) and body dysmorphic disorder. Furthermore, commonly used cosmeceuticals and frequently performed esthetic procedures such as chemical peels, botulinum toxin, and soft tissue augmentation (fillers) are well explained. Skin diseases in females can cause a significant emotional and psychological impact that can sometimes be more serious than the physical impact. There is a paucity of comprehensive published literature in both journal and books and this book aims to fill that gap. This book is meant as a resource for dermatology residents and trainees, practitioners, and teachers. .

    Contents:
    Physiology of skin
    Pregnancy dermatoses
    Skin in pregnancy
    Skin changes in Menopause
    Acne in women
    TSDF in females with skin of color
    Rosacea
    Hidradenitis suppurativa
    Pigmentary disorders in women
    Hair disorders
    Metabolic syndrome: dermatologic aspects in females
    Eczemas in women
    Body dysmorphic disorder
    DLQI in females : important disorders with low DLQIs
    Treatment of cellulite
    Breast augmentation - cutaneous aspects & complications
    Vaginal rejuvenation
    Treatment of the ageing face
    The Sensitive Skin-Dos and Donts
    A guide to botulinum toxin and fillers
    Chemical peels and lasers-special consideration
    Sexually transmitted diseases in women
    Vulval disorders in women
    Tropical diseases in women
    Nail Disorders in women
    Challenges faced by women dermatologists and training programs available to them.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John C. Hall, editor.
    Summary: As the number of surviving immune suppressed patients continues to rise, skin manifestations of patients have become increasingly important. AIDS patients, and renal, heart, liver, bone marrow, and lung transplant patients are now living longer and immunosuppressive drugs are being used more frequently. Diabetes is rising in the US and around the world, offering its own unique brand of immune suppressed skin diseases. The skin may be the earliest sign of these conditions and be the organ showing the most profound, earliest, and treatment limiting side effects. Skin Diseases in the Immunocompromised is the most comprehensive book on the topic available. It elucidates the signs of immune suppressed skin diseases to afford early diagnosis and management of this ever-increasing diverse group of illnesses. Organized for easy access, this book will be an essential resource for residents and fellows in dermatology and infectious diseases medical professionals.

    Contents:
    Skin Disorders in Immunocompromised Diabetes Patients
    Skin Disorders of AIDS Patients
    Skin Disorders in Patients with Primary Immunodeficiencies
    Cancer Patients and Skin Disease
    Skin Disease in Solid Organ Transplant Patients
    Graft vs Host Disease and Skin Manifestations
    Cutaneous Reactions to the Biologics
    Cutaneous Reactions to Chemotherapy
    Cutaneous Reactions to Corticosteroids
    Cutaneous Reactions to Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
    Cutaneous Manifestations of Aging and Immunodeficiency
    UVA and UVB Therapy: Practical Applications and Implications for the Immunosuppressed Patient and Skin Disease
    Skin Cancer in the Immunocompromised
    Radiation Therapy for Non-melanoma Skin Cancer in Immunosuppressed Patients and Cutaneous Toxicity from This Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Aldo Morrone, Roderick Hay, Bernard Naafs, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book is a comprehensive guide to the dermatologic disorders that may be encountered in refugees and other migrants. It will equip readers to diagnose and treat a diverse range of skin diseases and conditions, including, but not limited to, infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites, dermatologic manifestations of sexually transmitted diseases, dermatoses associated with malnutrition, pigmentary disorders, bullous diseases, connective tissue diseases, and benign and malignant cutaneous neoplasias. Attention is drawn to various neglected tropical skin diseases and to the characteristic signs of torture and genital mutilations. Helpful information is also provided on the significance of skin color and the relevance of ethnic and genetic factors. The clinical chapters are complemented by discussion of the circumstances that give rise to migration, such as poverty, war, and environmental conditions. This enables the reader to gain a more rounded understanding of patients circumstances that in turn will positively impact on patient care. This book will be of wide interest to dermatologists, whether experienced or in training, as well as to general physicians and researchers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: What Does It Mean to Be a Migrant, Asylum Seeker, or Refugee: Current Global Situation
    1.1 The Human Rights Paradigm
    1.2 Migration: Magnitude and Terminology
    1.3 Why People Migrate: "Forced" and "Voluntary" Migrants
    References
    2: Medical, Social, and Civic Needs of Displaced Persons
    References
    3: Viral Dermatoses
    3.1 Herpes Simplex Virus Infections
    3.2 Human Papilloma Virus Infections
    3.3 Pityriasis Rosea
    References
    4: Bacterial Dermatoses
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Clinical Features 4.2.1 Impetigo
    4.2.2 Ecthyma
    4.2.3 Folliculitis and Furuncles
    4.2.4 Carbuncles
    4.2.5 Abscess
    4.2.6 Suppurative Paronychia
    4.2.7 Erythrasma
    4.2.8 Pitted Keratolysis
    4.2.9 Erysipelas
    4.2.10 Systemic Complications
    4.3 Management
    References
    5: Non-Venereal Treponematoses
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Yaws
    5.3 Bejel
    5.4 Pinta
    References
    6: Fungal Infections
    6.1 Superficial Mycoses
    6.1.1 Dermatophytosis
    6.1.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
    6.1.2 Onychomycosis
    6.1.3 Superficial Candidosis 6.1.3.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
    6.1.3.2 Laboratory Diagnosis
    6.1.4 Superficial Malassezia Infection
    6.2 Deep Mycoses
    6.2.1 Subcutaneous Mycoses
    6.2.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
    6.2.2 Systemic Mycoses
    References
    7: Protozoan Dermatoses
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Transmission
    7.3 Clinical Features of CL
    7.4 Diagnosis
    7.5 Treatment
    References
    8: Helminthic Dermatoses
    8.1 Nematodes
    8.1.1 Cutaneous Larva Migrans (CLM)
    8.1.1.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.1.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
    8.1.1.4 Treatment 8.1.2 Lymphatic Filariasis
    8.1.2.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.2.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.2.3 Differential Diagnosis
    8.1.2.4 Treatment
    8.1.3 Gnathostomiasis
    8.1.3.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.3.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.3.3 Treatment
    8.1.4 Loiasis
    8.1.4.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.4.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.4.3 Treatment
    8.1.5 Onchocerciasis
    8.1.5.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.5.2 Treatment
    8.1.6 Strongyloidiasis
    8.1.6.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.6.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.6.3 Treatment
    8.2 Trematodes and Cestodes
    8.2.1 Schistosomiasis 8.2.1.1 Global Distribution
    8.2.1.2 Diagnosis
    8.2.1.3 Treatment
    8.2.2 Cysticercosis
    8.2.2.1 Treatment
    References
    9: Dermatoses Caused by Arthropods
    9.1 Bites and Stings
    9.2 Insect Bites
    9.3 Infestations
    9.3.1 Scabies
    9.3.2 Myiasis
    9.3.3 Tungaiasis
    9.3.4 Lice (Pediculosis and Pthiriasis)
    References
    10: Eczema and Dermatitis
    10.1 Atopic Dermatitis
    10.1.1 Pathogenesis
    10.1.2 Epidemiological and Clinical Aspects
    10.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
    10.1.4 Histopathology
    10.1.5 Treatment
    10.1.5.1 Topical Therapies
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fingani Annie Mphande.
    Summary: This book focuses on neglected skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries through the lens of livelihoods. These diseases, when neglected, not only affect the skin, but also joint movement and physical appearance, severely influencing the lives and livelihoods of individuals and families in vulnerable communities. The book explores why neglected skin diseases thrive in resource-poor countries, and considers how this cycle might be broken by looking at the impact on livelihoods and access to healthcare in affected communities. The research is shaped by three guiding questions: Firstly, why have some measures been successful in one part of a population and not the other? Secondly, what is unique about vulnerable populations in various parts of the world? And thirdly, can the cycle of debilitating skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries be broken? In addressing these concerns, the book excavates past and present efforts in public health measures to combat these diseases, considers the impact of culture and livelihoods, and reviews some of the milestones in disease elimination and eradication. This book will be an indispensable source for health service planners, administrators and practitioners working with vulnerable populations, as well as students and researchers in public health. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1:Skin Diseases; Need For Attention
    Chapter 2:Types Of Skin Disease And Their Causes
    Chapter 3:Impact of Skin Diseases in limited Resource Countries
    Chapter 4:Prevention, Treatment And Control Of Skin Diseases
    Chapter 5:Potential Public Health Measures To Tackle Skin Diseases
    Chapter 6:Case Studies
    Chapter 7:Reducing Burden Of Disease
    Chapter 8:Milestones; Disease Elimination Success Stories.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marco Matucci-Cerinic, Daniel Furst, David Fiorentino, editors.
    Summary: Rheumatologic diseases are highly associated with clinical symptoms of the skin, nails, and mucosal membranes. This book provides the practicing rheumatologist with a rapid, easy to consult reference to help interpret the nature of these cutaneous lesions and then quickly decide upon the appropriate follow-up tests. Utilizing an abundance of informative photographs, it contains all of the essential information needed for early diagnosis and treatment. This comprehensive guide properly orients the practitioner within the challenging world of rheumatologic disorders of the skin and gives insight into when consultation with a dermatologist is advisable.

    Contents:
    Part I: Presentation of Skin Manifestation
    Approach to Patients with Skin Manifestations
    Chilblain Lupus Erythematosus
    Erythema Nodosum
    Livedo Reticularis
    Malar Erythema
    Purpura
    Telangiectasias
    Ulceration in Rheumatic Disease
    Panniculitis
    Diagnosing Puffy Fingers in the Rheumatic Patient
    Part II: Methodology
    Capillaroscopy
    Use of Biopsy
    Part III: Inflammatory Joint Disease
    Skin Manifestations of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
    Inflammatory Bowel Associated Spondyloarthropathy
    Nodules in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Genital Involvement as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
    Keratoderma Blennorrhagica as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
    Parvovirus B19 Infection
    Rheumatic Fever
    Part IV: Connective Tissue Diseases
    Skin Manifestations of Localized Scleroderma (LS)
    Localized Scleroderma of the Face
    Skin Manifestations of Raynaud's Phenomenon
    Skin Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
    Skin Manifestations of Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus
    Skin Manifestations and Sjgren's Syndrome
    Skin Manifestations of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Skin Manifestations in Dermatomyositis
    Stiff Skin Syndrome
    Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis
    Graft-versus-Host Disease (GvHD): Cutaneous Manifestations
    Scleromyxedema
    Eosinophilic Fasciitis
    Part V: Vasculitides
    Kawasaki Disease
    Dermatologic Manifestations of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Wegener's Granulomatosis)
    Eosinophilic Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss Syndrome)
    Polyarteritis Nodosa
    Skin Manifestations in Microscopic Polyangiitis
    Henoch Schnlein Purpura
    Skin Manifestations and Cryoglobulinemia
    Skin Manifestations in Giant Cell Arteritis
    Skin Manifestations of Behet's Disease
    Familial Mediterranean Fever
    Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Syndromes
    Part VI: Other Rheumatic Conditions
    Sarcoidosis
    Amyloidoses
    Hypertrophic Osteoarthropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luc Teot, Sylvie Meaume, Sadanori Akita, William J. Ennis, Veronique Del Marmol, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, wound care has gained increasing recognition as a distinct medical specialty. An understanding of the complex mechanisms involved in wound healing facilitates efficient assessment and treatment of patients with wounds, and skin necrosis can be considered the starting point in the entire healing process. This book is the first to discuss skin necrosis as a symptom related to a broad range of pathologies. Richly illustrated, it primarily provides therapeutic strategies and treatment algorithms for different clinical contexts. All chapters were written by renowned specialists in their respected fields and include detailed sample cases and essential take-home messages. In light of the highly interdisciplinary nature of wound management, Skin Necrosis offers an invaluable resource for wound care practitioners and health care professionals across the fields of surgery, dermatology, internal medicine, and nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eugene Yu, Reza Forghani.
    Contents:
    Anterior cranial fossa, nasal cavity, and paranasal sinuses / Sheldon D.S. Derkatch, Ian J. Witterick, Scott V. Bratman, Almudena Perez-Lara, Hugh D. Curtin, and Reza Forghani
    Sellar, parasellar, and clival region / Amy W. Lin, Walter Kucharczyk, Ehab Y. Hanna, Brian O'Sullivan, and Eugene Yu
    Cerebellopontine angle and jugular fossa / Laila S. Alshafai, Chris Heyn, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Vincent Lin, Michael D. Cusimano, Sean Symons, Nabeel S. Alshafai, and Peter Som
    Petroclival and lateral skull base / Rickin Shah, Gregory J. Basura, and Ashok Srinivasan
    Open and endoscopic approaches to the sinonasal cavity and skull base / Nidal Muhanna, Christopher J. Chin, Allan D. Vescan, and John R. De Almeida
    Post-treatment appearance following skull base therapy / Adam A. Dmytriw, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Eugene Yu, and Peter Som
    Neuroendovascular procedures for skull base neoplasia / Adam A. Dmytriw and Aditya Bharatha
    Cross-sectional CT and MRI imaging atlas of the skull base / Almudena Perez-Lara, Eugene Yu, and Reza Forghani.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Vincent Chong.
    Contents:
    Anterior Skull Base / David SY Sia, Clement Yong, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
    Imaging of the paranasal sinuses and their surgical rleevance / Clement Yong, David SY Sia, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
    The Sphenoid Bone / James TPD Hallinan, David SY Sia, Clement Yong, Vincent Chong
    Imaging in endoscopic endonasal skull base surgery / Eric YS Ting, Fiona Ting, Ghim Song Chia, Vincent Chong
    Temporal bone inflammatory and infectious diseases / Marc Lemming
    Temporal bone tumors / Bert De Foer, Laura Wuyts, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dithers, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
    Temporal bone trauma / Bert De Foer, Abdellatif, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dinther, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
    Update on imaging of hearing loss / Lubdha M. Shah, Richard H. Wiggins III
    Imaging of the facial nerve / Theresa Kouo, Robert E. Morales, Prashant Raghavan
    Imging of the postoperative middle ear, mastoid, and internal auditory canal / Timothy L. Larson, Matthew L. Wong
    Petrous apex / Ilona M. Schmalfuss
    Imging of the cerebellopontine angle / Margaret N. Chapman, Osamu Sakai
    Jugular Foramen / Chih Ching Choong, Eric T.Y. Ting, Vincent Chong
    Imaging of the craniovertebral junction / Hon-Man Liu, Ya-Fang Chen
    Skull base bone lesions I / Alexandra Borges
    Skull Base Bone Lesions II / Alexandra Borges
    Neurointerventional Radiology for Skull Base Lesions / Hon-Man Liu, Yen-Heng Lin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    F. Allan Midyett, Suresh K. Mukherji
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to skull base imaging. Skull base is often a "no mans land" that requires treatment using a team approach between neurosurgeons, head and neck surgeons, vascular interventionalists, radiotherapists, chemotherapists, and other professionals. Imaging of the skull base can be challenging because of its intricate anatomy and the broad breadth of presenting pathology. Although considerably complex, the anatomy is comparatively constant, while presenting pathologic entities may be encountered at myriad stages. Many of the pathologic processes that involve the skull base are rare, causing the average clinician to require help with their diagnosis and treatment. But, before any treatment can begin, these patients must come to imaging and receive the best test to establish the correct diagnosis and make important decisions regarding management and treatment. This book provides a guide to neuroradiologists performing that imaging and as a reference for related physicians and surgeons. The book is divided into nine sections: Pituitary Region, Cerebellopontine Angle, Anterior Cranial Fossa, Middle Cranial Fossa, Craniovertebral Junction, Posterior Cranial Fossa, Inflammatory, Sarcomas, and Anatomy. Within each section, either common findings in those skull areas or different types of sarcomas or inflammatory conditions and their imaging are detailed. The anatomy section gives examples of normal anatomy from which to compare findings against. All current imaging techniques are covered, including: CT, MRI, US, angiography, CT cisternography, nuclear medicine and plain film radiography. Each chapter additionally includes key points, classic clues, incidence, differential diagnosis, recommended treatment, and prognosis. Skull Base Imaging provides a clear and concise reference for all physicians who encounter patients with these complex and relatively rare maladies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Quick Decoder for Acronyms and Abbreviations
    Overview
    Part I: Pituitary Region
    1: Rathke's Cleft Cyst
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    2: Pituitary Adenoma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    3: Craniopharyngioma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    Plain Films
    CT Features
    MRI Features [2, 3]
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    4: Ectopic Neurohypophysis
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    Plain Films
    CT Features
    MRI Features [2, 3]
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis A Closer Look
    Selected References
    5: Hypothalamic Hamartoma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    6: Neurohypophyseal Sarcoidosis
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation [1, 2]
    Natural History
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment
    Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References 7: Intrasellar Arachnoid Cyst
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Natural History
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment
    Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    8: Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    MRI Features
    CT and Plain Film Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Natural History
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    Part II: Cerebellopontine Angle 9: Epidermoid Cyst
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    T1 Signal
    T2 Signal
    DWI
    CISS and FLAIR
    Clinical Issues and Natural History
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment and Prognosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    10: CPA Meningioma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Angiographic Features
    Clinical Issues and Natural History
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment
    Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis of Solid CPA Masses
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anthony Cheesman, Ghassan Alusi, H. Ian Sabin, editors.
    Summary: 'Skull Base Surgery' represents a genuinely multi-disciplinary collaborative approach to the standard procedures in skull base surgery. It emphasizes the basic operative steps of each approach and describes variations from the basic approach. Authors from the relevant specialties Neurosurgery, Otolaryngology, Maxillo-Facial Surgery and Plastic Surgery contribute to this new specialty of skull base surgery.

    Contents:
    Approaches to the Anterior Skull Base
    Approaches to Central Skull Base
    Approaches to Lateral Skull Base
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Walter C. Jean.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Péter Halász, Anna Szűcs.
    Summary: Translational research connects science and clinical medicine from "the bench to the bedside." In Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment, the authors look back from the bedside to the brain function underlying clinical symptoms and reveal mechanisms explored by contemporary neuroimaging and signal analysis in the overlapping fields of sleep and epilepsy. This book will help the reader to see epilepsy from a new viewpoint. The common pathophysiology binding together the diverse manifestations of epilepsies is the exaggeration of plastic functions of the brain involving the hippocampus, the non-specific thalamocortical system and the perisylvian cognitive network. Epileptic derailment seems to be the price for the latest achievements of the mammal and human brain; namely the highly developed ability to change and learn. The contemporary results of sleep research provide new viewpoints to explain why sleep and epilepsy are bedfellows. Converging evidence supports the concept that one of the most important biological roles of NREM sleep is the renewal of synaptic balance ensuring learning ability from one day to the next and consolidation of new memories. Epilepsy and NREM sleep use overlapping structures and functions, therefore epilepsy beginning in early childhood may interfere with sleep plastic functions. NREM sleep, which affects original learning and memory, may become the hidden source of chronic cognitive impairment when epilepsy occurs during sleep and blocks the plastic processes. Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment abandons the academic classification of epilepsy by following the system epilepsy concept, binding major epilepsies with structures and functions of physiological brain systems. It tries to show within this system the close interrelationship between sleep, epilepsy and cognition. Neuroscientists, clinical epileptologists and neurologists interested in brain processes underlying brain plasticity, sleep and epilepsy will find this book thought provoking. It offers good "brain-gymnastics" for reconsidering the ideas on epilepsy.It provides contemporary knowledge about the neurophysiological and functional anatomical background of major epilepsiesTreats major epilepsies as system epilepsies of brain networksReveals the interrelationship of sleep, epilepsy and cognitive impairment showing how epileptic manifestations became facilitated in NREM sleep and interferes with sleep plastic functions

    Contents:
    1. Introductory considerations
    2. Absence epilepsy as the system epilepsy of the non-rapid eye movement sleep-promoting system
    3. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe and nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy as system epilepsies of the ascending cholinergic arousal system
    4. Juvenile idiopathic myoclonic epilepsy (Janz Syndrome) as a system epilepsy affecting the corticothalamic system and the frontal motor and cognitive frontal subsystems
    5. Medial temporal lobe epilepsy (MTLE): the epilepsy of the hippocampal declarative memory system
    6. Idiopathic polyfocal hyperexcitability conditions (HIEC) of childhood and their transition to electrical status epilepticus in sleep
    7. Epileptica encephalopathies
    8. Summary.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Sushil K. Jha, Vibha M. Jha, editors.
    Summary: Over the years there has been growing interest among the scientific community in investigating sleep and how it affects the memory and other brain functions. It is now well established that sleep helps in memory consolidation and induction of neural plasticity, and that short-term deprivation of either total sleep or rapid eye movement sleep alone can induce memory deficits very quickly. Quantitative and qualitative changes in sleep architecture after different training tasks further suggest that discrete memory types may require specific sleep stage/s for optimal memory consolidation, and studies indicate that sleep deprivation alters synaptic plasticity and membrane excitability in the hippocampal neurons and synaptic up-scaling in the cortical neurons. Further, sleep alteration during pregnancy may increase the risk of depression and adversely affect maternal-child relationships, parenting practices, family functioning, and children's development and general wellbeing. This book coherently discusses all these aspects, with a particular focus on the possible role of sleep in memory consolidation and synaptic plasticity. It also highlights the detrimental effects of sleep loss on mental health, the immune system and cognition. This book is a valuable reference resource for students and researchers working in the area of sleep, memory, or neuronal plasticity.

    Contents:
    The Memory Function of Sleep Across the Lifespan
    Sleep Deprivation, Cognitive Functions and Countermeasures
    Sleep Loss and Neuronal Stress
    The Role of Sleep in Homeostatic Regulation of Ionic Balances and Its Implication in Cognitive Functions
    Sleep and Brain Plasticity
    The Role of Sleep in Emotional Processing
    Sleep, Stress, and Traumatic Memory
    The Distinctive Role of NREM and REM sleep in the Consolidation of Fear Memory
    Sleep and Appetitive Conditioned Memory.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Meerlo, Ruth M. Benca, Ted Abel, editors.
    Contents:
    Behavioral and electrophysiological correlates of sleep and sleep homeostasis
    Genetic dissection of sleep homeostasis
    Sleep deprivation and gene expression
    Sleep and synaptic homeostasis
    Sleep and synaptic plasticity in the developing and adult brain
    Sleep and adult neurogenesis: implications for cognition and mood
    Animal studies on the role of sleep in memory: from behavioral performance to molecular mechanisms
    A bird's eye view of sleep-dependent memory consolidation
    Neuroimaging studies of sleep and memory in humans
    The role of sleep in human declarative memory consolidation
    Sleep-dependent memory consolidation in healthy aging and mild cognitive impairment
    Adenosine, caffeine, and performance: from cognitive neuroscience of sleep to sleep pharmacogenetics
    Optogenetic control of hypocretin (orexin) neurons and arousal circuits
    Stress, arousal, and sleep
    Sleep and emotional functions
    Sleep and plasticity in schizophrenia
    Chronically restricted or disrupted sleep as a casula factor in the development of depression
    Sleep deprivation therapy for depression
    Pharmacological treatment of sleep disorders and its relationship with neuroplasticity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eric Vermetten, Anne Germain, Thomas C. Neylan, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction
    Ch. 1: War, Sleep and PTSD: War and War-related Trauma: An Overview
    Ch. 2: Combat-Related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder: Prevalence and Risk Factors
    Ch. 3: Sleep as a Mediator of mTBI and PTSD
    Ch. 4: Gender Differences in Sleep and War Zone-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Part 2: Military Deployment and Sleep
    Ch. 5: The Role Of Sleep In The Health And Resiliency Of Military Personnel
    Ch. 6: Sleep Disturbance during Military Deployment
    Ch. 7: Sleep and fatigue issues in military operations
    Ch. 8: Suicidal Behavior in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Focus on Combat Exposure
    Part 3: Neuroscience PTSD and Sleep
    Ch. 9: PBRM1: Genetics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Sleep Disturbance
    Ch. 10: The Neurocircuitry of Fear and PTSD
    Ch. 11: Brain Pathways of Traumatic Memory: Evidence from an Animal Model of PTSD
    Ch. 12: Brain Structural Abnormalities in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Relations with Sleeping Problems
    Ch. 13: PET Ligands Binding Specific Imaging Proteins in the Brain: The Application in PTSD
    Part 4: Assessment of Sleep in relation to combat related PTSD
    Ch. 14: Assessment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 15: Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Assessment Methods in PTSD
    Ch. 16: Sleep Changes in PTSD
    Ch. 17: Actigraphy and PTSD
    Ch. 18: The Extreme Nocturnal Manifestation of Trauma: Trauma Associated Sleep Disorder
    Ch. 19: PTSD, arousal and disrupted (REM) sleep
    Ch. 20: The Psychophysiology of PTSD Nightmares
    Ch. 21: Sleep-Disordered Breathing and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 22: Heart Rate Variability, Sleep, and the early detection of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 23: Sleep, Declarative Memory, and PTSD: Current Status and Future Directions
    Part 5: Treatments of sleep disturbances in PTSD
    Ch. 24: Psychotherapy Interventions for Comorbid Sleep Disorders and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 25: Cognitive Processing Therapy and Trauma-Related Sleep Disturbance
    Ch. 26: Imagery Rehearsal Therapy for PTSD-related Nightmares
    Ch. 27: Nightmare Deconstruction and Reprocessing for PTSD Nightmares
    Ch. 28: Hypnotic Interventions for Sleep in PTSD
    Ch. 29: Medication for sleep problems in posttraumatic stress disorder
    Ch. 30: Pharmacology of Sleep and PTSD
    Part 6: Specific Populations
    Ch. 31: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Youth Exposed to War and Terror
    Ch. 32: Predicting sleep quality and duration in adulthood from war-related exposure and posttraumatic stress in childhood
    Ch. 33: Sleep disorders among Holocaust survivors
    Ch.34 : Sleep Studies in Serbian Victims of Torture: analysis of traumatic dreams.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mitchell G. Miglis.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of normal sleep / L. Schneider
    Anatomy and physiology of the circadian system / R.P. Najjar, J.M. Zeitzer
    The functions of sleep and the effects of sleep deprivation / E.H. During, M. Kawai
    Sleep and cognitive impairment / B.R. Peters, S.J. Sha, K. Yaffe
    Sleep and movement disorders / L. Ashbrook, E.H. During
    Sleep and stroke / G.J. Meskill, C. Guilleminault
    Sleep and epilepsy / B. Razavi, R.S. Fisher
    Central nervous system hypersomnias / J. Cheung, C.M. Ruoff, E. Mignot
    Sleep and multiple sclerosis / D.J. Kimbrough, T.J. Braley
    Sleep and neuromuscular disease / S. Sakamuri, J.W. Day
    Sleep and headache / M. O'Hare, R.P. Cowan
    Sleep and the autonomic nervous system / M.G. Miglis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Friedman and Ofer Jacobowitz.
    Contents:
    The role of otolarynologist in the treatment of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea
    Signs and symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea and upper airway resistance syndrome
    Airway evaluation in obstructive sleep apnea
    Clinical polysomnography
    Home sleep testing
    Drug-induced sleep endoscopy (DISE)
    Obstructive sleep apnea : decision making and treatment planning
    CPAP, APAP, and BiPAP
    Analysis of CPAP failures
    Oral appliances for OSA
    Rationale and indications for surgical treatment
    The impact of surgical treatment of OSA on cardiac risk factors
    Perioperative and anesthesia management
    Friedman tongue position and the staging of obstructive sleep apnea/hypopnea syndrome
    Algorithm for surgery : paptopharyngoplasty first and foremost
    Algorithm for multilevel treatment : the Riley, Powell, and Liu Stanford experience
    Lingual tonsil hypertrophygrading system
    The effect of oral positioning on hypopharyngeal airway dimensions
    Algorithm for multilevel treatment : Friedman experience
    Nasal obstruction and sleep-disordered breathing
    Minimally invasive nasal valve repair
    Plastic surgery techniques for correction of nasal obstruction
    New techniques in nasal valve repair
    Inferior turbinate reduction
    Role of laser surgery in treatment of OSA
    Cautery-assisted palatal stiffening operation and anterior palatoplasty
    Injection snoreplasty
    Sling snoreplasty
    Elevoplasty
    Palatal implants for primary snoring : short- and long-term results of a new, minimally invasive surgical technique
    Classic uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
    Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty : patient selection and effects on the airway
    Zeta palatopharyngoplasty (ZPP)
    The uvulopalatal flap
    Modified uvulopalatopharyngoplasty with uvula preservation
    Transpalatal advancement pharyngoplasty
    Expansion sphincter pharyngoplasty
    Barbed snore surgery (BSS)
    Fundamentals of minimally invasive radiofrequency applications in ear, nose, and throat medicine
    Radiofrequency tissue effects
    Endoscopic coblator open tongue base resection for obstructive sleep apnea
    Tongue base stabilization for obstructive sleep apnea and snoring
    Endoscopic coblation lingual tonsillectomy
    Electrical stimulation of the upper airway
    Upper airway stimulation : implanted neurostimulation device treatment of obstructive sleep apnea
    Multilevel pharyngeal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea
    External submucosal glossectomy
    Genioglossus advancement in sleep apnea surgery
    Hyoid suspension as the only procedure
    Management of the epiglottis
    Transoral robotic surgery (TORS) for OSA
    Multilevel surgery with or without genioglossal advancement
    Maxillofacial surgical techniques for hypopharyngeal obstruction in obstructive sleep apnea
    Modified maxillomandibular advancement technique
    Distraction osteogenesis maxillary expansion (DOME) for adult obstructive sleep apnea patients
    Tracheostomy for sleep apnea
    Speech-ready, long-term tube-free tracheostomy for obstructive sleep apnea
    The perioperative management of patients with obstructive sleep apnea
    Multimodality management of nasopharyngeal stenosis after uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
    Current techniques for the treatment of velopharyngeal insufficiency
    Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty: analysis of failure
    Salvage of failed palate procedures for sleep-disordered breathing
    Revision uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP) for Z-palatoplasty (ZPP)
    Management of sleep-related breathing disorders in children
    Evaluation and management of persistent pediatric obstructive sleep apnea
    Current techniques of adenoidectomy
    Intracapsular microdebrider-assisted and coblation tonsillectomy
    Laryngomalacia
    Drug-induced sleep endoscopy in children
    Prevention and correction of pediatric SDB/OSA and post-T&A relapse : a non-surgical orthodontic/dentofacial orthopedic approach
    Innovations in surgical treatment of OSA.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Hans P.A. Van Dongen, Paul Whitney, John M. Hinson, Kimberly A. Honn, Michael W.L. Chee.
    Summary: 'Sleep Deprivation and Cognition,' Volume 247 in the Progress in Brain Research series, covers the effects of sleep deprivation, with this new release featuring sections on the Impact of sleep deprivation on long-term memory, Adolescent sleep restriction effects on cognition and mood, Self- regulation and social behavior during sleep deprivation, Experiential decision-making and the effects of sleep loss, Sleep deprivation and dynamic attentional control, a Pharmacogenetic approach to understanding sleep deprivation and cognition, Neuroimaging of functional connectivity in the sleep-deprived brain: what does it tell us?, and more. Key Features: Brings together scientists working in the area of sleep deprivation with scientists involved in research and theory in cognitive neuroscience; Fosters theory-driven research on sleep loss and cognition while also advancing a general understanding of cognitive neuroscience; Provides a foundation for the design of countermeasures to prevent human errors and accidents caused by sleep loss Readership: Everyone working in cognitive neuroscience and everyone studying the effects of sleep deprivation on cognition. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Matt T. Bianchi, editor.
    Summary: The cognitive and behavioral implications of sleep deprivation have been noted in the medical literature for many years. In addition, emerging research continues to demonstrate the contribution of sleep deprivation to some of the most common and costly health conditions today. Sleep Deprivation and Disease provides clinically relevant scientific information to help clinicians, public health professionals, and researchers recognize the ramifications of sleep deprivation across a broad spectrum of health topics. This timely reference covers sleep physiology, experimental approaches to sleep deprivation and measurement of its consequences, as well as health and operational consequences of sleep deprivation. Clinical challenges and areas of uncertainty are also presented in order to encourage future advancements in sleep medicine and help patients avoid the outcomes associated with the myriad causes of sleep deprivation.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Sleep deprivation: practical and philosophical considerations
    Part II Sleep Physiology, measurement, and experimental deprivation
    The functional impact of sleep deprivation, sleep restriction, and sleep fragmentation
    Methods for human sleep deprivation experiments
    Imaging sleep and sleep deprivation
    Part III Sleep and the brain
    Sleep deprivation and neurological diseases
    Sleep deprivation and psychiatric disorders
    Sleep deprivation as a therapy for psychiatry
    Part IV Sleep and medical topics
    Sleep deprivation and human development
    Sleep deprivation and pregnancy
    Sleep deprivation and metabolism
    Sleep deprivation and the cardiovascular system
    Sleep deprivation and rheumatologic disease --Sleep deprivation and pain
    Sleep loss in older adults: effects on waking performance and sleep-dependent memory consolidation with healthy aging and insomnia
    Part V Performance, economics, and operational topics
    Noise-induced sleep deprivation: toward sleeping soundly on noisy nights
    Sleep deprivation and cognitive performance
    Caffeine and naps a countermeasures for sleep loss
    Fatigue in the workplace
    Sleep deprivation and economic burden.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ashima S. Sahni, Ajay Sampat, Hrayr Attarian, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews and discusses the differential diagnoses for the common sleep related complaints encountered in sleep and primary care clinics. It meets the market need for a book that covers differential diagnosis in sleep medicine, and does so in a comprehensive manner. Organized into two sections by age demographic, adult and pediatric, clinical case studies are presented with medications, treatments, diagnoses, and patient medical histories. Specified sleep disorders examined include insomnia, nocturnal awakenings, restless sleeping, nightmares, and sleep apnea. Additionally, chapters include medical questionnaires created for patients in clinical scenarios to aid in learning. Unique and pedagogic, Sleep Disorders is written for physicians who practice in all primary care settings and as well as those sleep physicians in training.

    Contents:
    Part1. Adult sleep medicine. Sleepiness ; Insomnia ; Nocturnal Awakenings; Restless sleeper ; Breathing Pauses ; Sleep Paralysis ; Nightmares ; Inpatient Sleep Consultation ; Sleep Telemedicine
    Part 2. Peds section. Snoring and restlessness during sleep in Children: Unique presentations, Diagnosis and Management ; Restless sleeper ; Obstructive sleep apnea and weight abnormalities in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Sleep disorders (Informa Healthcare) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Soňa Nevšímalová, Oliviero Bruni, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Ontogeny of Sleep and Its Functions in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence
    The Discovery of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    New Directions in the Link between Technology Use and Sleep in Young People
    Sleep Laboratory Tests
    Sleep Structure and Scoring from Infancy to Adolescence
    Algorithm for Differential Diagnosis of Sleep Disorders in Children
    Part II: Sleep Disorders
    Sleep Disorders in Newborns and Infants
    Pediatric Insomnia
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea In Children: A Short Primer
    Sleep Disorders in Children: Simple Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
    Circadian Rhythm Disorders in Childhood
    Disorders Associated with Increased Sleepiness
    Parasomnias in Children
    Sleep and Epilepsy
    Sleep in Neurological and Neurodevelopmental Disorders
    Sleep in Children with Psychiatric and Behavioral Problems
    Childhood Sleep and Medical Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Chun-Feng Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the sleep-related disorders in Parkinson's disease (PD), demonstrating that they are among the most common non-motor manifestations of PD and have a significant negative impact on quality of life. Sleep changes may also serve as markers to identify patients in the preclinical stage of PD. This book presents recent major breakthroughs related to sleep disorders in PD, such as REM sleep behavior disorder (RBD), insomnia, nocturia, restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movements, sleep disordered breathing, excessive daytime sleepiness, and circadian rhythm disorders. It also discusses the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, clinical implications, associated features, evaluation and management of these disorders and suggests some further research directions in these areas in order to develop neuroprotective therapies for PD. Focusing on Chinese PD patients, it addresses traditional Chinese Medicine, and compares the epidemiology and management of PD in China and Western countries to provide a frame of reference values for further studies. Further, it features numerous case reports to enable readers gain a better uderstanding of the subject matter. This comprehensive yet practical book is a valuable resource for scientists and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Part I: General Concepts
    1: An Overview of Parkinson's Disease
    2: An Overview of Roles of the Basal Ganglia in Sleep-Wake Regulation
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Roles of the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
    2.3 The Role of the Dopaminergic and Adenosinergic System in the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
    2.4 A Model of NAc Involvement in Sleep-Wake Regulation
    References
    Part II: Classification of Sleep Disorders in Parkinson's Disease
    3: REM Sleep Behavior Disorder (RBD)
    3.1 Case Report
    References
    4: Insomnia 4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Prevalence of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.3 Risk Factors of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.4 Etiologic Mechanisms of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.5 Clinical Manifestations of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.6 Diagnostic Criteria and Instruments of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.7 Treatment of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.8 Concluding Remarks
    4.9 Case Report
    4.9.1 Clinical Feature
    4.9.2 Past History, Family History and Personal History
    4.9.3 Physical Examination 4.9.4 Imageological Examination and Scale Assessment
    4.9.5 Polysomnography (PSG)
    4.9.6 Diagnosis
    4.9.7 Treatment
    4.9.7.1 Sleep Hygiene
    4.9.7.2 Muscle Relaxation Therapy
    4.9.7.3 Medication
    References
    5: Nocturia
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Causes for Nocturia in PD
    5.2.1 Reduced Bladder Capacity
    5.2.2 Nocturnal Polyuria
    5.2.3 Circadian Rhythm Disturbances
    5.2.4 Other Possible Mechanism for Nocturia in PD
    5.3 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Nocturia in PD [14]
    5.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
    5.3.2 Investigation 5.3.2.1 Routine Test
    5.3.2.2 Ultrasonography
    5.3.2.3 Urodynamics
    5.3.2.4 Other Investigations
    5.4 Management and Treatment of Nocturia in PD
    5.4.1 Pharmacological Interventions
    5.4.1.1 Dopamine Agonists
    5.4.1.2 Antimuscarinic Agents
    5.4.1.3 Desmopressin
    5.4.1.4 Melatonin
    5.4.2 Intermittent Catheterization
    5.4.3 Botulinum Toxin Injection
    5.4.4 Surgical Treatment
    5.4.5 Neuromodulation
    5.4.6 Lifestyle Change
    References
    6: Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS) and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
    6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Association Between PD and RLS
    6.3 Genetic Markers of RLS in PD
    6.4 Pathophysiology of RLS in PD
    6.5 Imaging of RLS in PD
    6.6 Diagnosis of RLS in PD
    6.7 Treatment of RLS in PD
    References
    7: Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Causes of SBD in PD
    7.3 Diagnosis [11]
    7.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
    7.3.2 Investigations
    7.4 Treartment [14, 15]
    7.4.1 Lifestyle Change
    7.4.2 Medication
    7.4.3 Continuous Positive Airway Pressure Therapy (CPAP)
    References
    8: Excessive Daytime Sleepiness
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Edmund Liem, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to enable (pediatric) dentists to recognize the signs and symptoms of sleep disorders in their pediatric patients, it will help to understand the potential negative impact of a sleep disorder on the metabolic and cognitive neurodevelopment of a child and how to collaborate with others to implement appropriate management, including early (dentofacial) orthopedic intervention when necessary. A detailed examination of craniofacial signs and behavioral symptoms should alert the dentist to the potential presence of (a) sleep disorder(s) in children. The various treatment options other than positive airway pressure (PAP) therapy or adeno-tonsillectomy, which should be considered as potential life-saving short-term solutions, are discussed and shown. Treatment options that are discussed are dentofacial orthopedics (including orthotropics), orthodontics and orofacial myology; sample case outcomes are shown to demonstrate achievable results. Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry will serve as an excellent clinical guide that takes full account of recent developments in the field and explains the enormous potential that dentist can attribute to the patients overall (future) health. This book is also an excellent introduction for the general dentist to the medical world of (pediatric) sleep disorders. In this book a team of co-authors (2 medical doctors; 3 dental specialists; 3 general dentists and 3 dental hygienists) shared their knowledge that will educate the (pediatric) dentists about Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Imran S. Khawaja, Thomas D. Hurwitz, editors.
    Summary: This text highlights the importance of common medical comorbidities and illuminates the salient points for treatment, diagnosis, and management of these conditions as they relate particularly to these special populations. Written by experts in both sleep medicine and psychiatry, the text takes a cutting-edge, reader-friendly approach to topics that include sleep disturbances in pregnancy, sleep tele-medicine, sleep disturbances related to difficulties in schools, and substance-induced disturbances. Each chapter follows a consistent format, making it an excellent tool for the busy clinician who is not able to sift through scientific literature or didactic texts. Sleep Disorders in Selected Psychiatric Settings is an excellent resource for all clinicians who may work with special populations struggling with sleep and psychiatric comorbidities, including psychiatrists, sleep medicine physicians, primary care and family medicine physicians, pediatricians, obstetrics/gynecologists, psychologists and all others.

    Contents:
    My patient has trouble sleeping in the psych unit
    Suicide and Insomnia
    Cocaine Induced Insomnia/sleep problems
    Cannabis Induced sleep problems
    Insomnia and Generalized Anxiety Disorder
    Withdrawal insomnia from benzodiazepines
    Insomnia and Panic Disorder
    People think Alcohol helps with sleep
    Sleep apnea in Pregnancy
    Stimulant Induced Insomnia in kids
    Childhood Narcolepsy and Emotional problems of parents
    RLS in Pregnancy
    Insomnia in Pregnancy
    Change in school time helped my teenager's sleep
    Psychosocial issues with being a Sleepy Head
    Extreme dreams make me depressed/Epic Dreaming
    Sleep Disruption in ICU setting
    Sexsomnia on Medications
    I have claustrophobia on the CPAP mask. Please Help?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hrayr Attarian, Mari Viola-Saltzman, editors.
    Summary: In its 2nd Edition this book covers sleep disorders in women at all stages of life, exploring the impact of each reproductive and endocrine stage on both normal sleep and sleep disorders. Includes guidance for physicians on detecting and treating disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Series Editor Introduction
    Preface to the Third Edition
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Overview
    1: Introduction
    References
    2: Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Women
    Introduction
    Sleep Disordered Breathing
    Primary Snoring
    Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome
    Obstructive Apnea / Hypopnea Syndrome
    Central Sleep Apnea
    Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
    Insomnia
    Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis- Ekbom Disease)
    Hypersomnia
    Parasomnia
    REM Behavior Disorder
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Life Cycle Impact on Sleep in Women Sleep Changes in Neonates and Infants
    Sleep Changes in Childhood
    Sleep Changes Around the Menstrual Cycle
    Sex Hormones and Sleep
    Sleep at Menarche
    Sleep in Pregnancy
    Sleep Duration and Sleep Quality in Pregnancy
    Sleep in the Peri- and Post-menopausal Stages
    Hormonal Changes and Sleep
    Age-Related Sleep Changes
    Sleep Changes Related to Mood Disorders
    Bibliography
    4: Normal Reproductive and Endocrine Life Stages: The Impact on Sleep Disorders
    Insomnia
    Menarche and Adolescence
    Child-Bearing Years
    Pregnancy
    Post-Partum
    Menopause and Beyond Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
    Menarche and Adolescence
    Child-Bearing Years
    Menopause and Beyond
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA)
    Child-Bearing Years
    Pregnancy
    Menopause and Beyond
    Sleepiness Disorders/Hypersomnias
    Menarche and Adolescence
    Child-Bearing Years
    Menopause and Beyond
    Circadian Disorders
    Menopause and Beyond
    Parasomnias
    Menopause and Beyond
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Sex and Gender Differences in Sleep
    5: Sex Differences in Sleep
    Introduction Sex Differences in Sleep Behavior and Sleep Architecture in Adults
    When Do Sex Differences in Sleep Emerge? Sleep in Children and Adolescents
    Sex Differences in Sleep under Challenge Conditions
    The Role of Sex Steroids in Women
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Sex Differences in Sleep Disorders
    Introduction
    Insomnia
    Hypersomnias
    Narcolepsy
    Idiopathic Hypersomnia
    Kleine-Levin Syndrome
    Menstrual-Related Hypersomnia
    Sleep-Disordered Breathing
    Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
    Restless Legs Syndrome
    Periodic Limb Movement Disorder Other Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
    Parasomnias
    NREM-Related Parasomnias
    Confusional Arousals and Sleep Terrors
    Sleepwalking
    Sleep-Related Eating Disorder
    REM-Related Parasomnias
    REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
    Nightmare Disorder
    Isolated Sleep Paralysis
    Other Parasomnias
    Exploding Head Syndrome
    Sleep-Related Hallucinations
    Sleep Enuresis
    Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Sleep and Its Disorders Among Sexual and Gender Minority Populations
    Introduction
    Definitions
    Minority Stress Theory and Sleep Health
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sudhansu Chokroverty, editor.
    Summary: Since publication of the first edition in 1994, the second edition in 1999, and the third edition in 2009, many new advances in sleep medicine have been made and warrant a fourth edition. This comprehensive text features 19 additional chapters and covers basic science, technical and laboratory aspects and clinical and therapeutic advances in sleep medicine for beginners and seasoned practitioners. With the discovery of new entities, many new techniques and therapies, and evolving basic science understanding of sleep, Sleep Disorders Medicine, Fourth Edition brings old and new knowledge about sleep medicine together succinctly in one place for a deeper understanding of the topic. Neurologists, internists, family physicians, pediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, otolaryngologists, dentists, neurosurgeons, neuroscientists, intensivists, anesthesiologists as well as those interested in advancing their knowledge in sleep and its disorders, will find this edition to be an invaluable resource to this bourgeoning field.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic science of sleep. Introduction to the topic
    Overview of normal sleep
    Sleep deprivation and excessive daytime sleepiness
    Effects of sleep deprivation and sleepiness on society and driving
    Neurobiology of rem sleep, NREM sleep homeostasis, and gamma band oscillations
    Basic circadian timing and sleep-wake regulation
    Neurotransmitters, neurochemistry, and the clinical pharmacology of sleep
    Neurobiology of NREM sleep and thermoregulation in sleep
    Phylogeny of sleep
    Sleep and anesthesia: different states with shared pathophysiological traits
    Physiological changes of sleep
    Sleep and immune regulation
    Sleep and memory consolidation
    Dreaming and sleep disorder
    Study design and analysis in sleep medicine
    Part II: Technical considerations. Instrumentation, electronics, and signal analysis
    An overview of polysomnographic technique
    Electroencephalography, electromyography, and electro-oculography: general principles and basic technology
    Electrocardiography: principles and applications in sleep medicine
    Evaluation and monitoring of respiratory function
    Neuroimaging in normal and abnormal sleep
    Multiple sleep latency test
    Maintenance of wakefulness test
    Scoring of normal sleep and arousals
    Scoring of sleep-related breathing events
    Part III: Clinical topics. Approach to the patient with sleep complaints
    International classification of sleep disorders
    Epidemiology: principles and application in sleep medicine
    Genetics of sleep and sleep disorders
    Nutrition and sleep
    Sleep duration, morbidity, and mortality
    Obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
    Central sleep apnea, hypoventilation syndrome, and sleep in high altitude
    Positive airway pressure in the treatment of sleep apnea-hypopnea
    Preoperative, perioperative, and postoperative evaluation and management of sleep-disordered breathing
    Oral appliances and surgical techniques for treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
    Nature, evaluation, and treatment of insomnia
    Narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia
    Motor control and dyscontrol in sleep
    Evaluation and management of RLS and PLMD
    Sleep, breathing, and neurologic disorders
    Fatigue in clinical practice
    Sleep, coma, vegetative and minimally conscious states
    Sleep and epilepsy
    Dreaming in neurological disorders
    Sleep in psychiatric disorders
    Sleep disturbances in general medical disorders
    Evaluation and management of circadian rhythm sleep disorders
    Rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder
    Parasomnias
    Sleep disorders in the elderly
    Evolution of sleep from birth to adolescence and sleep disorders in children
    Sleep and sleep disorders in women
    Sleep, violence, and forensic implications
    General principle of treatment of sleep dysfunction and pharmacology of drugs used in sleep disorders
    Sleep and alternative medicine: I
    Approach to sleep disorders in the traditional school of Indian medicine: alternative medicine II
    Sleep in extreme environment
    Erratum to: sleep disorders medicine
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gerald L. Weinhouse, John W. Devlin, editors.
    Summary: For decades heavily sedated ICU patients were assumed to be asleep. However, in the past 20 years, physiologic and epidemiologic studies have established sleep is frequently disrupted in the ICU. The inter-relationship between ICU sleep, delirium, and survivorship has come to the forefront of ICU practice. We now routinely aim for lighter sedation, delirium assessment has become standardized, and knowledge regarding the ICU factors leading to Post- Intensive Care Syndrome (PICS) has evolved. The importance of sleep in routine ICU management was codified for the first time in SCCMs 2018 PADIS guidelines. This state of the art book summarizes current knowledge regarding sleep during critical illness and recovery and how the risk factors, recognition, and outcomes associated with sleep in the ICU differ from those of healthy adults. Chapters address sleep quality in both the research environment and during routine care, the factors that disrupt sleep architecture and circadian biology in the ICU setting, medications that alter sleep architecture and those that can be used to improve it, the relationship between sleep and sedation and between sleep and delirium, and current strategies that can be used to improve sleep in the vulnerable ICU population. Written by experts in the field, Sleep in Critical Illness is a valuable resource for all members of the ICU interprofessional team including critical care physicians, nurses, physician assistants, pharmacists, and respiratory therapists as well as clinicians who consult in the ICU and post-ICU settings. .

    Contents:
    Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part I: Sleep fragmentation and sleep stage disruption
    Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part II: Circadian rhythm disruption
    Unique neurophysiologic findings in the critically ill: "Atypical sleep and pathologic wakefulness"
    Normal sleep compared to altered consciousness during sedation.-Biologic effects of disrupted sleep
    Risk factors for disrupted sleep in the ICU
    Effects of common ICU medications on sleep
    Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Electroencephalographic perspectives
    Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Clinical perspectives
    Mechanical ventilation and sleep
    ICU sleep disruption and its relationship with ICU outcomes
    Long-term outcomes--sleep in survivors of critical illness
    Methods for routine ICU sleep assessment and monitoring
    Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part 1: Non-pharmacologic
    Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part II: Pharmacologic
    Sleep considerations in critically ill children
    Sleep in Critical Illness: Future Directions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Raghav Govindarajan, Pradeep C. Bollu, editors.
    Summary: This concise text provides a quick reference to clinically relevant material in both sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Divided into ten chapters, the book begins by laying the foundation for understanding sleep issues in neuromuscular disorders and moves on to offering an overview of sleep disorders in various neuromuscular conditions. Chapters feature practical advice in managing sleep issues, including an overview of noninvasive ventilation. The final part of the book provides useful tables, charts, pictures and flow charts for quick reference in sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Filling a critical gap in the literature, this guide helps anyone treating neuromuscular patients understand the basics of sleep and neuromuscular disorders and its management.

    Contents:
    Sleep stages and cardiorespiratory monitoring
    Neuromuscular respiratory weakness and its management
    Sleep issues in motor neuron disease
    Sleep issues in myopathic and muscular dystrophies
    Sleep issues in NMJ disorders
    Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-sleep apnea
    Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-movement disorders
    Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-1
    Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-2
    Basics of non-invasive ventilation
    Practical aspects of non-invasive ventilation
    Use and role of non-invasive ventilation in neuromuscular disorders
    Troubleshooting with non-invasive ventilation- Frequently asked questions and their answers.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sudhansu Chokroverty, Michel Billiard, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    I. Evolution of Sleep Medicine by Historical Periods
    Sleep in Ancient Egypt
    Sleep Medicine in the Arab Islamic Civilization
    Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional India
    Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional China
    Sleep in the Biblical Period
    Sleep in the New Testament
    The Greco-Roman Period
    The Aztec, Maya, and Inca Civilizations
    II. Sleep Medicine from the Medieval Period to the 19th Century
    Sleep Medicine in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance
    Sleep in the 17th and 18th Centuries
    III. The Early Evolution of Modern Sleep Medicine
    The Evolution of Sleep Medicine in the 19th and the Early 20th Century
    The History of Polysomnography: Tool of Scientific Discovery
    IV. Sleep Medicine Societies, Professional Societies, and Journals
    A History Behind the Development of Sleep Medicine and Sleep Societies
    Development of Sleep Medicine in Europe
    Evolution of Sleep Medicine in Japan
    History of Japanese Clinical Sleep Medicine
    Sleep Medicine around the World (Beyond North American and European Continents)
    V. Sleep Disorders in Historic Diseases
    Cholera
    Encephalities Lethargica
    African Sleeping Sickness
    Sleep and HIV Disease
    VI. Historical Milestones of Individual Sleep Disorders
    Evolution of the Classification of Sleep Disorders
    History of Epidemiological Research in Sleep Medicine
    The Insomnias: Historical Evolution
    VII. Neurological Sleep Disorders
    Narcolepsy ? Cataplexy Syndrome and Symptomatic Hypersomnia
    Idiopathic Hypersomnia
    Kleine-Levin Syndrome
    Movement Disorders in Sleep
    History of Restless Legs Syndrome, Recently Named Willis-Ekbom Disease
    Sleep and Stroke
    Sleep in Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Sleep, Cognitive Dysfunction, and Dementia
    Fatal Familial Insomnia and Agrypnia Excitata: Insights into Human Prion Disease Genetics and the Anatomo-Physiology of Wake and Sleep Behaviours
    Epilepsy and Sleep
    Sleep Disorders after Traumatic Brain Injury: Milestones in Perspective
    Headache Syndromes and Sleep
    VIII. Psychiatric and Psychological Sleep Disorders
    Depression
    Schizophrenia and Psychosis
    Bipolar Disorder
    IX. Respiratory Diseases
    A Short History of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome
    Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome: A Short History
    Restrictive and Obstructive Lung Diseases and Sleep Disorders
    NREM Arousal Parasomnias
    REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
    Chronobiology and Sleep
    X. Medical Disorders and Sleep
    Cardiovascular Disease and Sleep Dysfunction
    Nonrestorative Sleep, Musculoskeletal Pain, Fatigue in Rheumatic Disorders and Allied Syndromes: A Historical Perspective
    Sleep and Pain: Milestones and Advances from Research
    Endocrine-Metabolic Disorders and Sleep Medicine
    The Gut and Sleep
    Impotence and Erectile Problems in Sleep Medicine
    Women?s Health and Sleep Disorders
    XI. Miscellaneous Important Aspects
    The Emergence of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Sleep Disorders, Cognition, Accidents, and Performance
    Sleep Deprivation: Societal Impact and Long Term Consequences
    Sleep Models
    XII. Evolution of Treatment and Investigative Approaches in Sleep Medicine
    A History of Non-Pharmacological Treatments for Insomnia
    The Pharmacological Treatment of Sleep Disorders
    Psychological Treatment of Insomnia: The Evolution of Behavior Therapy and Cognitive Behavior Therapy
    Modafinil: Development and Use of the Compound
    Phylogeny in Sleep Medicine
    Gamma-Hyroxybutyrate (Sodium Oxybate): From the Initial Synthesis to the Treatment of Narcolepsy Cataplexy and Beyond
    Development and Impact of Brain Imaging Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Karim Sedky, Racha Nazir, David Bennett, editors.
    Summary: This book serves to fill the gap in medical training that neglects the bidirectional relationship between sleep medicine and psychiatry. Written by expert psychiatrists who are also trained in sleep medicine, the text translates between these two fields by covering both the classification of sleep disorders as International Classification of Sleep - third edition (ICSD-3) as it relates to mental health, and also the classification of mental health comorbidities as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders - 5 as they relate to sleep disorders. Chapters also address the neurobiological components of sleep and psychiatric consideration, pharmacological considerations, behavioral therapeutic remedies, and unique challenges in special populations, such as pregnant women, children, and others. Sleep Medicine and Mental Health is an excellent resource for all physicians treating patients with sleep disorders who may also have psychiatric considerations, including psychiatrists, sleep specialists, neurologists, primary care physicians, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Introduction
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Introduction to Sleep and Sleep Disorders
    Introduction
    Functions of Sleep
    Normal Sleep and Sleep Architecture
    Non-Rapid Eye Movement Stages (NREM)
    Rapid Eye Movement Stage (REM)
    Process C and Process S
    Sleep Changes Over Life Stages
    Neurobiology and Neuroanatomy of Sleep
    Sleep Disorder Classifications
    Effects of Psychotropic Medications on Sleep
    Interaction Between Sleep Disorders, Psychiatric Complications, and Medical Problems
    Sleep Assessment Measures Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Insomnia
    2: Insomnia
    Introduction
    Prevalence and Chronicity
    Insomnia and Consequences
    Models of Insomnia
    The Stimulus Control Model
    The Three Factor (3-P) Model
    The Neurocognitive Model
    Diagnosis of Insomnia
    Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Fifth Edition (DSM-5) [51]
    International Classification of Sleep Disorders-Third Edition (ICSD-3) [52]
    International Classification of Disorders-Tenth Edition (ICD-10-CM) [53]
    Insomnia Subtypes
    Adjustment Insomnia (Acute)
    Idiopathic Insomnia (Childhood Onset) Paradoxical Insomnia (Sleep State Misperception)
    Inadequate Sleep Hygiene
    Behavioral Insomnia of Childhood
    Psychophysiological Insomnia (Conditioned Insomnia)
    Insomnia Due to Mental Disorder
    Insomnia Due to Medical Condition
    Insomnia Due to Drugs or Substances
    Evaluation and Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I)
    Introduction
    Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I): What Is It?
    Sleep Pattern Assessment
    Sleep Education
    Stimulus Control Therapy
    Sleep Restriction Therapy Managing High Arousal and Utilizing Cognitive Restructuring
    Creating a Relaxing Environment for Sleep
    Cognitive Restructuring
    Efficacy of CBT-I
    Modality: Does CBT-I Format Affect Improvements in Sleep?
    Contraindications to CBT-I
    Insomnia, Comorbid Health Conditions, and CBT-I
    Physical Health Conditions
    Mental Health Conditions
    Hypnotic Medication Use and CBT-I
    CBT-I by Age Group
    Children
    Adolescents
    Older Adults
    CBT-I Limitations
    Summary
    References
    4: Yoga and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (Y-MBCTi)
    Introduction Approach to Assess Insomnia
    Role of Yoga and Mindfulness Interventions in Insomnia
    The Components of the Y-MBCTi Model
    Goal of Y-MBCTi
    Components of Y-MBCTi
    Customizations in the Y-MBCTi
    Achieving the Meditation Skills Before Implementing the CBT Interventions is the Key to Success in this Therapy
    General Instructions on Meditation for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model
    Instructions for Meditation
    The Five-Step SPASM Method for Honing Meditation Skills
    General Instructions on Sleep Hygiene for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Cristina Frange, Fernando Morgadinho Santos Coelho, editors.
    Summary: Sleep is considered one of the vital signs and has become an important public health issue in our society. Thus, sleep impacts on overall health and, conversely, certain common medical conditions can impair sleep. Emerging evidence, in conjunction with clinical experience, demonstrates that physical therapy improves several sleep disorders and also optimized sleep contributes to boost rehabilitation. As health care professionals, physical therapists are singularly concerned with well-being and need to be competent to instruct their patients to rest and sleep. This book discusses evidences of physiotherapy and sleep medicine. It elucidates the neurophysiological background and mechanisms for physiotherapeutic resources and techniques, directing the future for promising research in the area. Divided in seven sections, the work initially addresses the basic concepts of sleep and physiotherapy and its relation to practice, including the importance of sleep medicine for health. The second section focuses on the basic conceptions of physical therapists' understanding and working in clinical practice and research with sleep.The next section reviews the most common sleep disturbances such as insomnia, restless legs syndrome, and respiratory sleep disturbances. Special populations, spotlighting childhood and adolescence, women physiologic reproductive stages, sleep and gender, and sleep and pain interactions are also examined. Last sections discuss the physical therapy resources to improve sleep and to treat sleep disturbances. This title is an essential resource not only for graduate students, residents, health professionals and physiotherapists working in prevention and rehabilitation, but also for researchers interested in screening, diagnostic and treatment innovations. It is addressed to neurologists, sleep medicine specialists and physical educators as well.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Concepts. - 1. Sleep: definition, concept, new area for physical therapy
    2. Normal Sleep: Interindividual Differences and Sleep Variability
    3. Brief history of Sleep Medicine and its importance for overall health
    Part II. Sleep medicine for the physical therapist
    4. Basic principles of physiotherapeutic sleep practice
    5. Sleep physiology and neuroendocrinology for physiotherapists
    Part III. Physiotherapeutic management of sleep disturbances
    6. Insomnia: an overview
    7. Insomnia: Physiotherapeutic approach
    8. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: an overview
    9. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: Physiotherapeutic approach
    10. Circadian rhythm sleep disturbances: an overview
    11. Physical therapy in circadian rhythm disorders: chrono-rehabilitation?
    12. Sleep bruxism: an overview
    13. Sleep bruxism: Physiotherapeutic approach
    14. Obstructive sleep apnea: an overview
    15. Obstructive sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
    16. Central sleep apnea: an overview
    17. Central sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
    18. Upper airway resistance syndrome: an overview
    19. Upper airway resistance syndrome: Physiotherapeutic approach
    20. Narcolepsy: an overview
    21. Excessive daytime sleepiness: an overview
    22. Narcolepsy and Excessive daytime sleepiness: Physiotherapeutic approach
    23. Parassomnias: an overview
    Part IV. Sleep in specific conditions
    24. Sleep-wake disturbances in childhood and adolescence
    25. Sleep and aging
    26. Sleep and gender differences
    27. Sleep in neurologic diseases
    28. Sleep and Chronic Pain Interlaced Influences: Guidance to physiotherapy practice
    Part V. Physiotherapeutic resources/methods/techniques to improve sleep
    29. Exercise and sleep
    30. Hydrotherapeutic resources for sleep management
    31. Optimizing behavior strategies for sleep
    32. Sleep ergonomics
    Part VI. Evidence from basic science and its contribution to physical therapy in sleep medicine
    33. Basic research for sleep physiotherapy
    34. Sleep and musculoskeletal system
    Part VII. Sleep assessment for physical therapy clinical practice
    35. Subjective assessment of sleep
    36. Objective assessment of sleep
    37. Actigraphy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Douglas B. Kirsch.
    Summary: A new addition to the Neurology in Practice series, Sleep Medicine in Neurology is a practical guide for neurologists diagnosing and managing sleep disorders in their patients. As a part of the series, various feature boxes are highlighted throughout. ""Tips and Tricks"" give suggestions on how to improve outcomes through practical technique or patient questioning. In addition, ""Caution"" warning boxes supply helpful advice on how to avoid problems and 'Science Revisited' boxes offer quick reminders of the basic science principles necessary for understanding the presented concepts.

    Contents:
    Introduction to sleep medicine / Douglas B. Kirsch
    The history and physical examination of the sleep patient / Sheila C. Tsai
    Subjective and objective sleep testing / Martha E. Billings and Nathaniel F. Watson
    Using medications to treat insomnia / Andreea Andrei
    Approach to a patient with excessive daytime sleepiness / Rajdeep Singh and Aatif M. Husain
    Approach to a patient with narcolepsy / Ravichand Madala and Rodney A. Radtke
    Evaluation and medical management of sleep disordered breathing / Mihaela H. Bazalakova and Lawrence J. Epstein
    Surgical management of sleep disordered breathing / Masayoshi Takashima, Jaime Gateno, Melinda Davis-Malessevich and Robert Busch
    Medical comorbidities associated with obstructive sleep apnea / Emerson M. Wickwire and Scott G. Williams
    Non-pharmacological treatments of insomnia and circadian rhythm disorder : special focus on neurology patients / Mary Rose
    Parasomnias : diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment / Douglas B. Kirsch
    Restless leg syndrome, periodic limb movements and other movement disorders in sleep / Raman Malhotra
    Sleep and neurological disorders / Maryann C. Deak
    Cognition, driving and sleep / Makoto Kawai
    Pediatric sleep medicine / Shalini Paruthi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Lourdes M. DelRosso, Raffaele Ferri, editors.
    Summary: This practical text provides knowledge of the basic neuroscience of sleep and sleep disorders as they interrelate with various neurologic conditions. Chapters in the first section cover neural networks involved in normal sleep processes, including dreams and memory. Also discussed are how these neural networks interact in various sleep stages and sleep disorders, such as sleep related movement disorders. The book's second section explores the pathophysiology of sleep disorders in the spectrum of neurologic conditions in both adults and children. This includes sleep changes in patients with dementia, seizures, headaches, and stroke, and other common neurologic disorders. Sleep Neurology fills an important gap in the sleep medicine literature by providing the underpinnings of sleep disorders and will be of great value to students, residents, and clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Neurobiology of Wakefulness
    2. Neurobiology of Sleep
    3. Neurobiology of the Control of Sleep
    4. The Neurological Consequences of Sleep Deprivation
    5. Neurobiology of Dreams
    6. Neurobiology of Memory and Sleep
    7. Neurobiology of Insomina
    8. Narcolepsy and Central Nervous System Hypersomnias
    9. Neurobiology of Parasominas
    10. Neurobiology of Sleep Related Movements
    11. Sleep in Seziure Disorders
    12. Sleep in Headaches
    13. Sleep in Cerebral Palsy
    14. Sleep and Cerebrovascular Disorder
    15. Sleep in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    16. Sleep After Traumatic Brain Injury
    17. Disorders of Sleep and Wakefulness in Parkinson's Disease and other Movement Disorders
    18. Sleep in Elderly Adults and in Subjects with Dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editor, Hsin-Ching Lin.
    Contents:
    The history of sleep medicine / Guilleminault, C.
    Advanced concepts in the pathophysiology of obstructive sleep apnea / White, D.P.
    The history of sleep surgery / Yaremchuk, K., Garcia-Rodriguez, L.
    Advances in the diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea : drug-induced sedated endoscopy / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., Kezirianl, E.J., de Vries, N.
    Novel positional devices for the treatment of positional obstructive sleep apnea, and how this relates to sleep surgery / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., de Vries, N.
    Updated concepts on treatment outcomes for obstructive sleep apnea / Certal, V., Capasso, R.
    Updated Friedman staging system for obstructive sleep apnea / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.
    Advancements of CPAP therapy for obstructive sleep apnea / Chen, N.-H.
    Advances in oral appliances for obstructive sleep apnea / Jacobowitz, O.
    Updated nasal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Johnson, D.M., Soose, R.J.
    Updated palate surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Li, H.-Y.
    Updated hypopharyngeal surgery for sleep apnea / Woodson, B.T.
    Updated minimally invasive surgery for sleep-related breathing disorders / Kotecha, B.
    Advances in box surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : genioglossus advancement, hyoid suspension, and maxillomandibular advancement / Go, Y.H., Winston, T., Abdullah, V.J., Kim, S.W.
    Multilevel obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Li, H.-C., Weaver, E.M., Lin, H.-S., Friedman, M.
    Innovative surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : nerve stimulator / Sommer, J.U., Hørmann, K.
    Robotic obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Song, T.T., Hsu, P.P.
    Pediatric obstructive sleep apnea : where do we stand? / Huang, Y.-S., Guilleminault, C.
    Future perspectives in sleep medicine / Huon, L.-K.A., Guilleminault, C.
    Future perspectives in sleep surgery / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Hans-Peter Landolt, Derk-Jan Dijk, editors.
    Summary: The chapter 'Sleep Physiology, Circadian Rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics' available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic Principles
    1. The Function(s) of Sleep
    2. Neuroanatomical and Neurochemical Bases of Vigilance States
    3. Omics Approaches in Sleep-Wake Regulation
    4. The Role of Glia in Sleep Regulation and Function
    5. Sleep- and Wake-Like States in Small 1 Networks In Vivo and In Vitro
    Part 2. Optogenetics and Pharmacogenetics
    6. Optogenetic Dissection of Sleep-Wake States In Vitro and In Vivo
    7. Pharmacosynthetic Deconstruction of Sleep-wake Circuits in the Brain
    8. Clinical and Experimental Human Sleep-Wake Pharmacogenetics
    Part 3. Sleep-Wake Pathologies
    9. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders I: Focus on Hypersomnias and Movement Disorders During Sleep
    10. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders II: Focus on Insomnia and Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
    Part 4. Current and New Targets, and Therapeutic Prospects
    11. GABA Receptors and the Pharmacology of Sleep
    12. Advances of Melatonin-Based Therapies in the Treatment of Disturbed Sleep and Mood
    13. Dopamine and Wakefulness: Pharmacology, Genetics, and Circuitry
    14. Ketamine-Induced Glutamatergic Mechanisms of Sleep and Wakefulness: Insights for Developing Novel Treatments for Disturbed Sleep and Mood
    15. Adenosine and Sleep
    Part 5. Outlook
    16. Adenosine and Sleep
    17. Functional Interactions Between Sleep and Circadian Rhythms in Learning and Learning Disabilities
    18. Sleep Physiology, circadian rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sergio Garbarino, Lino Nobili, Giovanni Costa, editors.
    Summary: "Human Impact Assessment (HuIA) is a relatively new concept describing an integrated process that encompasses both Health Impact Assessment and Social Impact Assessment and is used to anticipate the effects of programs, projects and decisions on human health and welfare. Sleep occupies approximately one-third of our lives, but its human impact remains largely unrecognized. The prevalence of excessive sleepiness is recognized to be increasing in industrialized societies. Sleepiness and fatigue have high costs in terms of both lives lost and socioeconomic impact. Sleepiness and Human Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive exploration of many different facets of sleepiness in our 24-hour society from the new HuIA point of view. Among the covered issues are the physiology and pathophysiology of sleep, its relationship to daytime alertness, fatigue and drugs, the relevance of sleep-related fatigue in various occupational settings and public safety. This book will be of assistance to physicians, occupational health professionals, ergonomists, researchers and decision-makers as they strive to understand the full significance of sleepiness and to create a culture of accountability in everyday life without sleep-related risks."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fuminobu Yoshimachi, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a valuable contribution to the field of minimally invasive coronary intervention, presenting the latest developments in slender catheters, their development and the related research findings. With the growing interest in trans-radial interventions (TRIs) and distal radial approach, "Slender PCI" has been popular in Japan. Although "Slender PCI" started with using a small diameter catheter of a 5Fr Guiding Catheter, recently it becomes a generic term for all minimally invasive catheter Interventions. "Slender PCI" not only makes less painful but also reduces exposure to radiation and contrast agents. In addition, the book highlights the distal radial approach, 5Fr guiding catheter for treating complex lesion, 4Fr guiding catheters, 3Fr diagnosis catheters. The authors share their experiences and know-how throughout, providing abundant illustrations to enhance readers understanding.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: What Is Slender PCI?
    References
    Chapter 3: Evidence for Slender Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Issues for TRI in the Early Years
    3.3 Large Inner Lumen 6 Fr. Guiding Catheter
    3.4 Miniaturization of the Outer Diameter of the Guiding Catheter
    3.5 Slender Sheath Development
    3.6 Slender Techniques
    3.7 Evidence of TRI
    3.8 Evidence of Small-Sized Guiding Catheter
    3.9 Bleeding Complications
    3.10 Future Perspectives for Slender PCI
    References Chapter 4: Less Invasive Intervention: From a Forearm Radial to Distal Radial Approach
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 Significance of Radial Artery Occlusion after Radial Access
    4.1.2 History of Distal Radial Access
    4.1.3 DRA Puncture Technique
    4.1.4 Our Experience of DRA Access
    4.1.5 Complications of DRA Access
    4.1.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Distal Transradial Access for Arterial Angiography and Interventions: An Overview of Knowledge
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Rationale and Backgrounds
    5.2.1 Applied Anatomy
    5.2.2 Advantages for the Patient 5.2.3 Advantages for the Operator
    5.3 Preparation and Technique
    5.3.1 Patient Selection
    5.3.2 Patient Preparation
    5.3.3 Local Anesthesia
    5.3.4 Ultrasound
    5.3.5 Puncture Site
    5.3.6 Puncture Direction
    5.3.7 Puncture and Wire Insertion
    5.3.8 Skin Incision
    5.3.9 Sheath Selection
    5.3.10 Medication
    5.3.11 Wire Insertion
    5.3.12 Catheter Selection
    5.3.13 Hemostasis
    5.4 How to Start a (l)dTRA Program
    5.4.1 Learning Curve
    5.4.2 Preparation
    5.4.3 Role of a Proctor
    5.4.4 General Recommendations
    5.5 Potential Complications 5.5.1 Distal Radial Artery Occlusion (dRAO)
    5.5.2 Digital Ischemia
    5.5.3 Nerve Damage
    5.5.4 Hematoma
    5.5.5 Pseudoaneurysm (PSA)
    5.5.6 Arteriovenous Fistula (AVF)
    5.5.7 Avascular Necrosis Scaphoid (AVN)
    5.5.8 Tendinitis
    5.5.9 Hand Dysfunction
    References
    Chapter 6: Ultimate Less Radial Artery Occlusion Hemostasis Method on Slender PCI
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 RAO Preventive Strategies History
    6.3 Diagnosis and Treatment
    6.4 Latest Progress in Reduction of Early RAO
    6.5 Importance of Short and Soft Compression 6.6 Our Slender Approach and Postprocedural Care
    6.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Distal Radial Approach for ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Representative Case
    7.3 Procedural Considerations
    7.3.1 Patient Selection and Exclusion
    7.3.2 Puncture
    7.3.3 Hemostasis
    7.4 Clinical Significance of Distal Transradial Access
    7.4.1 Hemorrhagic Complication
    7.4.2 Radial Artery Occlusion
    7.4.3 Concerns Over Delay in Revascularization (Longer Door-to-Balloon Time)
    7.5 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    David Aitchison Smith.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Perspectives; 1.1.1 The Sliding Filament Model; 1.1.2 New Experimental Techniques; 1.1.3 Models of Contractility; 1.2 A Short Guide to Contractile Behaviour; 1.3 The Structure of Skeletal Muscle; 1.3.1 Muscle Ultrastructure; References;
    Chapter 2: Of Sliding Filaments and Swinging Lever-Arms; 2.1 Contractile Empiricism: Hillś Equations; 2.2 How Myosin Heads Find Actin Sites; 2.2.1 Head-Site Matching for Vernier Models; 2.2.2 Lattice Models: Target Zones, Layer Lines and Azimuthal Matching 2.3 The First Sliding-Filament Model2.4 The Swinging-Lever-Arm Mechanism; 2.4.1 Mechanokinetics of the Working Stroke; 2.4.2 Theory of the Rapid Length-Step Response; References;
    Chapter 3: Actin-Myosin Biochemistry and Structure; 3.1 How Myosin and Actin Hydrolyze ATP; 3.1.1 Myosin is an ATPase; 3.1.2 Actomyosin is a Better ATPase; 3.1.3 Steady-State ATP Hydrolysis by Actin-Myosin; 3.2 The Biochemical Contraction Cycle; 3.2.1 Actin Binding Versus Nucleotide Binding; 3.2.2 A Biochemical Cycle for Myosin-S1; 3.2.3 Evidence for Two A.M. ADP States; 3.2.4 Evidence for Two M. ATP States 3.3 Coordinating Lever-Arm Movements with Biochemical Events3.3.1 What Biochemical Event Triggers the Working Stroke?; 3.3.2 The Location of the Repriming Stroke; 3.3.3 An Amalgated Mechanochemical Cycle; 3.4 The Atomic Structure of Myosin Complexes; 3.4.1 Actin Binding; 3.4.2 Phosphate Release and the Working Stroke; 3.4.3 An ADP-Release Stroke; 3.4.4 ATP Binding and Actin Affinity; 3.4.5 The Repriming Stroke and Hydrolysis; 3.4.6 Hydrolysis on Actomyosin?; 3.4.7 The Pathway of the Stroke; References;
    Chapter 4: Models for Fully-Activated Muscle; 4.1 Strain-Dependent Kinetics 4.1.1 Kramers' Method for Reaction Rates; 4.1.2 Actin Binding: Swing, Roll and Lock; 4.1.3 The Kinetics of the Working Stroke; 4.1.4 An ADP-Release Stroke; 4.2 The Evolution of Contraction Models; 4.2.1 A Two-State Stroking Model; 4.2.2 The Search for a Simple Vernier Model; 4.2.3 Lattice Models; 4.3 Computational Methods; 4.3.1 Probabilistic Methods; 4.3.2 Monte-Carlo Simulation; 4.4 The Effects of Filament Elasticity; 4.4.1 The Equivalent Lumped Filament Compliance; 4.4.2 Experimental Consequences; 4.5 Target Zones, Dimeric Myosins and Buckling Rods 4.5.1 Calculations with Target Zones and Dimeric Myosins4.5.2 An Updated 5-State Vernier Model; 4.5.3 Buckling Rods; 4.6 Adding Phosphate, ADP or ATP; 4.6.1 Added Phosphate; 4.6.2 Changing ADP or ATP; 4.7 The Effects of Temperature; References;
    Chapter 5: Transients, Stability and Oscillations; 5.1 Chemical Jumps and Temperature Jumps; 5.1.1 The Activation Jump; 5.1.2 Pi Jumps; 5.1.3 ATP Jumps; 5.1.4 Temperature Jumps; 5.2 Length Steps; 5.2.1 The Length-Step Response; 5.2.2 Repeated Length Steps; 5.3 Sinusoidal Length Changes; 5.4 Force Steps; 5.4.1 Isotonic Oscillations
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Marcus-Matthias Gellrich ; with a contribution by Dieter Schmidt ; English translation by Carole Gustely Cürten.
    Summary: In this book the author describes in detail the history, construction, and examination potential of the slit lamp. In particular, however, he presents a new approach videography that allows the ophthalmologist to document all (!) eye diseases with the slit lamp and a video camera in a practicable, rapid, and affordable manner. The necessary methods, techniques, and equipment, including converging, diverging, and contact lenses, are clearly explained in the text and four didactic videos. The 20 most important videographic settings are described, and recipes for their use are presented, along with diagnostic tips. The accompanying collection of clinical images represents the world's first ever general atlas of ophthalmology from the perspective of the slit lamp. The author has already demonstrated proof of the value of ophthalmological videography in his own practice. It is his hope that this introductory book, with its many images never previously produced with a slit lamp, will stimulate others to exploit the approach's potential.

    Contents:
    Basics: Appliance Construction. Biomicroscopy: Types of Illumination
    Biomicroscopy without Additional Lenses
    Biomicroscopy with Additional Lenses
    Accessory Equipment for Slit Lamps. Videography with the Slit Lamp: Videography - the Basics
    Special Videography Applications
    Specific Videographic Settings for Specific Ocular Diseases. History of the Slit Lamp: History of Slit Lamp Construction.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Victoria Sweet.
    Summary: "A radical new understanding of how medicine is best practiced, from the award-winning author of God's Hotel. Over the years that Victoria Sweet has been a physician, "healthcare" has replaced medicine, "providers" look at their laptops more than at their patients, and costs keep soaring, all in the ruthless pursuit of efficiency. Yet the remedy that economists and policy makers continue to miss is also miraculously simple. Good medicine takes more than amazing technology; it takes time--time to respond to bodies as well as data, time to arrive at the right diagnosis and the right treatment. Sweet knows this because she has learned and lived it over the course of her career. Here she relates unforgettable stories of the teachers, doctors, nurses, and patients through whom she discovered the practice of Slow Medicine, in which she has been a pioneer. Medicine, she makes us see, is a craft and an art as well as a science. It is relational, personal, even spiritual. To do it well requires a hard-won wisdom that no algorithm can replace--that brings together "fast" and "slow" in a truly effective, efficient, sustainable, and humane way of healing"-- Provided by publisher. "The award-winning author of God's Hotel offers a radical reimagining of how we practice medicine"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medicine without a soul
    On the cusp of Aquarius
    Dr. Gurushantih and my new white coat
    The man with a hole in his head
    Dr. Greg's 30 percent solution
    A successful petition to the saint of impossible causes
    The mantle of Hippocrates
    Three prophets, no whale
    Visiting day at the henhouse
    A slow medicine clinic before its time
    Passing the point of no return
    Intermission: in which fast medicine and slow medicine come together
    Turnaround
    A craft, a science, and an art
    Upstairs, downstairs
    A short pause to recapitulate, or The crack in the cosmic egg
    The force that through the green fuse drives the flower
    Nothing is better than life
    A slow medicine manifesto.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA973.5 .S94 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Fabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is a practical guide to the use of small animal imaging in preclinical research that will assist in the choice of imaging modality and contrast agent and in study design, experimental setup, and data evaluation. All established imaging modalities are discussed in detail, with the assistance of numerous informative illustrations. While the focus of the new edition remains on practical basics, it has been updated to encompass a variety of emerging imaging modalities, methods, and applications. Additional useful hints are also supplied on the installation of a small animal unit, study planning, animal handling, and cost-effective performance of small animal imaging. Cross-calibration methods and data postprocessing are considered in depth. This new edition of Small Animal Imaging will be an invaluable aid for researchers, students, and technicians involved in research into and applications of small animal imaging.

    Contents:
    Role of small animal imaging. Noninvasive imaging for supporting basic research / Pat Zanzonico
    Non-invasive imaging in the pharmaceutical industry / Sally-Ann Ricketts, Paul D. Hockings, John C. Waterton
    How to set up a small animal imaging unit / David Stout
    Noninvasive small rodent imaging: significance for the 3R principles / Nicolau Beckmann, Peter Maier
    Study planning and animal preparation. Institutional preconditions for small animal imaging / René H. Tolba
    Statistical considerations for animal imaging studies / Hannes-Friedrich Ulbrich
    Animal anesthesia and monitoring / Marc Hein, Anna B. Roehl, René H. Tolba
    Drug administration / Klaus Nebendahl, Peter Hauff
    Imaging modalities and probes. How to choose the right imaging modality / Fabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff
    X-ray and X-ray-CT / Willi A. Kalender, Paul Deak, Klaus Engelke, Marek Karolczak
    Ct contrast agents / Hubertus Pietsch
    Small animal magnetic resonance imaging: basic principles, instrumentation and practical issue / Peter Jakob
    Mr contrast agents / Eliana Gianolio, Alessandra Viale, Daniela Delli Castelli, Silvio Aime
    Mr spectroscopy / Markus Becker
    Ultrasound / Stuart Foster, Catherine Theodoropoulos
    Ultrasound contrast agents / Michel Schneider
    Imaging modalities and probes. PET and SPECT / Sibylle I. Ziegler
    Radiotracer I: standard tracer / Walter Mier, Uwe Haberkorn
    Radiotracer II: peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals / Roland Haubner, Clemens Decristoforo
    Optical imaging / Ralf B. Schulz, Vasilis Ntziachristos
    Optical probes / Kai Licha
    Multi-modal imaging and image fusion / Vesna Sossi
    Ex vivo validation methods. Ex vivo and in vitro cross calibration methods / Albertine Dubois, Julien Dauguet, Thierry Delzescaux
    In vitro methods for in vivo quantitation of PET and SPECT imaging probes: autoradiography and gamma counting / David Stout
    Data postprocessing. Qualitative and quantitative data analysis / Felix Gremse, Volkmar Schulz
    Guidelines for nuclear image analysis / Martin S. Judenhofer, Stefan Wiehr, Damaris Kukuk, Kristina Fischer, Bernd J. Pichler
    Kinetic modelling / J̲örg van den Hoff
    Data documentation systems / S̲nke H. Bartling, Wolfhard Semmler
    Special applications. Imaging in developmental biology / Katrien Vandoorne, Stav Sapoznik, Tal Raz, Inbal Biton, Michal Neeman
    Imaging in gynecology research / Matthias W. Laschke, Michael D. Menger
    Imaging in cardiovascular research / Michael Schäfers, Klaus Tiemann, Michael Kuhlmann, Lars Stegger, Klaus Schäfers, Sven Hermann
    Imaging in neurology research I: neurooncology / Yannic Waerzeggers, Parisa Monfared, Alexandra Winkeler, Thomas Viel, Andreas H. Jacobs
    Imaging in neurology research II: PET imaging of cns disorders / Gjermund Henriksen, Alexander Drzezga
    Special applications / Imaging in Neurology Research III: Focus on Neurotransmitter Imaging / Wynne K. Schiffer
    Imaging in oncology research / Wolfgang A. Weber, Fabian Kiessling
    Imaging in immunology research / Jason T. Lee, Evan D. Nair-Gill, Brian A. Rabinovich, Caius G. Radu, Owen N. Witte.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mark S. Thompson, DVM Diplomate, American Board of Veterinary Practitioners Certified in Canine/Feline Practice, Brevard Animal Hospital, Brevard, North Carolina.
    Contents:
    Part one: Clinical signs approach to differential diagnosis
    Part two: Systemic approach to differential diagnosis
    Part three: Laboratory values and interpretation of results.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    E. Christopher Orton, Eric Monnet ; illustrated by Molly Borman, Thomas O. McCracken.
    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary function / Orton
    Cardiopulmonary monitoring and supportive care / Orton
    Instrumentation / Orton
    Thoracotomy / Orton
    Sternotomy / Orton
    Minimally-invasive thoracic surgery / Monnet, Orton
    Thoracostomy and pleural drainage / Monnet
    Thoracic wall / Monnet
    Pleural effusions / Monnet
    Pneumothorax / Monnet
    Thymoma and mediastinal masses / Monnet
    Esophagus / Orton
    Vascular ring anomalies / Monnet
    Trachea / Monnet
    Lung / Monnet
    Diaphragm / Orton
    Pericardium / Monnet, Orton
    Strategies for cardiac surgery / Orton
    Patent ductus arteriosus / Orton
    Pulmonary and aortic valves / Orton
    Tricuspid and mitral valves / Orton
    Congenital septal defects / Orton
    Cor triatriatum and double-chambered right ventricle / Orton
    Cardiac neoplasia / Orton
    Epicardial pacemaker implantation / Monnet.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Brad Aiken.
    Summary: Like many fields of science, the future of medicine is frequently predicted by the science fiction writers of today, very much as many of today's medical advances were presaged by science fiction stories of the past. In this book, physician and science fiction author Brad Aiken conveys his own speculations about our medical future through nine highly entertaining and thought-provoking short stories. Touching upon a great variety of themes, including but not limited to telemedicine and remote surgery, vaccination strategies against unknown deathly pathogens, nanomedicine to cure diseases and retard ageing, bionics, cloning and euthanasia, we get a glimpse of what might be awaiting humanity. Yet, in these stories it is always the protagonists, humans after all, who remain at the center stage, not the new technologies. This provides the fictional material with a unique blend of science fiction and social fantasy. It also warns us to be wary of the pitfalls of too much reliance on dehumanizing technology and to make sure it remains our helper, not our master. Last but not least, an extensive scientific essay investigates the interplay between science fiction and both past and current advances in medical sciences and technology, making the link to the fictional material in the book as well as to the relevant scientific literature.

    Contents:
    Part I Short Stories
    Locked In
    Questioning the Tree
    Freudian Slipstream
    Done That, Never Been There
    Hiding from Nobel
    The Last Clone
    If He Only Had a Brain
    Once, On a Blue Moon
    A Time to Every Purpose
    Part II The Science behind the Fiction: The Invasion of Modern Medicine by Science Fiction.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sung-Tsang Hsieh, Praveen Anand, Christopher H. Gibbons, Claudia Sommer, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of small fiber neuropathy (SFN), from diagnosis to therapy. It focuses on nerve degeneration and neuropathic pain, and their underlying pathology, physiology, psychophysics, genetics and imaging. In particular, this book describes and discusses the major advances in diagnostic techniques for assessing SFN. These include skin biopsy, evoked potentials, quantitative sensory testing and functional studies, as biomarkers of SFN. SFN is a common peripheral nerve disorder, but was often overlooked due to a lack of objective and specific diagnostic tests for the assessment of small nerve fibers. These fibers mediate thermal sensation, pain detection (nociception), and autonomic regulation. Major symptoms of SFN include neuropathic pain, impaired sensation and autonomic dysfunction. Neuropathic pain poses a diagnostic challenge to clinicians, an essential step for selecting appropriate treatment to relieve suffering. SFN frequently develops in systemic diseases such as diabetes mellitus, following chemotherapy, infections etc., or presents as a major feature of various genetic neuropathies (e.g. channelopathy and familial amyloidosis). In addition to describing these conditions which lead to SFN, this book also describes related syndromes of neurodegeneration and pain, including fibromyalgia, visceral pain and hypersensitivity. This definitive book covers both clinical aspects and research progress, which provides in-depth and up-to-date information on SFN. It would be immensely useful for clinicians, neurologists, neuroscientists, diabetologists, and pain specialists. Dr. Sung-Tsang Hsieh is a professor at Department of Neurology and Institute of Anatomy and Cell Biology, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. He is also the associate dean of College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. Dr. Praveen Anand is a professor at Department of Clinical Neurology and head of Centre for Clinical Translation, Hammersmith Hospital, UK. Dr. Christopher Gibbons is an associate professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, USA. Dr. Claudia Sommer is a professor of Neurology at the Department of Neurology, Würzburg University Hospital, Germany.

    Contents:
    Overview of small fiber neuropathy and clinical aspects of small fiber neuropathy
    Pathology of small fiber neuropathy: skin biopsy for nociceptive nerve
    Neurophysiology: evoked potential
    Psychophysics
    Autonomic examinations and nerve pathology
    Diabetic neuropathy, metabolic syndrome
    Genetic small fiber neuropathy
    Amyloid neuropathy
    Small fiber involvment in conventional large fiber neuropathy
    Vasculitis and autoimmune disorders, infectious neuropathy
    Pain syndromes
    Visceral pain and hypersensitivity disorders
    Small fiber pathology in neurodegenerative disorders
    Neuropathic pain in small fiber neuropathy
    Therapy for small fiber neuropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hoon Jai Chun, Sang-Yong Seol, Myung-Gyu Choi, Joo Young Cho, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of small intestinal disease with the aim of providing an up-to-date reference of the highest quality that will assist in everyday clinical practice. After introductory chapters on anatomy, pathophysiology, epidemiology, and signs and symptoms, the roles of different imaging modalities in the diagnosis of small intestinal disease are clearly explained, focusing particularly on capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, CT and MR enterography, and nuclear medicine techniques. A series of chapters then address each of the diseases and conditions that may be encountered. The coverage is wide ranging, including, for example, obscure gastrointestinal bleeding, Crohns disease and other inflammatory conditions, celiac disease, Behcets disease, Meckels diverticulum, intestinal tuberculosis, and various malignancies. Numerous informative clinical cases are presented to identify characteristic imaging findings and assist in treatment decision making. Small intestinal disease continues to represent a significant challenge. The scope and detail of this book will make it an invaluable asset for gastroenterologists and other clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy and physiology of small intestine
    2. Epidemiology of small intestinal disease
    3. Symptoms and signs of small intestinal disease
    4. Diagnostic modalities for small intestinal disease
    5. Capsule endoscopy
    6. Device assisted small bowel endoscopy
    7. Radiology (CT/MR enteroscopy)
    8. Nuclear medicine and others
    9. Clinical manifestations of small intestinal disease
    10. Obscure GI bleeding
    11. Vascular lesions
    12. Crohns disease
    13. Other inflammatory lesions
    14. NSAID enteropathy
    15. Intestinal tuberculosis
    16. Behcet disease
    17. Meckels diverticulum
    18. Cryptogenic Multifocal Ulcerous Stenosing Enteritis
    19. Celiac disease
    20. Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
    21. Adenocarcinoma
    22. Lymphoma
    23. GIST
    24. Primary lymphangiectasia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Uwe M. Martens, editor.
    Contents:
    Imatinib Mesylate
    Dasatinib
    Nilotinib
    Bosutinib: a potent second-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitor
    Ponatinib: a third-generation inhibitor for the treatment of CML
    Ruxolitinib
    Ibrutinib
    Pomalidomide
    Enasidenib
    Midostaurin: a multiple kinases inhibitor in acute myeloid leukemia and systemic mastocytosis
    Venetoclax: targeting BCL2 in hematological cancers
    Idelalisib
    Carfilzomib
    Acalabrutinib, a second-generation Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Uwe M. Martens, editor.
    Summary: Extensive research into the molecular mechanisms of cancer has heralded a new age of targeted therapy. The field of personalized cancer therapy is now growing rapidly, and the progress being made will result in significant changes in the treatment algorithms for cancer patients. Numerous novel targets that are crucial for the survival of cancer cells can be attacked by small molecules such as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors. This book, written by acknowledged experts, discusses in detail the most recent developments in targeted cancer therapy using small molecules. A wide range of small molecules is covered, including, in addition to tyrosine kinase inhibitors, mTOR, proteasome, and multikinase inhibitors, among others. For each molecule, aspects such as chemical structure, mechanism of action, drug targets, drug interactions, preclinical studies, clinical trials, treatment applications, and toxicity are discussed.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Uwe M. Martens, editor.
    Contents:
    Erlotinib
    Lapatinib
    Regorafenib
    Crizotinib
    Cabozantinib: multi-kinase inhibitor of MET, AXL, RET, and VEGFR2
    Vemurafenib
    Trametinib (GSK1120212)-- Everolimus
    Vismodegib
    Larotrectinib (LOXO-101)
    Palbociclib, the first of a new class of cell cycle inhibitors
    Cobimetinib (GDC-0973, XL518)
    Lenvatinib: a tyrosine kinase inhibitor of VEGFR 1-3, FGFR 1-4, PDGFRα, KIT and RET
    Afatinib
    Olaparib
    Gefitinib
    Alectinib
    Osimertinib .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mathieu Rederstorff.
    Contents:
    Small non-coding RNAs : a quick look in the rearview mirror / Guillaume Clerget, Yoann Abel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Alcoholic precipitation of small non-coding RNAs / Guillaume Clerget, Valérie Bourguignon-Igel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Quantification and quality control of a small non-coding RNA preparation / Virginie Marchand and Christiane Branlant
    Impact of RNA isolation protocols on RNA detection by Northern blotting / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
    Improved Northern blot detection of small RNAs using EDC crosslinking and DNA/LNA probes / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
    Direct cloning of double-stranded RNAs / Manli Shen [and three others]
    Detection and labeling of small non-coding RNAs by splinted ligation / Gabrielle Bourgeois [and three others]
    Fluorescence in situ hybridization of small non-coding RNAs / Valentin Vautrot [and three others]
    RT-qPCR-based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Fjoralba Zeka, Pieter Mestdagh, and Jo Vandesompele
    Stem-loop RT-PCR based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Véronique Salone and Mathieu Rederstorff
    miR-RACE : an effective approach to accurately determine the sequence of computationally identified miRNAs / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
    Probing small non-coding RNAs structures / Jean-Vincent Philippe [and three others]
    cDNA library generation for the analysis of small RNAs by high-throughput sequencing / Jennifer Gebetsberger, Roger Fricker, and Norbert Polacek
    CLIP-Seq to discover transcriptome-wide imprinting of RNA binding proteins in living cells / Jérôme Saulière and Hervé Le Hir
    Microarray analysis of small non-coding RNAs / Michael Karbiener and Marcel Scheideler
    RML-RACE, PPM-RACE, and qRT-PCR : an integrated strategy to accurately validate miRNA target genes / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
    Dual luciferase gene reporter assays to study miRNA function / Thomas Clément, Véronique Salone, and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Gene expression knockdown by transfection of siRNAs into mammalian cells / Yoann Abel and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Efficient and selective knockdown of small non-coding RNAs / Xue-Hai Liang, Wen Shen, and Stanley T. Crooke
    Cell-SELEX : in vitro selection of synthetic small specific ligands / Helena Dickinson [and three others]
    Small non-coding RNAs and aptamers in diagnostics and therapeutics / Marissa Leonard, Yijuan Zhang, and Xiaoting Zhang.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sonali Vyas, Deepshikha Bhargava.
    Summary: The upcoming trends in healthcare are intended towards improving the overall quality of life. In the past,management of health issues were limited to clinics and hospitals and managing patients data and analyzing it. This procedure was difficult and time consuming. A great effort was also needed in diagnosing the cause and type of disease, but this all has changed now. As advancement in research and technologies, a positive impact on healthcare is seen. This book assesses the need and era of smart healthcare and delivers content relevant to current age and time. It describes the trend, usage and practicality of IWMDs i.e. Wearable Medical Device or Sensors (WMSs) and Implantable Medical Devices (IMDs) and how they enhance the awareness of daily healthcare.It establishes a relation and conjunction of daily healthcare monitoring with clinical healthcare. A healthcare system is called smart when there is an ability to make decisions, which comes from data analytics. Smart healthcare systems possess capability of data analytics and IoT based services which can be implemented on smart phones using cloud technology. This book discusses various research trends and technologies related to innovations and advancements for smart healthcare systems. It also elaborates challenges, scope upcoming techniques, devices and future directions for smart healthcare systems.The proposed book would in particular benefit researchers interested in interdisciplinary sciences, It would also be of value to faculty, research communities, and researchers from diverse disciplines who aspire to create new and innovative research initiatives.

    Contents:
    Smart Health-An Introduction
    Technologies for Smart Health
    Telehealth
    Algorithms and Software for Smart Health
    Scalable Smart Health Systems
    Devices, Systems and Infrastructure for Smart Health
    Cyber Physical System for Healthcare
    Big Data Analytics and Cognitive Computing for Smart Health System
    Values and Risks of Smart Health
    Challenges/ Opportunities and Future Trends in Smart Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Gianni Ciofani.
    Summary: "Smart Nanoparticles for Biomedicine explores smart nanoparticles that change their structural or functional properties in response to specific external stimuli (electric or magnetic fields, electromagnetic radiation, ultrasound, etc.). Particular attention is given to multifunctional nanostructured materials that are pharmacologically active and that can be actuated by virtue of their magnetic, dielectric, optically-active, redox-active, or piezoelectric properties. This important reference resource will be of great value to readers who want to learn more on how smart nanoparticles can be used to create more effective treatment solutions. Nanotechnology has enabled unprecedented control of the interactions between materials and biological entities, from the microscale, to the molecular level. Nanosurfaces and nanostructures have been used to mimic or interact with biological microenvironments, to support specific biological functions, such as cell adhesion, mobility and differentiation, and in tissue healing. Recently, a new paradigm has been proposed for nanomedicine to exploit the intrinsic properties of nanomaterials as active devices rather than as passive structural units or carriers for medications. Discusses the synthesis, characterization and applications of a new generation of smart nanoparticles for nanomedicine applicationsExplores the problems relating to the biocompatibility of a range of nanoparticles, outlining potential solutionsDescribes techniques for manipulating specific classes of nanoparticles for a variety of treatment types"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: Smart Materials in Biomedicine / Elisa Mele
    2. Smart Polymeric Nanoparticles / Clara Mattu, Giulia Brachi, Gianluca Ciardelli
    3. Smart Liposomes for Drug Delivery / Tianshu Li, Shinji Takeoka
    4. Pharmacologically Active Plant-Derived Natural Products / Adela Pintea, Dumitriţa Rugină, Zoriţa Diaconeasa
    5. Nanostructured Cyanoacrylates: Biomedical Applications / Ilker S. Bayer
    6. Applications of Carbon Nanotubes in the Biomedical Field / Cécilia Ménard-Moyon
    7. Carbon Nanomaterials for Nanomedicine / Marta d'Amora, Silvia Giordani
    8. Silica Nanoparticle Applications in the Biomedical Field / Larissa B. Capeletti, Lívia M.D. Loiola, Agustin S. Picco, Michelle da Silva Liberato, Mateus B. Cardoso
    9. Magnetic Nanoparticles and Their Bioapplications / Christos Tapeinos
    10. TiO2 Nanotube Arrays as Smart Platforms for Biomedical Applications / Giada G. Genchi, Yiqi Cao, Tejal A. Desai
    11. Antioxidant Inorganic Nanoparticles and Their Potential Applications in Biomedicine / Austin Burns, William T. Self
    12. Zinc Oxide Nanostructures in Biomedicine / Luisa Racca, Marta Canta, Bianca Dumontel, Andrea Ancona, Tania Limongi, Nadia Garino, Marco Laurenti, Giancarlo Canavese, Valentina Cauda
    13. Smart Inorganic Nanoparticles for Wireless Cell Stimulation / Attilio Marino, Matteo Battaglini, Ilaria Pezzini, Gianni Ciofani
    14. Nanosized Optical Thermometers / Satoshi Arai, Madoka Suzuki
    15. Advanced Optical Microscopy Techniques for the Investigation of Cell-Nanoparticle Interactions / Natalia Feiner-Gracia, Sílvia Pujals, Pietro Delcanale, Lorenzo Albertazzi.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Toyoki Kozai, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the concept, characteristics, methodology, design, management, business, recent advances and future technologies of plant factories with artificial lighting (PFAL) and indoor vertical farms. The third wave of PFAL business started in around 2010 in Japan and Taiwan, and in USA and Europe it began in about 2013 after the rapid advances in LED technology. The book discusses the basic and advanced developments in recent PFALs and future smart PFALs that emerged in 2016. There is an emerging interest around the globe in smart PFAL R & D and business, which are expected to play an important role in urban agriculture in the coming decades. It is also expected that they will contribute to solving the trilemma of food, environment and natural resources with increasing urban populations and decreasing agricultural populations and arable land area. Current obstacles to successful PFAL R & D and business are: 1) no well-accepted concepts and methodology for PFAL design and management, 2) lack of understanding of the environmental effects on plant growth and development and hydroponics among engineers; 3) lack of understanding of the technical and engineering aspects of PFAL among horticulturists; 4) lack of knowledge of the technical challenges and opportunities in future PFAL businesses among business professionals, policy makers, and investors and 5) lack of a suitable textbook on the recent advances in PFAL technologies and business for graduate students and young researchers. This book covers all the aspects of successful smart PFAL R & D and business.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Characteristics of Current Plant Factories and Next Generation Plant Factory; Chapter 1: Current Status of Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs) and Smart PFALs; 1.1 Introduction: Food, Resource, and Environment Trilemma; 1.1.1 Contribution of Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs) to Solving the Trilemma; 1.1.2 Reducing the Loss of Fresh Vegetables in Urban Areas Using PFALs; 1.1.3 Waste Produced in Urban Areas Can Be Used as Essential Resources for Plant Production; 1.2 Characteristics and Main Components of the PFAL Part1 Characteristics of current plant factories and next generation plant factory
    1. Current Status of Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs) and Smart PFALs (Toyoki Kozai)
    2. Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs): Benefits, Problems and Challenges (Toyoki Kozai)
    3. Protocols, issues and potential improvements of current cultivation systems (Na Lu and Shigeharu Shimamura)
    4. Design and Control of smart PFAL (Yoshihiro Nakabo) 5. Designing a Cultivation System Module (CSM) Considering the Cost Performance
    A Step Towards Smart PFALs
    (Toyoki Kozai)
    Part 2 Recent Outcomes in Development and Business
    6. Business planning on Efficiency, Productivity, and Profitability (Kaz Uraisami)
    7. Renewable energy makes plant factory "smart" (Kaz Uraisami)
    8. Total indoor farming concepts for large scale production (Marc Kreuger, Lianne Meeuws, Gertjan Meeuws)
    9. SaibaiX: Production process management system (Shunsuke Sakaguchi)
    10. Air distribution and its uniformity (Ying Zhang and Murat Kacira)
    Part 3 Re-considerations of photosynthesis, LEDs, units and terminology
    11. Reconsidering the Fundamental Characteristics of Photosynthesis and LEDs (Toyoki Kozai and Masayuki Nozue)
    12. Reconsidering the terminology and units for light and nutrient solution (Toyoki Kozai, Satoru Tsukagoshi and Shunsuke Sakaguchi)
    Part 4 Advances in Research on LED lighting
    13. Usefulness of broadband-spectrum white LEDs to envision future plant factory (Hatsumi Nozue and Masao Gomi)
    14. LED lighting technique to control plant growth and morphology (Tomohiro Jishi)
    15. The quality and quality shifting of the night interruption light affect the morphogenesis and flowering in floricultural plants (Byoung Ryong Jeong, Yoo Gyeong Park)
    Part 5 Advanced technologies to be implemented in the smart plant factory
    16. Mechanization of Agriculture considering Its Business model (Tamio Tanikawa)
    17. Quantifying the environmental and energy benefits of food growth in urban environment (Rebecca Ward, Melanie Jans-Singh and Ruchi Choudhary)
    18. Applications for breeding and high-wire tomato production in plant factory (Marc Kreuger, Lianne Meeuws and Gertjan Meeuws)
    19. Molecular breeding for plant factory
    Strategies and Technology (Richalynn Leong and Daisuke Urano)
    20. Production of value-added plants (Shoko Hikosaka)
    21. Chemical inquiry into herbalmedicines and food additives (Natsuko Kagawa)
    22. Detection and utilization of biological rhythms in plant factories (Hirokazu Fukuda, Yusuke Tanigaki, Shogo Moriyuki)
    23. Automated characterization of plant growth and flowering dynamics using RGB images (Wei Guo)
    24. Towards Nutrient Solution Composition Control in Hydroponic System (Toyoki Kozai, Satoru Tsukagoshi and Syunsuke Sakaguchi)
    25. Phenotyping- and AI-based environmental control and breeding for PFAL (Eri Hayashi and Toyoki Kozai)
    26. Plant cohort research and its application (Toyoki Kozai, Na Lu, Rikuo Hasegawa, Osamu Nunomura, Tomomi Nozaki, Yumiko Amagai and Eri Hayashi)
    27. Concluding remarks (Toyoki Kozai). 1.2.1 Characteristics of the PFAL1.2.2 Difference Between PFAL and PFSL; 1.2.3 Main Components of the PFAL; 1.3 Current Status of PFALs; 1.3.1 Estimated Number of PFALs; 1.3.2 Production Capacity, Production Cost, and Wholesale Price; 1.3.3 Plants Suited to PFALs; 1.4 Main Objectives and Outline of This Book; 1.5 Image of the Smart PFAL; 1.6 Expected Ultimate Functions of the Smart PFAL; 1.7 Using Global Technology to Enhance the Quality of Local Culture and Technology; 1.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs): Benefits, Problems, and Challenges 2.1 Introduction2.2 Potential and Actualized Benefits of the PFAL; 2.3 Current Unsolved Problems of PFALs; 2.3.1 Actions Required for Solving the Problems; 2.3.2 Some Specific Technical Problems; 2.4 Actions Required for Enhancing PFAL RandD and Business; 2.5 Challenges for the Smart PFAL; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Protocols, Issues and Potential Improvements of Current Cultivation Systems; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Hydroponic System; 3.2.1 Irrigation Methods; 3.2.1.1 The Nutrient Film Technique (NFT) System; 3.2.1.2 The Deep Flow Technique (DFT) System 3.2.1.3 Modified Hybrid System3.2.1.4 Spray System; 3.2.1.5 Ebb and Flow System; 3.2.1.6 Drip Irrigation System; 3.2.1.7 Wicking System; 3.2.2 Nutrient Solutions; 3.2.2.1 Nutrient Composition; 3.2.2.2 Electrical Conductivity (EC); 3.2.2.3 Management of pH; 3.2.2.4 Nutrient Solution Temperature; 3.3 Lighting System and Light Aspects; 3.3.1 Photosynthetic Photon Flux Density (PPFD) and Light Period; 3.3.2 Light Spectrum; 3.4 Set Points of Air Temperature, VPD, CO2 Concentration and Air Current Speed; 3.5 Air Conditioning System and Air Circulation; 3.5.1 Air Conditioning System 3.5.2 Air Circulation3.6 Salinity Control and Sterilization of Nutrient Solution; 3.6.1 Salinity Control; 3.6.2 Sterilization of Nutrient Solution; 3.6.2.1 The UV Sterilization Method; 3.6.2.2 The Ozone (O3) Sterilization Method; 3.6.2.3 The Heat Sterilization Method; 3.6.2.4 Silver/Titanium Oxide Utilization Method; 3.6.2.5 Sand Filtration Method; 3.6.2.6 Other Sterilization Methods; 3.7 Floor Layout; 3.8 Plant Species and Cultivars; 3.9 Issues to Be Solved; 3.9.1 Light; 3.9.2 Temperature; 3.9.3 Element Balance in Nutrient Solution; 3.9.4 pH Adjustment; 3.9.5 Algae; 3.9.6 Tip Burn
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur.
    Summary: This book provides information on how to extract the most from mobile applications and easily adapt and integrate them into daily practice. Today mobile applications that can optimize patient flow, help in examinations, perform anterior/posterior segment imaging, offer differential diagnosis and therapeutic options and even serve as patient drug reminders and councilors are easily available. Most of them have been developed by individuals and as a result lack marketing, even though they are free to download and use. Ophthalmology has always been at the forefront of medicine when it comes to adopting the latest developments -- be they lasers, off-label anti-VEGF drugs or biocompatible implants. Mobile phones and tablets have infiltrated our private and professional lives and they are here to stay. As such, this book explores the endless possibilities that mobile computing offers, and introduces the vista of opportunities for providing better care, one download at a time. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology" this volume is intended for residents and fellows in-training, as well as general and specialist ophthalmologists.

    Contents:
    What are "smart devices"?
    Social networking in ophthalmology
    Apps and social networking pages for basic workup
    Apps and social networking pages for lens disorders
    Apps and social networking pages for glaucoma
    Apps and social networking pages for retinal diseases
    Apps and social networking pages for strabismus and pediatric ophthalmology
    Apps and social networking pages for neuro-ophthalmology
    Apps and social networking pages for oculoplasty and ocular trauma
    Apps and social networking pages for ocular oncology
    Teleophthalmology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard L. Doty
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic principles. A. Fundamentals.
    Epidemiology of smell and taste dysfunction
    B. Morphophysiology of the olfactory and nasal trigeminal sensory systems. Anatomy of the olfactory system
    Development of the human olfactory system
    Anatomy of the olfactory mucosa
    Olfactory receptor function
    Central olfactory structures
    Taste and smell processing in the brain
    The intranasal trigeminal system
    Cranial nerve 13
    C. Morphophysiology of the gustatory and oral trigeminal systems. Anatomy and development of the human taste system
    Taste receptor function
    Central taste anatomy and physiology
    The orotrigeminal system
    Section II: Clinical aspects. A. Clinical assessment
    Health histories and medical evaluations of patients with complaints of chemosensory dysfunction
    Psychophysical testing of smell and taste function
    Electrophysiologic assessment of olfactory and gustatory function
    Neuroimaging of smell and taste
    B. Diseases and disorders. Diseases of the nasal cavity
    Neurolocalization of taste disorders
    Chemosensory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
    Systemic diseases and disorders
    Toxic exposures and the senses of taste and smell
    The influence of head injury on olfactory and gustatory function
    Animal models of olfactory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
    C. Treatment and management of chemosensory disorders. Treatments for smell and taste disorders: a critical review.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Christopher H. Hawkes, Richard L. Doty.
    Summary: Loss of the sense of smell or taste is often a sign of neurological disease. Evaluating chemosensation (the senses of smell and taste) during neurological examination can help early detection of neurodegenerative conditions such as Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease. The importance of such testing is now receiving increasingly high profile in the medical curriculum. In this book, olfactory conditions are completely updated and the sense of taste is now included in similar detail. It is written by experts in the field, covering anatomy and physiology of human olfaction and taste, how they can be measured and their relevance to a wide range of major disorders such as diabetes, kidney disease, Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. The 'Olfactory Vector Hypothesis' that suggests a neuropathogen may enter the nose en route to the brain is evaluated in detail. This introduction to smell and taste disorders is an essential guide for neurologists, neurosurgeons, otolaryngologists, medical trainees, and chemosensory scientists.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Lue, Tom F.; McAninch, Jack W.; Smith, Donald R.; Tanagho, Emil A.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessSurgery
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC871 .S511
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Thompson, Iain Moppett, Matthew Wiles.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Basic sciences. General principles of pharmacology
    Data, statistics and clinical trials
    Inhalational anaesthetics and medical gases
    Intravenous anaesthetics and sedatives
    Local anaesthetics
    Pain
    Nausea and vomiting
    Muscle function and neuromuscular blockade
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Renal system
    Fluid, electrolyte and acid-base balance
    Metabolism, the stress response and thermoregulation
    Blood, coagulation and transfusion
    Section 2: Physics and apparatus. Basic physics
    Equipment
    Clinical measurement and monitoring
    Section 3: Fundamentals of anaesthesia & perioperative medicine. Quality and safety
    Preoperative assessment
    Coexisting disease
    Consent and information
    The practical conduct of anaesthesia
    Airway management
    Pain management
    Local and regional anaesthesia
    Complications
    Management of critical incidents
    Resuscitation
    Postoperative care
    Section 4: Clinical anaesthesia. The high-risk surgical patient
    The older surgical patient
    The obese patient
    Paediatric anaesthesia
    Day surgery
    General, gynaecological and genitourinary surgery
    Orthopaedic surgery
    ENT, maxillofacial and dental surgery
    Ophthalmic surgery
    Vascular, endocrine and plastic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Obstetric anaesthesia and analgesia
    Emergency and trauma surgery
    Anaesthesia in low and middle-income areas
    Anaesthesia outside the operating theatre
    Organ transplantation
    Intensive care medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    J. Javier Servat, Evan H. Black, Frank A. Nesi, Geoffrey J. Gladstone, Christopher J. Calvano, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter J. Davis, Franklyn P. Cladis.
    Summary: Written and edited by renowned experts in pediatric anesthesia, Smith's Anesthesia for Infants and Children provides clear, concise guidance on effective perioperative care for any type of pediatric surgery. The 10th Edition contains significantly revised content throughout, bringing you fully up to date with recent advances in clinical and basic science that have led to changes in today’s clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Special Characteristics of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Behavioral Development
    Respiratory Physiology
    Airway Physiology and Development
    Cardiovascular Physiology
    Regulation of Fluids and Electrolytes
    Thermoregulation
    Developmental Pharmacology
    Intravenous Anesthetics
    Inhaled Anesthetics
    Local Anesthetics
    Opioids
    Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    Anesthetic Adjuncts
    Psychological Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Preoperative Preparation
    Equipment
    Monitoring
    Normal and Difficult Airway Management
    Point of Care Ultrasonography
    Induction, Maintenance, and Recovery
    Transfusion Medicine
    Acute Pain Management
    Regional Anesthesia
    Chronic Pain Management
    Palliative Pain Management
    Neonatology for Anesthesiologists
    Anesthesia for General Surgery in Neonates
    Anesthesia for Fetal Surgery
    Anesthesia for Congenital Heart Disease
    Anesthesia for Neurosurgery
    Anesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
    Anesthesia for General Abdominal, Urologic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Otorhinolaryngologic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Plastic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Ophthalmic Surgery
    Solid Organ Transplantation
    Anesthesia for Conjoined Twins
    Anesthesia for Pediatric Trauma
    Anesthesia for Burns
    Anesthesia for Dental Procedures
    Anesthesia and Sedation for Out of OR Procedures
    Pediatric Sedation
    Anesthesia for Surgical Missions
    Endocrine Disorders
    Respiratory Disorders
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Hematology and Coagulation Disorders
    Oncologic Disorders
    Genetic and Muscular Disorders
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Pediatric Obesity
    Special Pediatric Disorders
    Dermatology for the Anesthesiologist
    Infectious Diseases
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Critical Care Medicine
    Cardiac Critical Care Medicine
    Safety and Outcome in Pediatric Anesthesia
    History of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Medicolegal and Ethical Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Education
    Statistics
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Auguste H. Fortin, VI, MD, MPH, Professor of Medicine Division of General Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, Director of Psychosocial Communication, Yale Primary Care Internal Medicine Residency Program, New Haven, Connecticut [and four others].
    Summary: "A comprehensive, evidence-based introduction to the principles and practices of patient communication in a clinical setting Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition presents a step-by-step methodology for mastering every aspect of the medical interview. Readers will learn how to confidently obtain from patients accurate biomedical facts, as well as critical personal, social, and emotional information, allowing them to make a precise diagnosis, develop effective treatment plans, and forge strong clinician-patient relationships. The most evidence-based guide available on the topic, Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition applies the proven 5-step approach, which integrates patient- and clinician-centered skills to improve effectiveness without adding extra time to the interview duration. The book's user-friendly design features icons, boxed case vignettes, and use of color to highlight key points, and pedagogy includes learning an practice exercises in each chapter"-- Provided by publisher. "Our goal in this text is to present in a logical, step-by-step fashion the behaviors that are necessary to conduct an effective and efficient biopsychosocial interview. Interviewing is the most important and most difficult skill learners must master in their clinical careers. The book is designed for learners in medicine, advanced-practice nursing, physician assistant, and other health-related disciplines where communication and relational skills are central"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
  • Digital
    Kenneth Lyons Jones, Marilyn Crandall Jones, Miguel del Campo.
    Contents:
    Dysmorphology approach and classification
    Recognizable patterns of malformation
    Deletion, duplication, and microduplication syndromes identifiable using molecular technology
    Very small stature, not skeletal dysplasia
    Moderate short stature, facial, ± genital
    Senile-like appearance
    Early overgrowth with associated defects
    Unusual brain and/or neuromuscular findings with associated defects
    Facial defects as major feature
    Facial-limb defects as major feature
    Limb defect as major feature
    Osteochondrodysplasias
    Osteochondrodysplasia with osteopetrosis
    Craniosynostosis syndromes
    Other skeletal dysplasias
    Storage disorders
    Connective tissue disorders
    Hamartoses
    Ectodermal dysplasias
    Environmental agents
    Miscellaneous syndromes
    Miscellaneous sequences
    Spectra of defects
    Miscellaneous associations
    Genetics, genetic counseling, and prevention
    Minor anomalies : clues to more serious problems and to the recognition of malformation syndromes
    Normal standards.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Hikaru Hashitani, Richard J. Lang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the commonality and heterogeneity of the mechanisms underlying smooth muscle spontaneous activity in various smooth muscle organs and in addition discusses their malfunctions in disease and their potential as novel therapeutic targets. To facilitate understanding, the volume is divided into five parts and covers 16 organs: airways, phasic muscle, tonic muscle, renal pelvis, ureter, urinary bladder, urethra, corporal tissue, prostate, uterus, oviducts, seminal vesicle, artery, vein, microvasculature, and lymphatic vessels. This structure will help readers to comprehend the most up-to-date information on the similarities and differences in the contractile mechanisms driving various smooth muscles as well as their potential manipulations in particular visceral organ pathologies. The vast advancements in gene, electrical recording, and imaging technologies in this field are also discussed, with review of past achievements and consideration of likely future developments. This book will be of worldwide interest to clinicians, students, and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    PART I: Gastrointestinal tract
    Phasic muscle
    Spontaneous electrical activity and rhythmicity in gastrointestinal smooth muscles
    Tonic muscle (Sphincters)
    Generation of tone by gastrointestinal sphincters
    PART II: Urinary tract
    Renal pelvis
    Pacemaker mechanisms driving pyeloureteric peristalsis: modulatory role of interstitial cells
    Ureter
    Excitation-contraction coupling in ureteric smooth muscle: mechanisms driving ureteric peristalsis
    Urinary Bladder
    Spontaneous activity and the urinary bladder
    Urethra
    Spontaneous activity in urethral smooth muscle
    PART III: Reproductive organs
    Corporal tissue
    Ion channels and intracellular calcium signalling in corpus cavernosum
    Prostate
    Generation and regulation of spontaneous contractions in the prostate gland
    Seminal vesicle
    Mucosa-dependent, stretch-sensitive spontaneous activity in seminal vesicle
    Uterus
    The myometrium - from excitation to contractions and labour
    Oviducts
    Myosalpinx contractions are essential for egg transport along the oviduct and are disrupted in reproductive tract diseases
    PART IV: Blood vessels
    Artery
    Cellular and Ionic Mechanisms of Arterial Vasomotion
    Vein
    Venous Vasomotion
    Microvasculature
    Role of pericytes in the initiation and propagation of spontaneous activity in the microvasculature
    Lymphatic vessels
    Lymphatic vessel pumping
    PART V: Airways
    Regulation of airway smooth muscle contraction in health and disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lawrence E. Wineski.
    Summary: "This book provides health science students a review of basic anatomy in a strong clinical context. The book is heavily illustrated. Most figures have been kept simple in order to convey the fundamental floor plans that underlie the organization of body regions. Illustrations summarizing the nerve and blood supply of regions have been retained, as have overviews of the distribution of cranial nerves"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The back
    Upper limb
    Thorax, Part I: Thoracic wall
    Thorax, Part II: Thoracic cavity
    Abdomen, Part I: Abdominal wall
    Abdomen, Part II: Abdominal cavity
    Pelvis, Part I: Pelvic walls
    Pelvis, Part II: Pelvic cavity
    Perineum
    Lower limb
    Head and neck.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Ryan Splittgerber.
    Summary: "This book contains the basic neuroanatomical facts necessary for the practice of medicine. It is suitable for medical students, dental students, nurses, and allied health students. Residents find this book useful during their rotations. The functional organization of the nervous system has been emphasized and indicates how injury and disease can result in neurologic deficits. The amount of factual information has been strictly limited to that which is clinically important"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and organization of the nervous system
    Neurons and neuroglia
    Nerve fibers and peripheral innervation
    Spinal cord and ascending, descending, and intersegmental tracts
    Brainstem
    Cerebellum and its connections
    Cerebrum
    The structure and functional localization of the cerebral cortex
    Reticular formation and limbic system
    Basal nuclei (Basal Ganglia)
    Cranial nerve nuclei
    Thalamus
    Hypothalamus
    Autonomic nervous system
    Meninges
    Ventricular system and cerebrospinal fluid
    Blood supply of the brain and spinal cord
    Nervous system development
    Appendix: Neuroanatomical data of clinical significance and clinical neuroanatomy techniques.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Susan Basalla and Maggie Debelius.
    Contents:
    Will I have to wear a suit? rethinking life after graduate school
    Getting your head ready
    Should I finish my dissertation?
    How to use your grad school years wisely
    So what am I going to do?
    Myths about post-academic careers
    Questions about graduate school and your future
    Your eclectic mix
    Post-academic profile: Abby Markoe, A.B.D. history of medicine, executive, director
    Squashwise
    How do I figure out what else to do? soul-searching before job searching
    Take inventory
    Break it down
    Looking backward: seven stories
    Guilty pleasures
    "This is your brain on graduate school"
    No need for a #2 pencil
    Where are all those PhDs anyway?
    Create your own possibilities
    Post-academic profile: Samantha Sutton, PhD in biology, life coach
    Asking the big questions: how to figure out if you want them and if they want you
    Asking the big questions
    Answering the big questions: three strategies
    Transitional tales
    So what's next?
    Post-academic profile: Xiuwen Tu, PhD in physics, Sun Power Corporation, device and characterization engineer
    This might hurt a bit: turning a CV into a résumé
    Getting ready to write a résumé
    Writing a résumé: the first draft
    A few more words of advice
    After you've drafted a résumé
    Case studies and sample résumés
    Cover letters that will get you hired
    Post-academic profile: Alyssa Picard, PhD in history, staff representative for the Michigan Affiliate of the American Federation of Teachers
    Sweaty palms, warm heart: how to turn an interview into a job
    Before the interview
    During the interview
    After the interview
    What if the interview doesn't go well?
    The job offer (or lack thereof)
    Negotiation
    Adjusting to your new job
    Post-academic profile: Scott Keeter, PhD in political science, director of Survey Research, Pew Research Center for the People & the Press
    Conclusion.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Frederick L. Kiechle, editor ; Dorothy M. Adcock, Samuel I. McCash, Deborah Sesok-Pizzini, co-editors
    Contents:
    Why is collecting a blood sample important?
    You and your patient
    How do you protect your patient and yourself using standard precautions?
    Sterility
    Disposal of used materials
    What is blood?
    Recommended volume limits for a single blood draw
    How is blood collected?
    Blood collection equipment
    The phlebotomy area
    The test requisition
    Representative blood collection tubes
    Timed specimens
    Approaching the patient
    The venipuncture from an arm vein
    Recommended order of draw for multiple specimen collection
    The difficult venipuncture
    Intravenous fluids and the venipuncture
    Collection of venous blood gases
    Identification and labeling of the blood specimen tube
    The difficult patient
    The missing patient
    The patient has a reaction
    The skin puncture
    Obtaining blood from babies
    The blood smear
    The blood culture
    Collecting blood specimens under special circumstances
    Your safety
    Competency assessment
    Your attitude
    Appendix 1: Drawing blood from existing intravascular devices
    Appendix 2: Intraosseous cannulation used for blood analysis and infusion
    Appendix 3: Aids for visualizing veins under the skin
    Appendix 4: Ultrasound-guided peripheral intravenous cannulation
    Appendix 5: Quality assurance
    Appendix 6: Additional resources.
  • Digital/Print
    Ijeoma Oluo.
    Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a hard-hitting but user-friendly examination of race in America. Widespread reporting on aspects of white supremacy--from police brutality to the mass incarceration of Black Americans--has put a media spotlight on racism in our society. Still, it is a difficult subject to talk about. How do you tell your roommate her jokes are racist? Why did your sister-in-law take umbrage when you asked to touch her hair--and how do you make it right? How do you explain white privilege to your white, privileged friend? In So You Want to Talk About Race, Ijeoma Oluo guides readers of all races through subjects ranging from intersectionality and affirmative action to "model minorities" in an attempt to make the seemingly impossible possible: honest conversations about race and racism, and how they infect almost every aspect of American life.

    Contents:
    Introduction : so you want to talk about race
    Is it really about race?
    What is racism?
    What if I talk about race wrong?
    Why am I always being told to "check my privilege"?
    What is intersectionality and why do I need it?
    Is police brutality really about race?
    How can I talk about affirmative action?
    What is the school-to-prison pipeline?
    Why can't I say the "N" word?
    What is cultural appropriation?
    Why can't I touch your hair?
    What are microaggressions?
    Why are our students so angry?
    What is the model minority myth?
    But what if I hate Al Sharpton?
    I just got called racist, what do I do now?
    Talking is great, but what else can I do?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E184.A1 O454 2019
    1
  • Digital
    by Philip Graham and Nick Midgley ; drawings by Christine Roche ; foreword by Philip Pullman.
    Summary: "This book is about depression in children and teenagers during their school years, from 5 to 18. It is written primarily for parents, but we hope that teachers, social workers, health visitors and family doctors will also find it useful. Why do parents need to know about possible depression in their children? All children get sad and miserable from time to time. Sometimes it is difficult to know if such normal unhappiness needs special attention. We aim to help parents in this situation. This is an example of a situation in which a mother describes how first she thought her son's problem was nothing much to worry about but then she had to change her mind: Ben's mother, a teacher, described the change that came over her ten-year-old son after a short viral illness"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Daniel C. Maldonado, Cynthia Zúñiga.
    Contents:
    -- I: Medicine
    II: Obstetrics & Gynecology
    III: Pediatrics
    IV: Dermatology
    V: Orthopedic Conditions
    VI: Psychiatry/Psychosocial Issues
  • Digital
    Peter S. Uzelac ; special contributor, Daniel C. Maldonado.
    Summary: "Rather than attempting to summarize the contents of a thousand-page textbook into a miniature form, the SOAP series focuses exclusively on guidance through patient encounters. In a typical use, "finding out where to start" or "refreshing your memory" with SOAP books should be possible in less than a minute. Subjects are always confined to two pages, and the most important points have been highlighted. Topics have been limited to those problems you will most commonly encounter repeatedly during your training, and contents are grouped according to the hospital or clinic setting. Facts and figures that are not particularly helpful to surviving life on the wards, such as demographics, pathophysiology, and busy tables and graphs have purposely been omitted (such details are much better studied in a quiet environment using large and comprehensive texts)"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by F. Paulsen und J. Waschke.
    Summary: Learning with the Sobotta system Sobotta - tables of muscles, joints and nerves 60 tables assist in deepening and reviewing your knowledge: All muscles of the human body including origin, insertion, innervation and function. Matching the atlas, volumes 1 to 3, you find a schematic illustration of the original Sobotta figure for each muscle. The described muscle is highlighted in colour. Branches and supply areas of the cervical, brachial and lumbosacral plexusJoints and cranial nervesA practical learning tool for studying on the go!
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Friedrich Paulsen and Jens Waschke ; [translated by T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch]
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Friedrich Paulsen and Jens Waschke ; [translated by T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch]
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sabine Hombach-Klonisch, Thomas Klonisch, Jason Peeler.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson.
    Summary: "Social (In)Justice and Mental Health introduces readers to the concept of social justice and role that social injustice plays in the identification, diagnosis, and management of mental illnesses and substance use disorders. Unfair and unjust policies and practices, bolstered by deep-seated beliefs about the inferiority of some groups, has led to a small number of people having tremendous advantages, freedoms, and opportunities, while a growing number are denied those liberties and rights. The book provides a framework for thinking about why these inequities exist and persist and provides clinicians with a road map to address these inequalities as they relate to racism, the criminal justice system, and other systems and diagnoses. Social (In)Justice and Mental Health addresses the context in which mental health care is delivered, strategies for raising consciousness in the mental health profession, and ways to improve treatment while redressing injustice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Social (In)Justice and Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Injustice and the Social Determinants of Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Michael T. Compton
    Social Injustice and Mental Health Inequities / Sonya M. Shadravan, Nicolás E. Barceló
    Social Injustice and Structural Racism / Matthew L. Edwards, Samuel Ricardo Saenz, Roy Collins, Belinda Bandstra
    Social Injustice and the Schooling System / Tiffani Marie, Brennin Y. Brown
    Social Injustice and the Child Welfare System / Melissa D. Carter, Courtney L. McMickens
    Social Injustice and Urban Development / Jacob Michael Izenberg, Mindy Thompson Fullilove
    Social Injustice and the Carceral System / LeRoy E. Reese, Seyi O. Amosu, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Injustice and the Health Care System / Michelle Ko, Angie Lisbeth Cruz, Janet R. Cummings
    Social Injustice and Substance Use Disorders / Jessica Isom, Sonya M. Shadravan, Melvin Wilson
    Social Injustice and Schizophrenia / Khalima A. Bolden, Poh Choo How, Swati Rao, Deidre M. Anglin
    Social Injustice and Personality Disorders / David Freedman, George W. Woods
    Social Injustice and Child Trauma / Walter E. Wilson Jr., Nicole Cotton, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Justice and Mental Health System Reform / Phillip Murray, Ruth S. Shim
    Social Justice and Advocacy / Kali D. Cyrus, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Justice and Mental Health : A Call to Action / Sarah Y. Vinson, Ruth S. Shim.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    EBSCO
    ProQuest Ebook Central
  • Digital
    Stelios Stylianidis, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    A Brief History of Social Psychiatry
    Psychiatric Epidemiology and its Applications in Social Psychiatry
    Global Mental Health
    Psychiatric Reform in Europe
    Psychiatric Reform in Greece
    Psychoanalysis and public psychiatric care
    Mental Health Promotion: good practice in community settings
    Social Exclusion and Mental Health in Metropolitan Athens
    Psychosocial Rehabilitation and the Recovery Model: Applications in residential units in the community
    Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Adults
    Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Children and Adolescents
    A Modern Day Care Centre in Athens
    ACT and Home Care
    Counselling and Psychodynamic Psychotherapy in community settings
    Mental Health Care of itinerant populations in the community
    Modern Technologies and Social Psychiatry
    Domestic Violence and Mental Health Services in the community: Management and Evaluation
    Sexuality in individuals with severe mental illness at PSR units
    Evaluating Social Psychiatry Services
    Implications of the Socioeconomic Crisis for Staff in Community PSR units: the case of an NGO
    Staff Evaluation and Organizational Culture in Mental Health Units
    Participation and Empowerment of Users and Families
    Involuntary Hospitalization: Legal context, Epidemiology and Outcome
    Mental Health and the Financial Crisis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Klaus Ranta, Annette M. La Greca, Luis-Joaquin Garcia-Lopez, Mauri Marttunen, editors.
    Summary: This volume brings together research into diverse aspects of social anxiety and its clinical form, social phobia, in adolescents. Development of the condition, clinical manifestations, and evidence-based prevention and treatment strategies are all addressed, with emphasis on ways in which adolescent development and the broader family and peer context are reflected in the manifestation and treatment of symptoms. The first part of the book reviews epidemiological, neurobiological, and sociopsychological research on vulnerability factors that aim to clarify why both social anxiety and phobia intensify in adolescence. The second part focuses on the phenomenology of social anxiety and phobia in different developmental contexts and provides the reader with a review of developmentally-appropriate evidence-based assessment methods. For example, this section includes chapters on social anxiety in the school environment and in romantic relationships, social phobia in the clinical setting. The third section reviews the psychosocial prevention and treatment options for adolescent social anxiety as well as the psychopharmacological treatment of social phobia. Social Anxiety and Phobia in Adolescents will be informative and interesting for all child and adolescent psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, and psychotherapists as well as for school psychologists and counsellors.

    Contents:
    Background/Theoretical Accounts: The developmental psychopathology of social anxiety and phobia in adolescents
    Developmental Epidemiology of Social Anxiety and Social Phobia in Adolescents
    Easier to Accelerate Than to Slow Down: Contributions of Developmental Neurobiology for the Understanding of Adolescent Social Anxiety
    Developmental Transitions in Adolescence and their Implications for Social Anxiety
    Recognition and Manifestations of Adolescent Social Anxiety and Phobia in Diverse Settings: Assessment of Social Anxiety in Adolescents
    Social Anxiety and the School Environment of Adolescents
    Social Anxiety and Romantic Relationships
    Adolescent Social Phobia in Clinical Services
    Cognition-focused Interventions for Social Anxiety Disorder Among Adolescents
    Interpersonal Approaches to Intervention: Implications for Preventing and Treating Social Anxiety in Adolescents
    School-based Interventions for Adolescents with Social Anxiety Disorder
    Social Skills-based Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder in Adolescents
    Pharmacotherapy for Adolescent Social Phobia
    Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    David L. Roberts, David L. Penn, and Dennis R. Combs.
    Summary: Social Cognition and Interaction Training (SCIT) is a group psychotherapy for individuals with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Devaki Nambiar, Arundati Muralidharan, editors ; with forewords by Mirai Chatterjee and Gita Sen.
    Summary: Drawing from the work of academics and practitioners from ten states across the country, this edited volume showcases and synthesises the diversity and richness of efforts to understand and act on the social determinants of health in India, the conditions in which we are born, grow, live work and age. Such an effort is salient in the current era of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG), which have foregrounded the issue of equity and the need for a comprehensive, multi-sectoral agenda for health and development. In India, particularly in the last decade, there have been myriad efforts to more critically theorise and intervene in areas with bearing on health, like conflict, nutrition or urbanisation, or to address the concerns of vulnerable groups like women, children and the elderly. From these efforts emerge lessons of convergence for academic and policymaking institutions in India who are looking to operationalise and bring life to the SDG agenda in India and other Low and Middle Income Country settings. The book comprises eleven chapters and six short commentaries that appear in conversation with each other, as well as an annexure of validated, ready to use indicators for monitoring of social determinants of health.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Katsunori Kondo.
    Summary: This open access book is the first compilation that reviews a wide range of social determinants of health (SDHs) for non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and healthy ageing in Japan. With the highest life expectancy and the largest elderly population in the world, Japan has witnessed health inequality by region and social class becoming more prevalent since the 2000s. The first half of this volume describes in detail major NCDs, such as cancers, heart and kidney diseases, diabetes, stroke, and metabolic syndrome. The second half, on the other hand, explores various SDHs relating to healthy ageing. All chapters review and focus on SDHs, particularly health inequality associated with socio-economic status and social capital, which are widely addressed in the field of social epidemiology. The book makes the argument that "Health for All" advocated by the WHO should be implemented based on social justice and benefits for the greater society. Public health researchers and policymakers, both in Japan and other nations, will gain scientific evidence from this book to prepare for the coming era as ageing becomes a global issue. Katsunori Kondo is Professor of Social Epidemiology and Health Policy, Center for Preventive Medical Sciences and the Graduate School of Medicine, Chiba University, Japan. He is also Head of Department of Gerontological Evaluation at the Center for Gerontology and Social Science, National Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology. .

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Preface
    Table of Contents
    Editor Bio
    The Social Determinants of Health and Trends Concerning Health Disparity
    Behavioral Problems in Children
    Metabolic Syndorome
    Cancer and Socioeconomic Status
    Coronary Heart Disease
    Stroke
    Chronic kidney disease
    Diabetes Mellitus
    Suicide
    Depression
    Dementia
    Falls and Related Bone Fractures
    Malnutrition in Older People
    Oral Health
    Healthy aging:IADL and functional disability
    Life Course Epidemiology
    Social capital and health
    Access to Healthcare and Health Inequality
    Measures of Health Inequality and Health Impact Assessment
    What Measures Can Be Taken to Reduce Health Disparity?
    Recommendations
    Ministeral notification
    Monitoring report (1)
    Monitoring Report (3)
    Monitoring Report (5)
    Monitoring Report (8)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Luisa E. Delgado, Víctor H. Marín, editors.
    Summary: Human societies are influencing nature in such a way that their independent analysis is no longer suitable. Fortunately, social-ecological systems provide a conceptual framework for the interconnected analysis of societies and ecosystems. However, in the case of Latin America, the complexity of social-ecological processes undermined a much-needed compilation of theoretical concepts, methods and case studies. Increasing readers understanding of such systems using a postnormal approach, the book discusses current concepts and methods with examples of studies from eight countries. It is a useful resource for social actors, government decision makers and scholars.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Social-ecological systems and postnormal science
    Chapter 2
    Studying social-ecological systems from the perspective of social sciences in Latin America
    Chapter 3
    Simplifying the complexity of social-ecological systems with conceptual models
    Chapter 4
    Social actors and participative modelling
    Chapter 5
    Social-ecological systems and human wellbeing
    Chapter 6
    Poor-people ecologism
    Chapter 7
    A new environmental governance
    Chapter 8
    A hierarchical approach for the valuation of multiple ecosystem services
    Chapter 9
    Novel ecosystems and social-ecological complexities
    Chapter 10
    Social-ecological systems and the economy of nature: A Latin-American perspective
    Chapter 11
    Spatial modelling of social-ecological systems: The Arroyo las Conchas watershed, Argentina
    Chapter 12
    Analyzing social vulnerability to natural disasters in northeast Brazil: catastrophic flooding cycles at Alagoas littoral zone
    Chapter 13
    San Rafael Reserve, Paraguay: key social actors and sustainability scenarios through environmental governance schemes
    Chapter 14
    Valuation of hydrological supply in high Andes wetlands of Chinchiná River, Colombia
    Chapter 15
    Participative management and local institutional strengthening: the successful case of mangle social-ecological systems in Ecuador
    Chapter 16
    Integrated assessment of the effects of the payment for hydrological services program at Ajusco, Mexico City
    Chapter 17
    Influence of the rural/urban context in the implementation of forest conservation programs in Mexico: Oaxaca and Mexico City case studies
    Chapter 18
    Characterizing social-ecological traps: A case study of forest and marine systems in Southern and Austral Chile
    Chapter 19
    Ecosystem services from a multi-stakeholder perspective: a case study in a Biosphere Reserve in central Chile
    Chapter 20
    Restoration of riverside forests: contributing to the fisheries management of river Pich is watershed, central jungle, Perú
    Chapter 21
    The challenge of integrated management of Isla de Chiloé coastal zone
    Chapter 22
    Social valuation of ecosystem services at local scale: challenges for the management of a multiple-use coastal and marine protected area (MU-CMPA): Isla Grande de Atacama
    Chapter 23
    Potential futures of social-ecological systems in Latin America.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Daniel Stokols (University of California, Irvine).
    Contents:
    1. Discovering social ecology: a personal journey
    2. Historical origins and conceptual foundations of social ecology
    3. Deriving core principles of social ecology
    4. Rise of the internet- navigating our online and place-based ecologies
    5. Promoting personal and public health
    6. Confronting complex social problems
    7. Managing global environmental change
    8. Designing resilient and substainable communities
    9. Educating the next generation of social ecologists
    10. Epilogue.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Harrison J. Alter, Preeti Dalawari, Kelly M. Doran, Maria C. Raven, editors.
    Summary: Social Emergency Medicine incorporates consideration of patients social needs and larger structural context into the practice of emergency care and related research. In doing so, the field explores the interplay of social forces and the emergency care system as they influence the well-being of individual patients and the broader community. Social Emergency Medicine recognizes that in many cases typical fixes such as prescriptions and follow-up visits are not enough; the need for housing, a safe neighborhood in which to exercise or socialize, or access to healthy food must be identified and addressed before patients health can be restored. While interest in the subject is growing rapidly, the field of Social Emergency Medicine to date has lacked a foundational text a gap this book seeks to fill. This book includes foundational chapters on the salience of racism, gender and gender identity, immigration, language and literacy, and neighborhood to emergency care. It provides readers with knowledge and resources to assess and assist emergency department patients administrators, and other professionals who recognize that high-quality emergency care extends beyond the ambulance bay.

    Contents:
    1. History of Social Emergency Medicine
    2. Public Health, Population Health, and Health Disparities
    3. Race and Racism
    4. Gender and Sexual Identity
    5. Immigration
    6. Language and Literacy
    7. Access to Care
    8. Frequent Emergency Department Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
    9. Substance Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
    10. Education and Employment
    11. Financial Insecurity
    12. Food Insecurity
    13. Homelessness
    14. Housing Instability and Quality
    15. Transportation
    16. Legal Needs
    17. Neighborhoods and the Built Environment
    18. Violence
    19. Firearm Injury
    20. Incarceration
    21. Human Trafficking.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joel Paris.
    Summary: "A quarter century has elapsed since the first edition of this book was published. Since then an enormous body of research has appeared concerning biological and psychological risk factors for personality disorders (PDs), as well as for biological and psychological methods of treatment. However, less attention has been paid to the social context of PDs, i.e., how personality traits and disorders interact with social demands and opportunities. Yet social forces carry important risks for the development of PDs. Personality disorders are rooted in traits. We all have a personality. But it need not become disordered if we can find a social niche that fits our particular characteristics. If we do not find that niche, then psychopathology is more likely to ensue. That is one of the main themes of this new edition. The argument of this book will be backed up by research. Personality traits are heritable variants that lie within a normal range: adaptive under some circumstances but maladaptive under other circumstances. About half of the variance in personality and personality disorders is under genetic influence. Levels of psychosocial risk are complex: some derive from dysfunctional families, but most of the variance is not related to growing up in a specific family. The larger social environment plays a crucial role of its own"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jeff French.
    Contents:
    The case for social marketing in public health / Jeff French
    Key principal, concepts, and techniques of social marketing / Jeff French
    Social marketing planning / Jeff French
    Evaluation of social marketing programmes / Adam Crosier and Dominic McVey
    Social marketing and public health strategy / Jeff French
    Behaviour and how to influence it / Jeff French
    Generating insight and building segmentation models in social marketing / Dominic McVey and Adam Crosier
    Commissioning social marketing / Jeff French
    Social marketing on a small budget / Jeff French
    Building social programme coalitions / Jeff French
    Ethical issues in social marketing / Lynne Eagle, Stephan Dahl, and David Low
    Using digital and social media platforms for social marketing / Melissa K. Blair
    Social franchising: Strengthening health systems through private sector approaches / Julie McBride, Kim Longfield, Dana Sievers, and Dominic Montagu.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    David R. Stukus, Michael D. Patrick and Kathryn E. Nuss.
    Summary: Medical professionals are increasingly engaging with social media in an effort to provide credible evidence-based information and combat the misinformation that patients are finding online and bringing to office visits. Medical professionals are uniquely poised to recognize the harm that can come from applying the incorrect information to decisions affecting ones health, while they are also able to serve as valued and knowledgeable experts online and engage with patients and the public to provide accurate, up-to-date information. Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online Worldis a unique, first-of-its-kind resource, providing specific social media strategies for engagement, as well as advice regarding best practices for professionals to maintain at all times. Chapters discuss many aspects pertaining to social media, covering the basics, researching and assessing credible medical information online, and best practices for discussing myths and misconceptions with patients. Later chapters cover the benefits of engaging in social media as a medical professional, strategies for increasing engagement and building an audience, various options and platforms for content creation and finding your niche, doss and donts regarding patient privacy, and strategies for dealing with negative comments online. A uniquely practical resource, Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online World will be of interest to medical professionals across the spectrum of healthcare, from the student to the seasoned clinician, providing valuable perspective on practicing medicine in an evolving digital world.

    Contents:
    Introduction: What is social media? (Overview of the platforms, ways they are utilized)
    Finding medical information online in the digital age (Details about patients using online resources for medical information)
    Myths and misconceptions (Dangers of searching online for medical information)
    Why should medical professionals get involved? (Benefits of engaging in social media) . Start with a target audience (Who are you trying to reach, how does message change by audience)
    If you Tweet it, they will come (Strategies to increase engagement and build a following) .-Content curation (How to identify and use information from credible resources)
    Content creation (Discuss all the platforms to build an assortment of content; blog posts, podcasts, YouTube and how to cross promote on social media)
    Dos and donts for the medical professional (Patient privacy, subject matter)
    How to deal with trolls (Strategies for dealing with negative comments/feedback)
    The sky is the limit (Ideas for how to take social media to other venues, promotion in academic centers, research).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    guest editors, Megan A. Moreno, MD, MSED, MPH, Victor C. Strasburger, MD.
    Summary: Today's teens are often referred to as Digital Natives due to their upbringing immersed in technological tools including smartphones and social media, while most of us who provide healthcare for this group remain at best, digital immigrants. These technologies present both new opportunities and challenges to teens' health, as well as their education and life experiences. Pediatricians can play a key role in helping teens and their families navigate critical issues such as balancing online and offline lives, as well as understand links between media and health. This issue of AM:STARS is mean.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    Dana S. Dunn.
    Summary: "The book's overarching message is an important one: The experience of most people with disabilities is not what nondisabled persons anticipate--contrary to the latter's beliefs and expectations, the former can lead full and normal lives. Thus, The Social Psychology of Disability is designed to counter stereotypical or biased perspectives aimed at an often overlooked minority group."--Publisher information.

    Contents:
    Overview: The social psychology of disability
    Fundamental psychosocial concepts for understanding disability
    Challenges: stigma, stereotyping, and disability
    Attitudes toward people with disabilities
    Coping with and adjusting to disability
    Towards an understanding of disability identity
    A positive psychology of disability and rehabilitation
    The ecology of disability.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Richard Williams, Verity Kemp, S. Alexander Haslam, Catherine Haslam, Kamaldeep S. Bhui, Sue Bailey ; associate editor, Daniel Maughan.
    Summary: Using current societal dilemmas, this book explores how social factors and social identity influence our health and recovery from illness. It includes recent research to present practitioners, researchers, policymakers and students of many disciplines with the material to support them in better harnessing current knowledge of the impact of social factors on health. The contents will influence collaborative working across policy, disciplinary and practice boundaries to design and deliver healthcare services. The book identifies the importance of social connectedness, social support, agency and self and group efficacy in people's health, longevity and resilience after adversity. Core perspectives include the social identity approach and a values framework for taking public health ethics into decision-making, both of which emphasise valuing people and co-productive relationships. Advocating better targeted mental health promotion and integrated interventions, this book strongly argues for a greater emphasis on social factors in evidence-based and cost-effective practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Jiang Bian, Yi Guo, Zhe He, Xia Hu, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art research methods, results, and applications in social media and health research. It aims to help readers better understand the different aspects of using social web platforms in health research. Throughout the chapters, the benefits, limitations, and best practices of using a variety of social web platforms in health research are discussed with concrete use cases. This is an ideal book for biomedical researchers, clinicians, and health consumers (including patients) who are interested in learning how social web platforms impact health and healthcare research.

    Contents:
    1. A literature Review of Social Media-based Data Mining for Health Outcomes Research
    2. Social Media-Based Health Interventions: Where Are We Now?
    3. Quantifying and Visualizing the Research Status of Social Media & Health Research Field
    4. Social Media in Health Communication
    5. Consumers' Selection of Sources in Searching for Health Information
    6. Understanding and Bridging the Language and Terminology Gap between Health Professionals and Consumers using Social Media
    7. Dissemination of Information on Stigmatized Health Issues on Social Media
    8. Learning Wellness Profiles of Users on Social Networks: The Case of Diabetes
    9. Social Media and Psychological Disorder
    10. Content Analysis of the 2015 #SmearForSmear Campaign Using Deep Learning
    11. How to Improve Public Health via Mining Social Media Platforms: A Case Study of Human Papillomaviruses (HPV)
    12. Learning Hormonal Therapy Medication Adherence from an Online Breast Cancer Forum
    13. Ethics in Health Research using Social Media.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Timothy J. Steiner, Lars Jacob Stovner, editors.
    Summary: This volume describes the impact of headache disorders on public health, and their adverse consequences for society. It opens with an overview of relevant headache disorders before describing, qualitatively, how the burdens attributable to these disorders fall upon adults, adolescents and children. In the second section, beginning with a methodological introduction discussing the principles and potential pitfalls of epidemiological studies assessing prevalence, headache-attributed burden and functional impact, the burdens of headache including financial cost are examined quantitatively and in detail. The third section critically reviews society's response, its inadequacies and the scope for improvement. Topics here include the political failure to recognize the public ill-health and cost that are the consequences of inadequate headache care; the role of the WHO in addressing the problem; headache service organization, delivery and quality; and the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of interventions. The book closes by considering the way forward. This volume contains important messages for primary care and is likely to be of even greater interest to headache specialists and those concerned with public health and health policy. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    PART I HEADACHE and public health 2 The meaning of "headache" in the context of society (overview of headache disorders with societal impact)
    3 Headache-attributed burden (the qualitative components)
    4 Global surveys: WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world
    5 Global surveys: GBD 2010
    PART II METHODOLOGIES 6 Headache epidemiological studies (a summary of the principles and recommendations with focus on pitfalls)
    7 Quantifying headache-attributed burden (specific measures, such as symptom and disability burdens, including headache yesterday, interictal burden, cumulative burden, willingness to pay; generic measures such as quality of life; HARDSHIP)
    8 Headache, functional impact and environment (ICF). PART III CONSEQUENCES FOR SOCIETY 9 Epidemiology and burden of headache (published studies to 2007 + LTB studies)
    10 Cost (financial cost, including Eurolight)
    PART IV SOCIETY'S RESPONSE 10 Political insouciance (the failure to recognize headache as a major cause of public ill-health and societal cost, including messages from WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world)
    11 Responding with the support of WHO (the Global Campaign against Headache)
    12 Societal intervention: headache service organization and delivery
    13 Societal intervention: headache service quality
    14 Interventions (effectiveness and cost-effectiveness)
    15 The way forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    v. 62-67, 2006-10.
    SHELVED UNDER: Reproduction. Supplement.
    6
  • Digital
    Godfrey B. Tangwa [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: This volume examines the most important socio-cultural, political, economic, and policy issues related to emerging infectious diseases in Africa. The volume covers the work of the Global Emerging Pathogens Treatment Consortium (GET); it looks at the challenges of science education and communication in Africa, the global health and governance of pandemics and epidemics, and more. It looks beyond such threats as Ebola, SARS, and Zika to consider the ways communities have sought to contain these and other deadly pathogens. The chapters provide a better understanding of a global health problem from an African perspective, which help clarify to readers why some responses have worked while others have not.Overall, the volume captures the state of the art, science, preparedness, and evolution of a topic important to the health of Africa and the world. It has a broad appeal across disciplines, from medical science and biomedical research, through research ethics, regulation and governance, science and health communication, social sciences, and is also of interest to general readers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Serge Morand, Jean-Pierre Dujardin, Régine Lefait-Robin, Chamnarn Apiwathnasorn, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to socio-ecological dimensions of infectious diseases and health in Southeast Asia.
    Part 1: Infectious Diseases and Societies
    Chapter 2: Climate, environment and epidemic febrile diseases: A view from Chinese medicine
    Chapter 3: Long life of people living with HIV/AIDS and the practice of medical power
    Chapter 4: Socio-environmental global changes and infectious diseases: Interdisciplinary approach applied to tourism studies
    Part 2: Socio-Ecosystems and Health
    Chapter 5: Heavy metals contamination in the ecosystem of Mae Tang reservoir in Northern Thailand
    Chapter 6: Water and health: What is the risk and visible burden of the exposure to environmental contaminations? Insights from a questionnaire-based survey in Northern Thailand
    Chapter 7: Melioidosis in Laos
    Part 3: Global Changes, Land Use Changes and Vector-Borne Diseases
    Chapter 8: Adaptation of mosquito vectors to salinity and its impact on mosquito-borne disease transmission in the South and Southeast Asian tropics
    Chapter 9: The malaria landscape: Mosquitoes, transmission, landscape, insecticide resistance and integrated control in Thailand
    Chapter 10: Rubber plantations as a mosquito box amplification in South and South-East Asia
    Part 4: Monitoring and Data Acquisition
    Chapter 11: Rescuing public health data
    Chapter 12: The new science of metagenomics and the challenges of its use in both developed and developing countries
    Chapter 13: Barcoding, biobanking, e banking: From ecological to ethical and legal aspects. Insights from the PathodivSEA project
    Part 5: Managing Health Risks
    Chapter 14: Methods for prioritization of diseases: Case study of zoonoses in South-East Asia
    Chapter 15: Managing global risks: Vietnamese poultry farmers and avian flu
    Chapter 16: The OIE Strategy to address threats at the interface between humans, animals and ecosystems
    Part 6: Developing Strategies
    Chapter 17: Business for biodiversity and ecosystem services
    Chapter 18: Bridging the gap between conservation and health
    Chapter 19: Implementation of the One health strategy. Lessons learnt from community based natural resource programs for communities' empowerment and equity within an Eco health approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Summary: A health and social science resource that consists of data sources suitable for use with statistical software; each consists of one or more data files, related documentation, and SAS and SPSS program statement files. Additionally includes evidence-based interventions & programs and professional education & capacity building tools.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Sociometrics Evidence-Based Interventions & Programs (EBIs & EBPs)
    Sociometrics
  • Digital
    Kalevi Kairemo, Homer A. Macapinlac, editors.
    Summary: This pocket book is the first of its kind on sodium fluoride (18F-NaF)-PET and addresses skeletal as well as cardiovascular applications. In malignant metastatic diseases 18F-NaF-PET has already demonstrated its benefits in cancer staging, re-staging, follow-up and response evaluation. It also has an emerging diagnostic role in the calcified soft-tissue metastases of primary bone tumours, and can be applied to evaluate cardiovascular diseases, such as calcifications in heart valves and peripheral vascular disease. The book is divided into 11 chapters: five on oncology, four addressing the general aspects of skeletal conditions, and two on cardiovascular diseases. It offers a valuable guide for referring colleagues, nuclear medicine physicians/radiologists and aid clinicians, and highlights the main applications and limitations of 18F-NaF-PET hybrid imaging (PET/CT).

    Contents:
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Tracer and Technique
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Normal variants and artefacts
    Sodium fluoride imaging in oncology
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Monitoring therapy
    Determination of Skeletal Tumor Burden on 18F-Fluoride PET/CT
    18F-Fluoride: Benign Bone Disease
    Dynamic 18F-Fluoride Imaging
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Atlas of interesting images (images with specific teaching points, tracer, technique and pitfalls)
    Role of Sodium Fluoride-PET in Primary Bone Tumors
    18F-Sodium Fluoride Positron Emission Tomography in Cardiac Disease
    18F-Sodium Fluoride positron emission tomography / computed tomography imaging of the peripheral vasculature.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hemant J. Purohit, Vipin Chandra Kalia, Ravi Prabhakar More, editors.
    Summary: This book explains how the biological systems and their functions are driven by genetic information stored in the DNA, and their expression driven by different factors. The soft computing approach recognizes the different patterns in DNA sequence and try to assign the biological relevance with available information. The book also focuses on using the soft-computing approach to predict protein-protein interactions, gene expression and networks. The insights from these studies can be used in metagenomic data analysis and predicting artificial neural networks.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Current Scenario on Application of Computational Tools in Biological Systems; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Protein Structure Prediction and Interaction; 1.3 Emerging Areas in Tool Development; 1.4 Gene Networks and Plasticity; 1.5 Epigenome: Emerging Area; 1.6 Expanding the Domain of Computational Statistical Analysis; 1.7 Pattern Recognition/Barcoding/Diagnostics; References;
    Chapter 2: Diagnostic Prediction Based on Gene Expression Profiles and Artificial Neural Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Machine Learning and Artificial Neural Networks. 2.3 Gene Expression Profile2.4 Gene Expression Profile Studies with ANN; 2.4.1 Cancer; 2.4.2 Chemotherapy; 2.4.3 Schizophrenia; 2.5 Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 3: Soft Computing Approaches to Extract Biologically Significant Gene Network Modules; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computational Methods for Detecting Network Modules; 3.3 Soft Computing Methods for Network Module Extraction; 3.3.1 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 3.3.2 Fuzzy Network Module Extraction; 3.3.3 GA-RNN Hybrid Approach; 3.3.4 Multisource Integrative Framework; 3.3.5 AutoSOME; 3.4 Assessment. 3.4.1 Dataset3.4.2 Validation; 3.4.2.1 Functional Enrichment Analysis; 3.4.2.2 Topological Validation; 3.4.2.3 Experimental Results; 3.5 Conclusion and Future Scope; References;
    Chapter 4: A Hybridization of Artificial Bee Colony with Swarming Approach of Bacterial Foraging Optimization for Multiple Seq ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Literature Review; 4.2.1 Genetic Algorithm (GA); 4.2.2 Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO); 4.2.3 Artificial Bee Colony (ABC); 4.2.4 Ant Colony Optimization (ACO); 4.2.5 Bacterial Foraging Optimization (BFO); 4.2.6 Bat and Firefly Optimization; 4.2.7 Cuckoo Search. 4.2.8 Frog Leap Algorithm4.2.9 Multiple Sequence Alignment Using Fuzzy Logic; 4.3 Methodology; 4.3.1 Optimizing the Multi-objectives; 4.3.1.1 Sequence Similarity; 4.3.1.2 Penalty of a Gap; Affine Gap Penalty; Variable Gap Penalty; 4.3.2 Hybrid of ABC-BFO; 4.4 Results; 4.4.1 Applications of MSA; 4.4.2 Statistical Analysis; 4.5 Implementation and Discussion; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Construction of Gene Networks Using Expression Profiles; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Genetic Regulatory Networks; 5.3 Co-expression Networks; 5.3.1 Identifying Genes with Key Roles. 5.3.2 Construction of Large-Scale Regulatory Networks5.4 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 5.5 Other Gene Co-expression Network Construction Applications; 5.6 Determining the Thresholds and Clusters for Co-expression Networks; 5.7 Network Concepts Useful in Co-expression Network Construction; 5.8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 6: Bioinformatics Tools for Shotgun Metagenomic Data Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Shotgun Metagenomics; 6.2.1 CAMERA; 6.2.2 MG-RAST; 6.2.3 IMG/M; 6.2.4 METAREP; 6.2.5 CoMet; 6.2.6 METAVIR; 6.2.7 MetaABC; 6.2.8 VIROME; 6.2.9 metaMicrobesOnline.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Elizabeth A. Montgomery, Aaron W. James
    Summary: "New in the Differential Diagnosis in Surgical Pathology series, this abundantly illustrated title helps you systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in soft tissue and bone pathology. It uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions and diagnostic pearls, to guide you through the decision-making process by distinguishing between commonly confused lesions of soft tissue and bone. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate entities that have overlapping morphologic features"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    edited by Cristina R. Antonescu
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC280.S66 S681 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Shuichi Matsuda, Sébastien Lustig, Willem van der Merwe, editors.
    Summary: In this booklet, experts from across the world, including members of the ISAKOS Knee Arthroplasty Committee, offer clear, up-to-date guidance on all aspects of soft tissue or ligament balancing in primary total knee arthroplasty with the aim of enabling the reader to achieve optimal patient outcomes. After an introduction explaining the normal soft tissue condition in the native knee, surgical procedures are described, including techniques for the management of severe deformity. The most striking feature of the booklet, however, is the many pages devoted to the accurate evaluation and clinical relevance of ligament balancing. Different techniques and devices for intraoperative soft tissue assessment are discussed, highlighting, for example, the use of gap-measuring devices or trial liners with load-bearing sensors to achieve more objective evaluation. Above all, special attention is devoted to the crucial issue of the impact of intraoperative soft tissue balance on postoperative results. In the closing chapter, very experienced surgeons introduce intraoperative troubleshooting in order to assist successful completion of arthroplasty.

    Contents:
    Native knee: Anatomy and biomechanics
    Soft tissue balance in native knee
    Knee kinematics in native knee. Operative procedure 1
    primary TKA: Primary principals in soft tissue balancing
    CR: Measured resection technique
    PS: Gap technique
    BCR: How to achieve near normal kinematics. Operative procedure 2
    primary TKA: Varus knee
    severe cases included
    Valgus knee
    severe cases included
    Complicated cases
    recurvatum, severe contracture
    Increasing ROM. Assessment in primay TKA: Intraoperative assessment
    tensor
    Intraoperative assessment
    navigation
    Intraoperative assessment
    OrthoSenser. Clinical relevance: primary TKA: Postoperative changes in soft tissue balance
    Intraoperative soft tissue balance and postoperative knee kinematics
    Intraoperative soft tissue balance and clinical results(ROM, function)
    Knee kinematics and patient satisfaction. Patella: Avoiding patellar maltracking
    Management of patellar baja and alta. Trouble shooting: Intraoperative MCL injury
    Patellar tendon rupture.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kyle Perry.
    Contents:
    Critical Concepts in Soft Tissue Pathology
    Lipomatous Lesions
    Adult Fibroblastic Lesions
    Pediatric Fibroblastic Lesions
    Fibrohistiocytic Lesions
    Pericytic Tumors
    Smooth Muscle Tumors
    Skeletal Muscle Tumors
    Neural and Nerve Sheath Lesions
    Vascular Lesions
    Chondroid Lesions
    Lesions of Uncertain Differentiation
    Select Soft Tissue Lesions of the GI Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Obaid Almeshal, Salah Aldekhayel, Feras Alshomer, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book provides a comprehensive review of the different surgical modalities for hand soft tissue reconstruction. The indications for and relative merits of various techniques are described in detail, emphasizing the role of loco-regional flaps to avoid the need for advanced microsurgical skills needed for other advanced techniques. Numerous illustrations and case descriptions of the common scenarios provide a rich pictorial database of soft tissue coverage options. This illustrative book will be of value in daily practice for plastic and reconstructive surgeons, residents, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Angelo Paolo Dei Tos.
    Contents:
    Imaging of tumors and pseudotumours of soft tissues / Valerie Bousson, Jean-Denis Laredo, and Daniel Vanel
    Principles of local and systemic treatment of soft tissue sarcomas / Alessandro Gronchi and Paolo G. Casali
    Soft tissue sarcomas with spindle cell morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Soft tissue sarcomas with epithelioid morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Round cell sarcomas / Alberto Righi, Marco Gambarotti, and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Pleomorphic sarcomas / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Myxoid sarcomas / Marta Sbaraglia Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue featuring an inflammatory background / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue resembling normal tissue / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven L. Moran, MD, Professor and Chair of Plastic Surgery, Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, S. Andrew Sems, MD, Assistant Professor of Orthopedics, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Why Wounds Fail to Heal
    ch. 2 Initial Evaluation and Management of Complex Traumatic Wounds / Christin A. Harless / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 3 Management of Simple Wounds: Local Flaps, Z-Plasty, and Skin Grafts / Emily N. Morgan / George Nanos III
    ch. 4 Integra Bilayer Wound Matrix in Combination with Negative Pressure Wound Therapy for Treatment of Extremity Wounds / John B. Hijjawi / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 5 Management of Nerve Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Kanu Goyal / Ian L. Valerio
    ch. 6 Management of Vascular Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Ida K. Fox / Amy M. Moore
    ch. 7 Restoration of Shoulder External Rotation / Randall R. DeMartino / Gustavo S. Oderich
    ch. 8 Rotational Flaps for Rotator Cuff Repair / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan
    ch. 9 Surgical Exposure of the Elbow Following Bony and Soft Tissue Trauma / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan Note continued: ch. 10 Radial Forearm Flap for Elbow Coverage / Julie E. Adams / Scott P. Steinmann
    ch. 11 Anconeus Muscle Flap and Flexor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle Flap for Soft Tissue Coverage of Elbow / Sean R. Cantwell / Brian T. Carlsen
    ch. 12 Bipolar Latissimus Dorsi Rotational Flap for Functional Reconstruction of Elbow Flexion / Morad Askari / Bassem T. Elhassan / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 13 Fasciotomies for Forearm and I land Compartment Syndrome / Frances Sharpe / Milan Stevanovic
    ch. 14 Soft Tissue Management of Delayed Compartment Syndrome / Laura K. Tom / Jeffrey B. Friedrich
    ch. 15 Soft Tissue Interposition Flaps in the Management of Heterotopic Ossification and Proximal Radioulnar Synostosis / Milan Stevanovic / Frances Sharpe
    ch. 16 Principles of Hand Incisions / M. Claire Manske / Douglas P. Hanel / Seth D. Dodds
    ch. 17 Lateral Arm Flap for Hand and Wrist Coverage / Laura W. Lewallen / Marco Rizzo Note continued: ch. 18 Radial Forearm and Radial Forearm Fascial Flap for Coverage of the Dorsum of the Hand and Wrist / Ryan P. Ter Louw / James P. Higgins
    ch. 19 Posterior Interosseous Artery Island Flap for Dorsal Hand Coverage / Yoo Joon Sur / Mohamed Morsy / Michel Saint-Cyr
    ch. 20 Fillet Flaps in Cases of Mutilating Trauma / Eduardo A. Zancolli
    ch. 21 Free Flaps for Upper Extremity Reconstruction and the Anterolateral Thigh Flap / Ryan W. Schmucker / Michael W. Neumeister
    ch. 22 Pedicled Flaps from the Groin and Lower Abdomen for Upper Extremity Coverage / Samir Mardini / Harvey Chim / Steven L. Moran / Chih-Hung Lin
    ch. 23 Cross-Finger Flaps for Digital Soft Tissue Reconstruction / S. Raja Sabapathy
    ch. 24 Heterodigital Arterialized Flap / Nicholas Pulos / Alexander Y. Shin
    ch. 25 Homodigital Island Flaps / Shian Chao Tay / Lam Chuan Teoh
    ch. 26 First Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Island Flap / Mark Henry Note continued: ch. 27 Flap Reconstruction of the Thumb / Michael Sauerbier / Gunter Germann
    ch. 28 Soft Tissue Management Following Traumatic Injury to the Femur / David Elliot / Adam Sierakowski
    ch. 29 Management of Soft Tissue Defects Surrounding the Knee and Tibia: The Gastrocnemius Muscle Flap / Thomas F. Higgins / Lance Jacobson
    ch. 30 Revision and Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty / Karim Bakri / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 31 Pedicled Soleus Muscle Flap for Coverage of the Middle and Distal Third of the Tibia / David J. Jacofsky / Oren Goltzer
    ch. 32 Sural Artery Flap / Salvatore C. Lettieri / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 33 Propeller Flaps and Keystone Flaps in the Lower Extremity / Michael Sauerbier / Annika Arsalan-Werner
    ch. 34 Fasciotomies of the Lower Extremity / Michel Saint-Cyr / Anita T. Mohan
    ch. 35 Amputation and Stump Management / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim / Emily A. Borsting / Jimmy H. Chim / Handel R. Robinson / Yasmina Zoghbi Note continued: ch. 36 Soft Tissue Management of Ankle Fractures and Use of the Gracilis Muscle Flap / Norman S. Turner / Thomas C. Shives
    ch. 37 Calcaneal Fractures/Talar Neck Fractures / Steven L. Moran / S. Andrew Sems
    ch. 38 Flap Coverage for the Foot / Roy W. Sanders / Hassan R. Mir
    ch. 39 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine / L. Scott Levin / William C. Pederson
    ch. 40 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Pelvis and Sacrum: Hemipelvectomy and Pedicled Flap Coverage / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim
    ch. 41 Management of Major Upper Limb Amputations / Matt T. Houdek / Peter S. Rose / Franklin H. Sim / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 42 Replantation of Digits / S. Raja Sabapathy / Hari Venkatramani.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017
  • Digital
    Simone Mocellin.
    Summary: The world of soft tissue sarcomas is a highly complex one, due to the large range of tumor types, each of which is characterized by specific features in terms of its epidemiology, pathology diagnosis, clinical behavior, therapy and biomarker pattern (of both diagnostic and therapeutic value). This book offers a practical, clearly structured reference guide, covering all of these aspects for each soft tissue tumor. Thanks to the consistent and user-friendly format, readers can quickly and easily find the information they need; in addition, up-to-date and authoritative literature information helps them to pursue further research. Overall, this book offers professionals and residents in the fields of oncology, surgery, and pathology an essential guide for study, review, and everyday clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Steven D. Billings, Rajiv M. Patel, Darya Buehler, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Klaus Reichardt, Luís Carlos Timm.
    Summary: This textbook presents the concepts and processes involved in the soil-plant-atmosphere system as well as its applications in the water cycle in agriculture. Although reaching the frontier of our knowledge in several subjects, each chapter starts at the graduation level and proceeds to the post-doctoral level. Its more complicated subjects, as math and physics, are well explained, even to readers not well acquainted with these tools. Therefore, it helps students read, understand, and developing their thoughts on these subjects. Instructors also find it an easy book with the needed depth to be adopted in courses related to Soil Physics, Agricultural Management, Environmental Protection, Irrigation and Agrometeorology. It serves also as "lexicon" to engineers and lawyers involved in agricultural, environmental cases.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Man And The Soil
    Plant
    Atmosphere System.- Chapter 2: Water, The Universal Solvent For Life.- Chapter 3: The Soil As A Water Reservoir For Plants.- Chapter 4: Plant: The Solar Energy Collector.- Chapter 5: Atmosphere: The Fluid Envelope That Covers The Planet Earth.- Chapter 6: The Equilibrium State Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 7: The Movement Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 8: Soil Water As A Nutrient Solution.- Chapter 9: Aspects Of The Soil Atmosphere.- Chapter 10: How Heat Is Propagated In The Soil.- Chapter 11: Water Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 12: Water Redistribution After Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 13: Evaporation And Evapotranspiration: The Vapor Losses To The Atmosphere.- Chapter 14: How Do Plants Absorb Soil Water ?.- Chapter 15: The Water Balance In Agricultural And Natural Systems.- Chapter 16: How Plants Absorb Nutrients From The Soil.- Chapter 17: How Soil, Plant And Atmophere Properties Vary In Space And Time In The Spas: An Approach To Geoestatistics.- Chapter 18: Spatial And Temporal Variability Of Spas Attributes: Analysis Of Spatial And Temporal Series.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amitava Rakshit, Subhadip Ghosh, Somsubhra Chakraborty, Varughese Philip, Avishek Datta, editors.
    Summary: Soil analysis is critically important in the management of soil-based production systems. In the absence of efficient methods of soil analysis our understanding of soil is pure guesswork. Ideally the pro-active use of laboratory analysis leads to more sustainable soil productivity. Unfortunately, most of the worlds agriculture is still reactionary, waiting for obvious yield declines to occur before taking action to identify the reasons. The modern soil laboratory is pivotal to informing soil managers what adaptive practices are needed to address chemical and physical imbalances before they occur, and the intelligent adaptive use of laboratory data not only greatly speeds up and reduces the cost of empirical soil study, but can even render it unnecessary. This book provides a synopsis of the analytical procedures used for soil analysis, discussing the common physical, chemical and biological analytical methods used in agriculture and horticulture. Written by experienced experts from institutions and laboratories around the globe, it provides insights for a range of users, including those with limited laboratory facilities, and helps students, teachers, soil scientists and laboratory technicians increase their knowledge and skills and select appropriate methods for soil analysis.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Soil Analysis: A Relook and Way Forward
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Soil Sampling
    1.2.1 Need for Soil Analysis
    1.2.2 The Future of Soil Chemistry
    1.3 Soil Analysis
    1.3.1 Soil Analysis Processes
    1.3.2 Analytical Methods
    1.3.2.1 Soil Texture
    1.3.2.2 Soil Structure
    1.3.2.3 Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)
    1.3.2.4 Soil Moisture
    1.3.2.5 Soil pH
    1.3.2.6 Lime Requirement (LR)
    1.3.2.7 Electrical Conductivity (ECs)
    1.3.2.8 Gypsum Requirement (GR)
    1.3.2.9 Organic Carbon/Organic Matter 1.3.2.10 Total Nitrogen
    1.3.2.11 Mineralizable Nitrogen
    1.3.2.12 Inorganic N-NO3- and NH4+
    1.3.2.13 Available Phosphorus
    1.3.2.14 Available Potassium
    1.3.2.15 Available Sulphur
    1.3.2.16 Exchangeable Calcium and Magnesium
    1.3.2.17 Micronutrients
    1.3.2.18 Heavy Metals
    1.3.2.19 Proximal/Hyperspectral Methods of Soil Analysis
    1.3.2.20 Modern Approach
    Some Images of Sophisticated Instruments
    References
    2: Application of Statistical Techniques in Soil Research
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Statistical Tools
    2.2.1 Types of Variables and Data 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Modern Research Facilities Involved in Climate Change Research
    3.2.1 Climate Change Impact Evaluation Techniques on Crop Species
    3.2.2 Climate Change Monitoring Techniques
    3.2.2.1 Capturing GHG Using Eddy Covariance Techniques
    3.2.2.2 Capturing CO2 Flux
    3.2.2.3 Capturing Methane
    3.2.2.4 Capturing Water Vapor Flux
    3.3 Capturing and Monitoring Land Surface Energy Fluxes
    3.3.1 Monitoring the Heat Fluxes
    3.3.2 Monitoring the Energy Balance
    3.3.3 Monitoring Albedo and Bowen Ratio
    3.3.4 Monitoring Air and Soil Temperature
    3.4 Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bhoopander Giri, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers the latest insights into soil health and its sustainability, providing an up-to-date overview of the various aspects of soil quality and fertility management, e.g., plant-microbe interactions to maintain soil health; and the use of algal, fungal and bacterial fertilizers and earthworms for sustainable soil health and agricultural production. It first dicusses the past, present, and future scenarios of soil health, and then explores factors influencing soil health, as well as the consequences of degradation of soil health for sustainable agriculture. Lastly it highlights solutions to improve and maintain soil health so as to achieve greater productivity and sustainability without damaging the soil system or the environment. Soil health is defined as the capacity of a soil to function within ecosystem frontiers, to sustain biological productivity, to maintain environmental quality and to promote plant, animal and human health. Soil health is established through the interactions of physical, chemical and biological properties, e.g., soil texture, soil structure, and soil organisms. Healthy soil provides adequate levels of macro- and micronutrients to plants and contains sufficient populations of soil microorganisms. As a result of the increasingly intensified agriculture over the past few decades, soils are now showing symptoms of exhaustion and stagnating or declining crop yields. Exploring these developments as well as possible solutions based on holistic and sustainable approaches, this book is a valuable resource for researchers in the area of soil and environmental science, agronomy, agriculture, as well as students in the field of botany, ecology and microbiology.

    Contents:
    1. Soil health in India: Past History and Future Perspective
    2. Organic farming in relation to soil health
    3. Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: A Booster for Ameliorating Soil Health and Agriculture Production
    4. Vemicompost and Soil Health
    5. Impact of Agricultural Practice on Soil Health
    6. Contribution of Biochar in Improving Soil Health
    7. Soil Health and Foliar Fertilisers
    8. Wild Plants from Coastal Habitats as a Potential Resource for Soil Remediation
    9. Abiotic and Biotic Factors Influencing Soil Health and/or Soil Degradation
    10. Seaweeds: Soil Health Boosters for Sustainable Agriculture
    11. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi
    The Potential Soil Health Indicators
    12. Significance and Management of Green Manures
    13. Green Manuring and Its Role in Soil Health Management
    14. Mighty microbes: Plant growth promoting microbes in soil health and sustainable agriculture
    15. Fertilizers and Pesticides: Their Impact on Soil Health and Environment
    16. Portraying Microbial Beneficence for Ameliorating Soil Health and Plant Growth
    17. Role of Soil Organisms in Maintaining Soil Health, Ecosystem Functioning and Sustaining Agricultural Production
    18. Bacterial Inoculants: How These Microbes Can Sustain Soil Health and Crop Productivity?
    19. Role of Rhizomicrobiome in Maintaining Soil Fertility and Crop Production.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amitav Bhattacharya.
    Summary: "This book explores the impact of soil water deficiency on various aspects of physiological processes in plants. The book explains the effects under soil water deficit condition such as lowering of plant water content, disturbance in carbon metabolism such in photosynthesis, photorespiration and respiration as well as effects of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism. The book also educates the readers about, mineral nutrition under soil water deficit condition and roles of different nutrient to overcome water deficit. Changes in growth and development pattern of plant under soil water deficit condition and effects on growth and development are elaborated. This book is of interest to teachers, researchers, scientists in botany and agriculture. Also the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policy makers will also find this to be a useful read. The in depth description of the major physiological issues in plants under soil water deficit that are presented in this book will help breeders tailoring crops for desirable physiological survival traits in the face of increasing soil water deficit. This book is an impactful addition to the library of any faculty members, researchers, agricultural policy planner, post graduate or student studying in plant physiology, biochemistry, microbiology and other subjects related to crop husbandry."-- EBSCOhost product page, viewed April 29, 2021.

    Contents:
    Effects of soil water deficits on plant-water relationship : a review
    Effects of soil water deficit on carbon metabolism of plants : a review
    Effect of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism in plants : a review
    Mineral nutrition of plants under soil water deficit condition : a review
    Effect of soil water deficit on growth and development of plants : a review
    Role of plant growth hormones during soil water deficit : a review
    Dry matter production, partitioning, and seed yield under soil water deficit : a review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ajay Pazhayattil, Naheed Sayeed-Desta, Emilija Fredro-Kumbaradzi, Marzena Ingram, Jordan Collins.
    Summary: The textbook addresses the lifecycle concepts (Stage 1, 2, 3) of Process Validation. Regulatory bodies such as US FDA, EMEA, WHO, PIC/S have adopted the ICH lifecycle approach. Organizations have an opportunity to harmonize and align PV activities for all regulated markets. The concepts discussed provides a direction on how to approach solid dose manufacturing process validation for regulatory compliance. Solid Oral Dose Process Validation, Lifecycle Approach: Application, Volume Two and the companion Volume One, Solid Dose Process Validation, The Basics, also available as a set, provide directions and solutions for the pharmaceutical industry. The topics and chapters give a systematic understanding for the application of lifecycle concepts in solid dose pharmaceutical manufacturing. Since solid dose formulations encompass majority of the pharmaceutical preparations, it is essential information for pharmaceutical professionals who use the process validation lifecycle approach. This set is published as a comprehensive solution for solid dose process validation.

    Contents:
    Preface, Introduction, Chapter 1: Stage 1 Quality by Design Product Development QbD product development methodologies
    Chapter 2: Stage 1 Scale Up, Tech Transfer Process
    Considerations for process scale up and transfer
    Chapter 3: Stage 2 Batch determination, Sampling & Testing Plan
    PPQ batch determination method, scientifically supported sampling and testing plans
    Chapter 4: Stage 3A Continued Process Verification
    Stage 3A assessment methodology for newly launched products
    Chapter 5: Stage 3B Continued Process Verification
    Routine CPV monitoring plan for commercial products.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stephen P. Dunn, Simon Horslen, editors.
    Summary: A new textbook of transplantation for infants and children is needed that is at least a first effort at achieving standard work in this field. Solid Organ Transplantation in Infants and Children provides a broad view of the current practice of solid organ transplantation in pediatric patients. It focuses on best practice and measureable outcomes whenever possible. It provides direct guidance for standard work in this broad and young field of clinical work. It portrays the regulatory environment in which this work occurs and the specific program requirements for each clinical program. Organized in two volumes, the first volume is devoted to the pediatric patient and their particular needs or concerns. This volume also contains information on the regulatory environment and pediatric program specific requirements. The second volume is devoted to the standard work in each solid organ transplanted. These volumes will be very useful for every practicing pediatric transplant program in the United States and Canada and much of the developed world. By reading these volumes, the reader will gain a firm understanding and practical knowledge of standard work in solid organ transplantation and the regulatory environment and requirements of programs to do that work.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen R. Byrn, George Zografi, Xiaoming (Sean) Chen.
    Contents:
    1. Solid-state properties and pharmaceutical development
    2. Polymorphs
    3. Solvates and hydrates
    4. Pharmaceutical cocrystals
    6. Amorphous solids
    7. Crystal mesophases and nanocrystals
    8. X-Ray crystallography and crystal packing analysis
    9. X-Ray powder diffraction
    10. Differential scanning calorimetry and thermogravimetric analysis
    11. Microscopy
    12. Vibrational spectroscopy
    13. Solid-state NMR spectroscopy
    14. Particle and powder analysis
    15. Hygroscopic properties of solids
    16. Mechanical properties of pharmaceutical materials
    17. Solubility and dissolution
    18. Physical stability of solids
    19. Chemical stability of solids
    20. Solid-state properties of proteins
    21. Form selection of active pharmaceutical ingredients
    22. Mixture analysis
    23. Product development
    24. Quality by design
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Xiu-Qing Li.
    Contents:
    Polyploidy in animal development and disease / Jennifer L. Bandura and Norman Zielke
    Large-scale programmed genome rearrangements in vertebrates / Jeramiah J. Smith
    Chromosome instability in stem cells / Paola Rebuzzini, Maurizio Zuccotti, Carlo Alberto Redi and Silvia Garagna
    Mechanisms of induced inheritable genome variation in flax / Christopher A Cullis
    Environmentally induced genome instability and its inheritance / Andrey Golubov
    The mitochondrial genome, genomic shifting and genomic conflict / Gregory G. Brown
    Plastid genome stability and repair / Eric Zampini, Sebastien Truche, Etienne Lepage, Samuel Tremblay-Belzile , and Normand Brisson
    RNA-mediated somatic genome rearrangement in ciliates / John R. Bracht
    Somatic genome instability in yeast and other fungi / Adrianna Skoneczna and Marek Skoneczny
    Genome variation in archaeans, bacteria, and asexually reproducing eukaryotes / Xiu-Qing Li
    RNA polyadenylation site regions : highly similar in base composition pattern but diverse in sequence : a combination ensuring similar function but avoiding repetitive-regions-related genomic instability / Xiu-Qing Li and Donglei Du
    Insulin signaling pathways in humans and plants / Xiu-Qing Li and Tim Xing
    Developmental variation in the nuclear genome primary sequence / Xiu-Qing Li
    Ploidy variation of the nuclear, chloroplast, and mitochondrial genomes in somatic cells / Xiu-Qing Li, Benoit Bizimungu, Guodong Zhang, and Huaijun Si
    Molecular mechanisms of somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
    Hypotheses for interpreting somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
    Impacts of somatic genome variation on genetic theories and breeding concepts / Xiu-Qing Li
    Somatic genome variation : what it is and what it means for agriculture and human health / Xiu-Qing Li.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Ridenour, Nina.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P101 .S79
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Siddhartha Mukherjee.
    Summary: "The discovery of cells--and the reframing of the human body as a cellular ecosystem--announced the birth of a new kind of medicine based on the therapeutic manipulations of cells. A hip fracture, a cardiac arrest, Alzheimer's, dementia, AIDS, pneumonia, lung cancer, kidney failure, arthritis, COVID--all could be viewed as the results of cells, or systems of cells, functioning abnormally. And all could be perceived as loci of cellular therapies. In The Song of the Cell, Mukherjee tells the story of how scientists discovered cells, began to understand them, and are now using that knowledge to create new treatments and new humans"--Dust jacket flap.

    Contents:
    Prelude: "The elementary particles of organisms"
    Introduction: "We shall always return to the cell"
    Part one: Discovery
    The original cell: an invisible world
    The visible cell: "Fictitious stories about the little animals"
    The universal cell: "The smallest particle of this little world"
    The pathogenic cell: microbes, infections, and the antibiotic revolution
    Part two: The one and the many
    The organized cell: the interior anatomy of the cell
    The dividing cell: cellular reproduction and the birth of IVF
    The tampered cell: Lulu, Nana, and the transgressions of trust
    The developing cell: a cell becomes an organism
    Part three: Blood
    The restless cell: circles of blood
    The healing cell: platelets, clots, and a "modern epidemic"
    The guardian cell: neutrophils and their kampf against pathogens
    The defending cell: when a body meets a body
    The discerning cell: the subtle intelligence of the T cell
    The tolerant cell: the self, horror antitoxicus, and immunotherapy
    Part four: Knowledge
    The pandemic
    Part five: Organs
    The citizen cell: the benefits of belonging
    The contemplating cell: the many-minded neuron
    The orchestrating cell: homeostasis, fixity, and balance
    Part six: Rebirth
    The renewing cell: stem cells and the birth of transplantation
    The repairing cell: injury, decay, and constancy
    The selfish cell: the ecological equation and cancer
    The songs of the cell
    Epilogue: "Better versions of me".
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    QH577 .M83 2022
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jon Meacham & Tim McGraw.
    Summary: From "The Star-Spangled Banner" to "Born in the U.S.A.," Jon Meacham and Tim McGraw take readers on a journey through eras in American history and the songs and performers that inspired us. Meacham chronicles our history, exploring the stories behind the songs, and Tim McGraw reflects on them as an artist and performer. Their perspectives combine to create a unique view of the role music has played in uniting and shaping a nation. Beginning with the battle hymns of the revolution, and taking us through songs from the defining events of the Civil War, the fight for women's suffrage, the two world wars, the Great Depression, the civil rights movement, the Vietnam War, and into the twenty-first century, Meacham and McGraw explore the songs that defined generations, and the cultural and political climates that produced them. Readers will discover the power of music in the lives of figures such as Harriet Tubman, Franklin Roosevelt, Eleanor Roosevelt, and Martin Luther King, Jr., and will learn more about some of our most beloved musicians and performers, including Marian Anderson, Elvis Presley, Sam Cooke, Aretha Franklin, Bob Dylan, Duke Ellington, Carole King, Bruce Springsteen, and more

    Contents:
    A note to the reader
    Overture: The music of history
    The sensations of freedom
    Land where our fathers died
    Mine eyes have seen the glory
    March, march, many as one
    As the storm clouds gather
    We shall overcome
    Archie Bunker v. the age of Aquarius
    Born in the U.S.A.
    Finale: Lift every voice.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    ML3917.U6 M43 2019
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Hannes Gruber, Alexander Loizides and Berhard Moriggl.
    Summary: This first of its kind richly illustrated book provides a tabular and schematic representation of all the peripheral nerves in the human body using a standardized landmark-based algorithm for the definition of the nerve's "Point of optimal visibility (POV)". In this atlas the nerves of the human body are depicted with high-frequent ultrasound probes with frequencies up to 24 MHz: it presents not only the "known" large nerves (N. ischiadicus, N. femoralis, N. medianus etc.), but also the tiny nerves you have learned in your anatomy sessions but forgotten in the course of time! Based on clear illustrations using palpaple/visible external and easily accessible internal landmarks, it offers "nerve sonographers" a clear sonoanatomic guidance on how to easily find the nerve. Additionally, it describes the exact positioning of the probe so that each nerve can be found at its point of optimal visibility. These mental maps for nerve sonographeurs are intended not only for beginners but also for "advanced" specialists requiring instructions on how to easily find even tiny peripheral nerves: especially for neurologists, anaesthesiologists, radiologists, pain practionioners, rheumatologists and surgeons who seek a clear standardized step by step manual on "Where do I find a nerve the easiest?".

    Contents:
    Preamble.- Introduction.- For who and why? The target group and the meaning of this book.- How to use this book effectively
    an instruction manual.- Neck.- Ganglion cervicale medium.- Nervus accessories.- Nervus auricularis magnus.- Nervus dorsalis scapulae.- Nervus facialis: Ramus colli.- Nervus hypoglossus 1 (Diaphragma oris).- Nervus hypoglossus 2 (Trigonum caroticum).- Nervus laryngeus inferior.- Nervus laryngeus recurrens.- Nervus laryngeus superior.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus externus.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus internus.- Nervus occipitalis major.- Nervus occipitalis minor.- Nervus occipitalis tertius.- Nervus phrenicus.- Nervus subclavius.- Nervus(i) supraclavicularis(es).- Nervus suprascapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 1 (Fossa supraclavicularis major).- Nervus transversus colli.- Nervus vagus.- Plexus cervicalis: Ramus trapezius.- Upper Arm-Lower Arm-Hand.- Upper Arm.- Medianus fork.- Nervus axillaris [anterior approach].- Nervus axillaris [posterior approach].- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 1 (Axilla).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 2 (Sulcus bicipitalis medialis).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii lateralis superior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii medialis.- Nervus cutaneus brachii posterior.- Nervus medianus.- Nervus musculocutaneus.- Nervus radialis.- Nervus ulnaris.- Lower Arm-Hand.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus medianus: Ramus muscularis thenaris.- Nervus medianus: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus radialis: Nervus interosseus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus radialis: Ramus profundus (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (distal approach).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus dorsalis manus.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 1 (Hypothenar: ulnar-proximal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 2 (Hypothenar: palmar-distal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus superficialis.- Trunk.- Nervi clunium medii.- Nervi clunium superiores.- Nervus coccygeus.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus femoralis.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus genitalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus & Nervus ilioinguinalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus anterior.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus lateralis.- Nervus(i) intercostobrachialis(es).- Nervus intercostobrachialis II.- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (cranial approach).- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (caudal approach).- Nervus subscapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 2 (Fossa infraclavicularis).- Nervus thoracicus longus 3 (Regio thoracica lateralis).- Nervus thoracodorsalis.- Gluteal region.- Nervi clunium inferiores.- Nervus gluteus inferior.- Nervus gluteus superior.- Nervus ischiadicus 1 (subgluteal).- Nervus pudendus.- Thigh-Lower Leg-Foot.- Thigh.- Nervus cutaneus femoris lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus femoris posterior.- Nervus femoralis.- Nervus femoralis: Rami cutanei anteriores.- Nervus ischiadicus 2 (infragluteal).- Nervus obturatorius.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus anterior et posterior.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus cutaneus.- Nervus saphenus 1 (Trigonum femorale).- Nervus saphenus 2 (Canalis adductorius).- Nervus saphenus 3 (Subsartorielles Kompartiment).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 1 (suprapatellar: Regio femoralis anterior).- Lower leg-Foot.- Nervus cutaneus dorsalis lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus doraslis medialis et intermedius.- Nervus cutaneus surae lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus surae medialis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) dorsalis(es) pedis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus fibularis communis.- Nervus fibularis profundus 1 (Dorsum pedis).- Nervus fibularis profundus 2 (terminales Segment).- Nervus fibularis superficialis.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus profundus.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus superficialis.- Nervus plantaris medialis et. lateralis 1 (Planta pedis).- Nervus plantaris medialis et lateralis 2 (Tarsaltunnel).- Nervus saphenus 4 (Regio cruralis posterior).- Nervus saphenus 5 (terminales Segment am Unterschenkel).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 2 (infrapatellar: Regio genus).- Nervus suralis.- Nervus suralis: Rami calcanei laterales.- Nervus tibialis.- Nervus tibialis: Rami calcanei mediales.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Wei Guo.
    Summary: Sorting and Recycling Endosomes provides the latest information on endosomes, the receiving compartment for endocytosed cargos, and the donor compartment and sorting station for cargos designated to lysosomes, Golgi, or plasma membrane. In recent years, the importance of endosomes as a sorting and recycling compartment has become increasingly appreciated. As such, scientists from various fields of cell biology, membrane traffic, and beyond, see the needs to communicate and learn about the methods used to investigate the dynamics and functions of endosomes. This book brings together specialists from the field who contribute their expertise on a broad range of biomedical topics that will provide ideal reading for researchers interested in endosomal sorting and recycling. This volume covers the approaches necessary to study the key components that mediate the generation and transport of membrane-bounded carriers from the endosomes, and how membrane trafficking machinery is coordinated with cytoskeletons during these processes. In addition to studies carried out in mammalian cells, other model systems such as worm and yeast are also included.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Gregor Majdic.
    Summary: Love, one of the most profound of human emotions, love that accompanies us from puberty to old age, love that follows us from ancient times to modern, from ancient writings, through the Bible and the texts of medieval scribes to modern day books and movies. Through the millennia love has lost none of its secrecy, charm, attractiveness, craziness, even in this digital age, when we are overwhelmed by information. But what is love? Where does this emotion originate? Are we humans the only living beings feeling this emotion? Can love be explained by some chemical reactions in our brains? Is love just a trick of nature or is love some kind of higher feeling? We do not have definite answers to any of these questions, nevertheless, neuroscience, behavioral science and others have provided us with some, at least partial answers. We know today a great deal more than ever before about what is happening in the brain when we are madly in love. We understand why our hearts beat faster when we see the person we love, we know why we sweat and why we feel anxious when the loved one is away from us, and we have some ideas about how feelings of attachment form in the brain. This book guides you through the complicated labyrinth of genes, molecules and brain cells that are involved in the feelings of love, attachment, affection, and also simple sexual reproduction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Two is better than one
    Escherichia coli; do bacteria get it on?
    Amoeba likes the smell
    Moths in search of love through pheromones
    Wild bull and placid ox
    Of bees and flowers
    Clownfish, afterdark secretes of Nemo's parents?
    Graceful swan, a symbol of love
    Gosling following their mothers
    Why only male deer has antlers?
    Depraved hooligan penguins
    Mouse mating and fighting
    Mating like rabbits
    Beware, an elephant in the musth
    Steenbook, a faithful dwarf antelope
    Is there a love in the world of voles?
    Romeo and Juliette among chimpanzees
    Human love through the eyes of neuroscientist
    Origins of human love
    Man and woman madly in love
    What is love?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Jon Meacham.
    Summary: "We have been here before. In this timely and revealing book ... author Jon Meacham helps us understand the present moment in American politics and life by looking back at critical times in our history when hope overcame division and fear. With clarity and purpose, Meacham explores contentious periods and how presidents and citizens came together to defeat the forces of anger, intolerance, and extremism. Our current climate of partisan fury is not new, and in The Soul of America Meacham shows us how what Abraham Lincoln called 'the better angels of our nature' have repeatedly won the day. Painting surprising portraits of Lincoln and other presidents, including Ulysses S. Grant, Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S. Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Lyndon B. Johnson, and illuminating the courage of such influential citizen activists as Martin Luther King, Jr., early suffragettes Alice Paul and Carrie Chapman Catt, civil rights pioneers Rosa Parks and John Lewis, First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, and Army-McCarthy hearings lawyer Joseph N. Welch, Meacham brings vividly to life turning points in American history. He writes about the Civil War, Reconstruction, and the birth of the Lost Cause; the backlash against immigrants in the First World War and the resurgence of the Ku Klux Klan in the 1920s; the fight for women's rights; the demagoguery of Huey Long and Father Coughlin and the isolationist work of America First in the years before World War II; the anti-Communist witch-hunts led by Senator Joseph McCarthy; and Lyndon Johnson's crusade against Jim Crow. Each of these dramatic hours in our national life has been shaped by the contest to lead the country to look forward rather than back, to assert hope over fear--a struggle that continues even now. While the American story has not always--or even often--been heroic, we have been sustained by a belief in progress even in the gloomiest of times. In this inspiring book, Meacham reassures us, 'The good news is that we have come through such darkness before'--as, time and again, Lincoln's better angels have found a way to prevail."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction : To hope rather than to fear
    The confidence of the whole people : visions of the Presidency, the ideas of progress and prosperity, and "We, the people"
    The long shadow of Appomattox : the Lost Cause, the Ku Klux Klan, and Reconstruction
    With soul of flame and temper of steel : "the melting pot," TR and his "bully pulpit," and the Progressive promise
    A new and good thing in the world : the triumph of women's suffrage, the Red Scare, and a new Klan
    The crisis of the old order : the Great Depression, Huey Long, the New Deal, and America First
    Have you no sense of decency? : "making everyone middle class," the GI Bill, McCarthyism, and modern media
    What the hell is the presidency for? : "segregation forever," King's crusade, and LBJ in the crucible
    Conclusion : The first duty of an American citizen.
    Digital Access 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E169.1 .M4977 2018
    1
  • Print
    Alexis Wells-Oghoghomeh.
    Summary: "In The souls of womenfolk, Alexis Wells-Oghoghomeh argues that woman-gendered cosmologies and experiences from the Upper Guinea Coast played a distinct role in shaping the religious consciousness and practices of enslaved communities in the Lower South, and that this process took place concurrently as enslaved peoples in the U.S. South interpreted their new contexts through the cosmological frameworks of their foreparents, while acquiring, innovating, and revising contemporaneous practices"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: of the faith of the mothers
    Georgia genesis: the birth of the enslaved female soul
    Womb remembrances: the moral dimensions of enslaved motherhood
    Sex, body, and soul: sexual ethics and social values among the enslaved
    The birth and death of souls: enslaved women and ritual
    Spirit bodies and feminine souls: women, power, and the sacred imagination
    When souls gather: women and gendered performance in religious spaces
    Conclusion: gendering the "religion of the slave."
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E443 .W45 2021
    1
  • Print
    Mary Herring Wright.
    Contents:
    A bouquet of roses
    The beginning
    Iron mine school days
    More childhood memories
    Scary times
    Make me a child again
    A new kind of life
    The nightmare begins
    The train ride to a new world
    Home!!
    Queen of the fairies
    The old and the new
    Changes, worries, and adventures
    Coming of age
    Boys and other trouble
    More changes and a difficult decision
    Accepted at last
    Graduation
    From student to teacher
    Good-bye, school days! Hello, world!
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HV2534.W75 A3 2019
    1
  • Print
    David George Haskell.
    Summary: "A rich exploration of how the evolution of both natural and manmade sounds have shaped us and the world, and how the world's acoustic diversity is currently in grave danger of being destroyed. We live on a planet that is wrapped in the diverse acoustic marvels of song and speech. Yet never has this diversity been so threatened as it is now. Braiding his experience as a listener and an ecologist with the latest scientific discoveries, David Haskell explores the acoustic wonders of our planet. Starting in deep time with the origins of animal song and traversing the whole arc of Earth's history, he illuminates and celebrates the creative processes that have produced the varied sounds of our world. From the powers of animal sexuality and environmental change, to the unpredictable, improvisational whims of genetic evolution and cultural change, sounds on Earth are the products of and catalysts for vibrant ecosystems. Four interconnected sensory crises are currently diminishing the vitality of our sonic world. Deforestation is erasing the most complex communities of sounds the world has ever known. In the oceans, machine noise has created a living hell for the most acoustically sensitive animals on the planet. In cities, noise has resulted in dire sonic inequities among people, the result of racism, sexism, and power asymmetries. Last, in forgetting or being barred from hearing the voices of the living Earth, we lose both the experience of joyful connection and the foundation for ethics and action. As wild sounds disappear forever and human noise smothers other voices, the Earth becomes flatter, blander. According to Haskell, this decline is not a mere loss of sensory ornament. Sound is a generative force, and so the erasure of sonic diversity makes the world less creative. His book is an invitation to listen, wonder, belong, and act."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Origins. Primal sound and the ancient roots of hearing
    Unity and diversity
    Sensory bargains and biases
    The flourishing of animal sounds. Predators, silence, wings
    Flowers oceans, milk
    Evolution's creative powers. Air, water, wood
    In the clamor
    Sexuality and beauty
    Vocal learning and culture
    The imprints of deep time
    Human music and belonging. Bone, ivory, breath
    Resonant spaces
    Music, forest, body
    Diminishment, crisis, and injustice. Forests
    Oceans
    Cities
    Listening. In community
    In the deep past and future.
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    QH510.5 .H37 2022
    1
  • Print
    Toni Morrison.
    Summary: One of the most celebrated and revered writers in the history of American literature gives us a new nonfiction collection - a gathering of her essays, speeches, and meditations on society, culture, and art, spanning four decades. This book is divided into three parts: the first is introduced by a powerful prayer for the dead of 9/11, the second by a searching meditation on Martin Luther King Ir., and the last by a heart-wrenching eulogy for James Baldwin. In the writings and speeches included here, the author takes on contested social issues: the foreigner, female empowerment, the press, money, "Black matter(s)" and human rights. She looks at enduring aspects of culture: the role of the artist in society, the literary imagination, the Afro-American presence in American literature, and, in her Nobel lecture, the power of language itself. And here too is piercing commentary on her own work (including The Bluest Eye, Sala, Tar Baby, Jazz, Beloved, and Paradise) and that of others, among them painter and collagist Romare Bearden, author Toni Cade Bambara, and theater director Peter Sellars.--description from dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Peril
    The foreigner's home. The dead of September 11 ; The foreigner's home ; Racism and fascism ; Home ; Wartalk ; The war on error ; A race in mind : the press in deed ; Moral inhabitants ; The price of wealth, the cost of care ; The habit of art ; The individual artist ; Arts advocacy ; Sarah Lawrence commencement address ; The slavebody and the blackbody ; Harlem on my mind : contesting memory - meditation on museums, culture, and integration ; Women, race, and memory ; Literature and public life ; The Nobel lecture in literature ; Cinderella's stepsisters ; The future of time : literature and diminished expectations
    Interlude : Black matter(s). Tribute to Martin Luther King, Jr. ; Race matters ; Black matter(s) ; Unspeakable things unspoken : the Afro-American presence in American literature ; Academic whispers ; Gertrude Stein and the difference she makes ; Hard, true, and lasting
    God's language. James Baldwin eulogy ; The site of memory ; God's language ; Grendel and his mother ; The writer before the page ; The trouble with paradise ; On "Beloved" ; Chinua Achebe ; Introduction of Peter Sellars ; Tribute to Romare Bearden ; Faulkner and women ; The source of self-regard ; Rememory ; Memory, creation, and fiction ; Goodbye to all that : race, surrogacy, and farewell ; Invisible ink : reading the writing and writing the reading.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3563.O8749 A6 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Taraprasad Das, Patanjali Dev Nayar, editors.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of eye health in South-East Asia from public health to health system to education to industry in 6 sections. The World Health Organization (WHO) South-East Asia region comprises of 11 countries - Bangladesh, Bhutan, DPR Korea, India, Indonesia, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Timor-Leste. This region is home to 26% of world population; there is a disproportionate amount of blindness (30.6%) and visual impairment (36%). This is a first of its kind book that discusses common conditions of visual impairment and blindness in the South-East Asia region. In addition, the book documents the current eye care industry in the region and the contribution of all eye health INGOs in eye care program planning and service delivery for many decades. Majority of the countries in the South-East Asia region are categorized in middle-income country group. This book discusses the common challenges in these countries such as, suboptimal public expenditure in health, acute shortage of skilled eye health workforce, and rudimentary health industry. The book covers the following 6 sections: 1. Geographic description and health indices of the region 2. Health system evolved over years, including universal eye health, health financing and health management information system (HMIS) 3. Common eye problems including non-communicable disease NCD (and diabetic retinopathy), neglected tropical disease NTD (and Trachoma) 4. Health workforce in the region that includes ophthalmologists, optometrists, and allied ophthalmic personnel 5. Eye health support in the region of 13 international non-government organizations (INGOs) working for decades 6. Eye health industry in the region that includes spectacles, ophthalmic devices and equipment and the pharma industry The book would be a useful resource for ophthalmologists, all public health personnel and policy makers in eye health in the South-East Asia region specifically and all ophthalmologists and scientists interested in public health all over the world as well as for program planning to reach the 'Health for All' strategy by 2030 (United Nations Sustainable Development Goal, SDG 2030).

    Contents:
    Part I The region
    Part II The health system
    2.1. Building blocks
    2.2. Universal health coverage
    2.3. Sustainable development goals
    2.4. Integrated people centric eye care
    2.5. Public financing
    2.6. Health management and information
    Part III The problem
    3.1. Disease burden
    3.2. RAAB and population studies
    Part IV Common disorders
    4.1. Cataract
    4.2. Refractive error and school eye health
    4.3. Childhood blindness and VI
    4.4. NCD and diabetic retinopathy
    4.5. NTD and trachoma
    4.6. Glaucoma
    4.7. Cornea and eye banking
    4.8. Low vision
    Part V Workforce, training and education
    5.1. Ophthalmology
    5.2. Optometry
    5.3. Allied ophthalmic personnel
    Part VI International NGOs
    6.1. CBM
    6.2. Combat blindness international
    6.3. Essilor foundation
    6.4. Fred hollows
    6.5. Helen keller International
    6.6. Himalayan cataract
    6.7. Mission for vision
    6.8. OEU
    6.9. Orbis
    6.10. Seva foundation
    6.11. Sight savers
    6.12. Vision spring
    Part VII Ophthalmic industry
    7.1. Spectacles
    7.2. Ophthalmic devices and equipment
    7.3. Pharma industry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Imani Perry.
    Summary: "We all think we know the South. Even those who have never lived there can rattle off a list of signifiers: the Civil War, Gone with the Wind, the Ku Klux Klan, plantations, football, Jim Crow, slavery. But the idiosyncrasies, dispositions, and habits of the region are stranger and more complex than much of the country tends to acknowledge. In South to America, Imani Perry shows that the meaning of American is inextricably linked with the South, and that our understanding of its history and culture is the key to understanding the nation as a whole. This is the story of a Black woman and native Alabaman returning to the region she has always called home and considering it with fresh eyes. Her journey is full of detours, deep dives, and surprising encounters with places and people. She renders Southerners from all walks of life with sensitivity and honesty, sharing her thoughts about a troubling history and the ritual humiliations and joys that characterize so much of Southern life. Weaving together stories of immigrant communities, contemporary artists, exploitative opportunists, enslaved peoples, unsung heroes, her own ancestors, and her lived experiences, Imani Perry crafts a tapestry unlike any other. With uncommon insight and breathtaking clarity, South to America offers an assertion that if we want to build a more humane future for the United States, we must center our concern below the Mason-Dixon Line." -- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Introduction
    I. Origin stories. An errand into wilderness: Appalachia ; Mother country: Virginia ; Animated roulette: Louisville ; Mary's land: Annapolis and the caves ; Ironic capital: Washington, DC
    II. The solidified South. The clearing: upper Alabama ; Tobacco Road in the Bible Belt: North Carolina ; King of the South: Atlanta ; More than a memorial: Birmingham ; Pearls before swine: Princeton to Nashville ; When Beale Street talks: Memphis ; Soul of the South: the Black Belt
    III. Water people. Home of the flying Africans: the Low Country ; Pistoles and flamboyán: Florida ; Immobile women: Mobile ; Magnolia graves and Easter lilies: New Orleans ; Paraíso: the Bahamas and Havana
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access 2004
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    F216.2 .P47 2022
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H134.R9 S7
    1
  • Digital
    Essegbemon Akpo, Christopher O. Ojiewo, Lucky O. Omoigui, Jean Claude Rubyogo, Rajeev K. Varshney.
    Summary: This open access book shares impact stories - testimonies from various value chain actors who have been part of the Tropical Legumes (TL) projects, over the past twelve years. The Tropical Legumes projects led by ICRISAT in three parts (TLI, TLII and TLIII), constitute a major international initiative supported by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and jointly implemented by the International Center for Tropical Agriculture (CIAT), International Institute of Tropical Agriculture (IITA) and National Agricultural Research Systems (NARS) partners from Sub-Saharan Africa and India. The project developed improved cultivars of common bean, cowpea, chickpea and groundnut (but also soya bean and pigeon pea cultivars in its initial phases) and delivers their seed to smallholders in BMGF-focus areas. It also strengthens the NARS and CGIAR's breeding programs and seed platforms to enhance their ability to deliver high and sustained outputs to smallholder farmers. The book compiles the experiences of a diversity of actors within the grain legume value chains, with a focus on groundnut and common beans in Tanzania and Uganda, groundnut and cowpea in Nigeria, and groundnut in Ghana. All stakeholders involved share their thoughts on being part of a decade-long development project family. National agricultural research institutes, knowledge brokering organizations, NGOs, public and private seed companies, agro-dealers, individual seed entrepreneurs, farm-implement makers, farmer cooperatives, farmer groups, individual men and women farmers, middlemen, processors, traders and consumers were all involved in this project, and as such this book provides valuable insights for development workers, technical staff, and project managers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A Brief Overview of Smallholder Farmers' Access To Seed Of Improved Legume Varieties
    Chapter 2. Impact Stories And Testimonies From Diverse Actors In Groundnut Value Chain In Tanzania
    Chapter 3. Common Bean Value Chain Actors Share Their Feeling About TL Projects In Tanzania
    Chapter 4. Enthusiasm Of Actors Within The Groundnut Value Chain Sharing Impact Stories In Uganda
    5. Empowered Communities Tell Their Own Stories From Common Bean Production In Uganda
    6. Breakthroughs In Groundnut Production Communities In Nigeria
    7. Women At The Center Of Cowpea Value Chain Development In Nigeria
    8. Better-Off Women Boosting Groundnut Business In Ghana
    9. Concluding Remarks: The Tropical Legumes Projects Empowered Communities In A Wide Variety Of Assets.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Visakh P. M and Olga Nazarenko.
    Contents:
    Soy protein : state-of-the-art, new challenges and opportunities / Visakh P. M
    Soy protein : introduction, structure and properties relationship / Visakh P. M
    Advances in soy protein-based nanocomposites / Huafeng Tian Gaiping Guo and Xiaogang Luo
    Applications of soy protein-based blends, composites, and nanocomposites / Ruann Janser Soares de Castro, Andre Ohara, Paula Okuro, Camila Utsunomia, Joelise de Alencar Figueira Angelotti, Fabiola Aliaga de Lima and Helia Harumi Sato
    Biomedical applications of soy protein / Blessing A. Aderibigbe
    Electrospinning of soy protein nanofibers : synthesis and applications / Carlos L. Salas
    Soy proteins as potential source of active peptides of nutraceutical significance / Junus Salampessy and Narsimha Reddy
    Soy protein isolate-based films / Shifeng Zhang
    Use of soy protein-based carriers for encapsulating bioactive ingredients / Zhen-Xing Tang and Jie-Yu Liang.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Arnauld E. Nicogossian, Richard S. Williams, Carolyn L. Huntoon, Charles R. Doarn, James D. Polk, Victor S. Schneider, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I. Introduction to space medicine
    1. Evolution of human capabilities and space medicine
    2. The environment of space exploration
    3. Living and working in space: an overview of physiological adaptation, performance, and health risks
    PART II. Spacecraft Environments
    4. Toxicology
    5. Microbiology
    6. Acoustics and audition
    7. Radiation health and protection
    PART III. Space Flight and Crew Health: Adaptation, Pathophysiology, Rehabilitation, and Countermeasures
    8. Cardiopulmonary system: aeromedical considerations
    9. Neurology
    10. Regulatory physiology
    11. Metabolism and nutrition
    12. Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics
    13. Musculoskeletal adaptation to space flight
    14. Behavioral health and performance
    PART IV. Occupational Health and Safety Issues in Space Flight
    15. Prinicples of crew health monitoring and care
    16. International dimension of space medicine
    PART V. Ground-based and academic training programs
    17. Simulations and analogs (test-beds)
    18. Training in space medicine
    PART VI. Future Perspectives
    19. Commercial space tourism and space as a biomedical laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alex P. Michael, Christian Otto, Millard F. Reschke, Alan R. Hargens, editors.
    Summary: This book consolidates the current knowledge of how short and long-duration spaceflight affects the anatomy and physiology of the central nervous system. It also incorporates the methodology and constraints of studying the central nervous system in space. Chapters detail advances in imaging techniques available to assess intracranial and intraocular pathology as well as translational medicine with an emphasis on brain cancer and neurodegenerative disease in spaceflight. Additionally, the book offers theoretical background information, tested laboratory protocols, and step-by-step methods for reproducible lab experiments to aid neuroscientists and neurobiologists in laboratory testing and experimentation. Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System is the first to comprehensively include all aspects of spaceflight-induced changes in the central nervous system. It is an invaluable resource for basic and clinical laboratory trainees and researchers in aerospace medicine and physiology or for those looking to gain specific knowledge in spaceflight neuroscience.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: History of Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System
    Introduction
    Early Discoveries
    Early Rocket Science
    Early Space Exploration
    The Soviet Union
    The United States
    Early Space Stations
    International Cooperation
    Development of International Organizations
    The International Space Station
    History of Spaceflight Medicine
    Aerospace Medicine Organizations
    Initial Spaceflight Medical Problems
    Long-Duration Spaceflight
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Cardiovascular Physiology and Fluid Shifts in Space The Cardiovascular System on Earth and in Space
    General Concepts of the Circulatory System on Earth and in Space
    Basic Concepts of Blood-Brain Barrier
    Adaptations to Microgravity
    Acute Adaptations and Microgravity-Induced Fluid Shift
    Long-Term Adaptations
    Circulation and the Central Nervous System
    Endothelial Dysfunction
    CSF Hydrodynamics and Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
    CSF Hydrodynamics Circulation on Earth and in Space
    Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
    Space Adaptation Syndrome (SMS)
    Visual Impairment Intracranial Pressure Syndrome Integrated Physiologic Countermeasures
    Artificial Gravity
    Lower Body Negative Pressure With and Without Exercise
    Coagulation and LBNP
    Sodium Intake
    References
    3: Effects of Microgravity and Space Radiation on the Nervous System
    Introduction
    Effects of Microgravity on Neurobiology
    Spaceflight-Induced Intracranial Hypertension
    Space Motion Sickness
    Radiological Changes (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) in Brain Tissue After Microgravity Exposure
    Effects of Microgravity on the Vestibular System
    Effects of Space Radiation on the Nervous System
    Conclusion Cognition upon Return to Earth
    Neuromapping
    Summary
    Potential Positive Effects
    Risk Mitigation Strategies
    Future Directions
    References
    5: Spine Biomechanics and Pathology
    History of Back Pain and Spinal Injury Associated with Spaceflight
    Comparing Epidemiology of Spaceflight-Related Low Back Pain to Terrestrial Low Back Pain
    Spinal Anatomy Affected by Gravitational Load
    Intervertebral Discs
    Paraspinal Muscles
    Changes in Spinal Biomechanics During and After Spaceflight
    Backpain and Spaceflight
    Pain Pathways for Low Back Pain
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Edward Machtinger, Peter A. Nigrović ; edited by Janice A. Lowe.
    Summary: "Spanish for Pediatric Medicine features a quick-reference design that enables the user to rapidly identify and explore common medical situations. English and Spanish equivalents are shown side-by-side for quick reference. This convenient guide includes translations for virtually every type of patient visit. General examinations, Bright Futures stage discussions, emergency department interactions, and terms for discussing specific body systems (hematology, respiratory, cardiovascular, etc.) are provided. This convenient resource fits right in your pocket for use throughout the day as you travel between departments or exam rooms. Also included are translations for discussing issues such as developmental milestones, obesity prevention, and lead toxicity screening along with commonly used expressions to help clinicians better connect with patients and parents. This 3rd edition is completely updated and is consistent with the newest Bright Futures Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents 4th edition content. Visit-specific translations for the 31 age-based visits reflect the organization of the guidelines as well"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. Common expressions. Greetings
    Helpful phrases
    Terms of endearment for children
    Part II. General visit. Initial history
    Past medical history
    Family history
    Social history (HEADSS)
    Description of pain
    Examination instructions
    Immunization screening and instructions
    Discharge instructions
    Part III. Stage visit. Prenatal
    Newborn
    First week (3 to 5 days)
    1 month
    2 months
    4 months
    6 months
    9 months
    12 months
    15 months
    18 months
    2 years
    2½ years
    3 years
    4 years
    5 and 6 years
    7 and 8 years
    9 and 10 years
    11-14 years
    15-17 years
    18-21 years
    Part IV. Target systems. Constitutional and hematology/oncology
    Skin
    HEENT and Neck
    Respiratory
    Cardiovascular
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Musculoskeletal
    Neurological
    Part V. Emergency department visit. Brief emergency department history
    Brief emergency department scenarios
    Description of pain
    Examination instructions
    Discharge instructions
    Part VI. Special issues. Abuse screening questions
    Ancillary services
    Developmental milestones
    Lead toxicity screening questions
    Prevention and treatment of obesity
    Tuberculosis screening
    Media use guidelines
    Part VII. Additional words and phrases.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Francine L. Dolins, University of Michigan, Dearborn, Christopher A. Shaffer, Grand Valley State University, Michigan, Leila M. Porter, Northern Illinois University, Jena R. Hickey, Nathan P. Nibbelink, University of Georgia.
    Summary: "Over the last two decades, technological advances in GPS (global positioning devices) and GIS (global information systems) have allowed primatologists to dramatically increase the quantity of spatial location data they can gather in the field, and the complexity of the analyses they can perform on these data. Before 15 years ago, GPS units did not function well in remote locations and/or under dense foliage, thus, they were useless for most field primatologists. In contrast, in the last 15 years, technological advances have made GPS devices functional across the globe and in most environments allowing field researchers to collect detailed spatial data using this technology"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    N. Samba Kumar, K. Ullas Karanth, James D. Nichols, Srinivas Vaidyanathan, Beth Gardner, Jagdish Krishnaswamy.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Large ungulates in tropical forests are among the most threatened taxa of mammals. Excessive hunting, degradation of and encroachments on their natural habitats by humans have contributed to drastic reductions in wild ungulate populations in recent decades. As such, reliable assessments of ungulate-habitat relationships and the spatial dynamics of their populations are urgently needed to provide a scientific basis for conservation efforts. However, such rigorous assessments are methodologically complex and logistically difficult, and consequently many commonly used ungulate population survey methods do not address key problems. As a result of such deficiencies, key parameters related to population distribution, abundance, habitat ecology and management of tropical forest ungulates remain poorly understood. This book addresses this critical knowledge gap by examining how population abundance patterns in five threatened species of large ungulates vary across space in the tropical forests of the Nagarahole-Bandipur reserves in southwestern India. It also explains the development and application of an innovative methodology - spatially explicit line transect sampling - based on an advanced hierarchical modelling under the Bayesian inferential framework, which overcomes common methodological deficiencies in current ungulate surveys. The methods and results presented provide valuable reference material for researchers and professionals involved in studying and managing wild ungulate populations around the globe.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The conservation issue
    Chapter 2. Development of hierarchical spatial models for assessing ungulate abundance and habitat relationships
    Chapter 3. Model-based assessment of ungulate-habitat relationships
    Chapter 4. Assessing threats to ungulates and management responses
    Chapter 5. Conservation of tropical forest ungulates: the way forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Robert Fletcher, Marie-Josée Fortin.
    Summary: This book provides a foundation for modern applied ecology. Much of current ecology research and conservation addresses problems across landscapes and regions, focusing on spatial patterns and processes. This book is aimed at teaching fundamental concepts and focuses on learning-by-doing through the use of examples with the software R. It is intended to provide an entry-level, easily accessible foundation for students and practitioners interested in spatial ecology and conservation.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to spatial ecology and its relevance for conservation
    2. Scale
    3. Land-cover pattern and change
    4. Spatial dispersion and point data
    5. Spatial dependence and autocorrelation
    6. Accounting for spatial dependence in ecological data
    7. Species distributions
    8. Space use and resource selection
    9. Connectivity
    10. Population dynamics in space
    11. Spatially structured communities
    12. What have we learned? Looking back and pressing forward
    Appendix: An introduction to R.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pravat Kumar Shit, Partha Pratim Adhikary, Debashish Sengupta, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book demonstrates the measurement, monitoring and mapping of environmental contaminants in soil & sediment, surface & groundwater and atmosphere. This book explores state-of-art techniques based on methodological and modeling in modern geospatial techniques specifically focusing on the recent trends in data mining techniques and robust modeling. It also presents modifications of and improvements to existing control technologies for remediation of environmental contaminants. In addition, it includes three separate sections on contaminants, risk assessment and remediation of different existing and emerging pollutants. It covers major topics such as: Radioactive Wastes, Solid and Hazardous Wastes, Heavy Metal Contaminants, Arsenic Contaminants, Microplastic Pollution, Microbiology of Soil and Sediments, Soil Salinity and Sodicity, Aquatic Ecotoxicity Assessment, Fluoride Contamination, Hydrochemistry, Geochemistry, Indoor Pollution and Human Health aspects. The content of this book will be of interest to researchers, professionals, and policymakers whose work involves environmental contaminants and related solutions.

    Contents:
    Part I. Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Part I: Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 2. Combating Arsenic Pollution in Soil Environment via Alternate Agricultural Land Use
    Chapter 3. Temporal and Seasonal Variation in Leachate Pollution Index (LPI) in Sanitary Landfill Sites- A Case study of Baidyabati landfill, West Bengal, India
    Chapter 4.Quantification of Landfill Gas Emission and Energy Recovery Potential: A Comparative Assessment of LandGEM and MTM Model for Kolkata
    Chapter 5. Assessment of natural enrichment of heavy minerals along coastal placers of India: Role of lake and river mouth embayment and its implications
    Chapter 6. Assessment the Impact of Plastic Contaminated Fertilizers on Agricultural Soil Health: A Case Study in Memari II C.D.Block, Purba Bardhaman,West Bengal, India
    Chapter 7. Determining the Role of Leaf Relative Water Content and Soil Cation Exchange Capacity in Phytoextraction Process - Using Regression Modelling
    Chapter 8. Phytoremediation of Arsenic using Allium sativum as Model System
    Chapter 9. Spatio-temporal analysis of open waste dumping sites using Google Earth: A case study of Kharagpur City, India
    Part II. Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 10. Introduction to Part II: Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 11. Groundwater Arsenic Contamination Zone based on geospatial modeling, risk and remediation
    Chapter 12. Geospatial assessment of surface water pollution and industrial activities in Ibadan, Nigeria
    Chapter 13. Aquaculture-based water quality assessment and risk remediationalong the Rasulpur River belt, West Bengal
    Chapter 14. Heavy Metal Contamination in Groundwater and Impact on Plant and Human
    Chapter 15. Emerging Threats of Microplastic contaminant in freshwater environment
    Chapter 16. Exploring Particle Size Transport Variability of Suspended Sediments in two Alpine Catchments over the Lesser Himalayan Region, India
    Chapter 17. Salinity and corrosion potential of groundwater in Mewat district of Haryana, India
    Chapter 18. Threats to quality in the coasts of the Black Sea: heavy metal pollution of seawater, sediment, macro-algae and sea-grass
    Chapter 19. Geospatial assessment of groundwater quality for drinking through Water Quality Index and Human Health Risk Index in an upland area of Chotanagpur Plateau of West Bengal, India
    Chapter 20. Existence of Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products (PPCPs) in the conventional water treatment process
    Chapter 21. Arsenic-rich surface and groundwater around eastern parts of Rupnagar district, Punjab, India
    Part III. Environmental Contaminants, Impacts and Sustainable Management
    Chapter 22. Introduction to Part III: Environmental Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 23. Dynamics of ultra-fine particles in indoor and outdoor environments: a modelling approach to study the evolution of particle characteristics
    Chapter 24. Environmental impacts of coal-mining and coal-fired power-plant activities in a developing country with global context
    Chapter 25. Overview of Indoor air pollution: A human health perspective
    Chapter 26. Mineralogy and Morphological characterization of Technogenic Magnetic Particles (TMP) from industrial dust: Insights into environmental implications
    Chapter 27. Pesticides: Recent Updates on Types Toxicity and Bioremediation Strategies
    Chapter 28. Commonly available plant neem (Azadirachtaindica A. Juss) ameliorates dimethoate induced toxicity in climbing perch Anabas testudineus
    Chapter 29. Estimating Particulate Matter concentrations from MODIS AOD considering meteorological parameters using Random Forest Algorithm
    Chapter 30 Bio-monitoring and bioremediation of a trans-boundary river in India: Functional roles of benthic mollusks and fungi
    Chapter 31 Assessing the Maximum Aerobic Biodegradation Potential of Leaf Litter, an Organic Fraction of Municipal Solid Waste, Under Optimum Nutrient Conditions
    Chapter 32. Rising trend of air pollution and its decadal consequences on meteorology and thermal comfort over Gangetic West Bengal, India.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    William E. Schiesser.
    Summary: The focus of this book is a detailed discussion of a dual cancer vaccine (CV)-immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) mathematical model formulated as a system of partial differential equations (PDEs) defining the spatiotemporal distribution of cells and biochemicals during tumor growth. A computer implementation of the model is discussed in detail for the quantitative evaluation of CV-ICI therapy. The coding (programming) consists of a series of routines in R, a quality, open-source scientific computing system that is readily available from the internet. The routines are based on the method of lines (MOL), a general PDE algorithm that can be executed on modest computers within the basic R system. The reader can download and use the routines to confirm the model solutions reported in the book, then experiment with the model by varying the parameters and modifying/extending the equations, and even studying alternative models with the PDE methodology demonstrated by the CV-ICI model. Spatiotemporal Modeling of Cancer Immunotherapy: Partial Differential Equation Analysis in R facilitates the use of the model, and more generally, computer- based analysis of cancer immunotherapy mathematical models, as a step toward the development and quantitative evaluation of the immunotherapy approach to the treatment of cancer.

    Contents:
    Fixed Boundary PDE Model Formulation
    Fixed Boundary PDE Model Implementation
    Fixed Boundary PDE Model Output
    Moving Boundary PDE Model Implementation
    Moving Boundary PDE Model Output
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Allen Gabriel, G. Patrick Maxwell, Maurice Y. Nahabedian, Toni Storm.
    Summary: "As mentioned, with the many changes in breast surgery during the last two decades and the increasing need for interspecialty collaboration and cooperation, the seeds of this book were thus sown. I saw an opportunity to write and edit a unifying text/atlas that embraced the plastic surgery principles as espoused by Gilles and Millard and yet span the entire breadth of this discipline from breast oncology to breast augmentation. At the same time, in the Millard tradition, my goal is to show others that beautiful or normal-looking results are not only obtainable but critical for this important area. This book is thus written for plastic surgeons, general surgeons, gynecologists, oncologists, or anyone else who is looking for a unified source of information for practical and principled surgical management of the breast. Although the section dealing with oncology is primary text in nature, most of the remaining chapters are in atlas format, thus allowing the reader to pursue the surgical approach espoused within the text. In total, there are over 130 chapters with over 150 contributing authors. In order to have the most expertise in as many areas as possible, we chose a multiauthored approach to the subject rather than a single-authored text"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1914-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I101 .B3
    1
  • Digital
    Jian Lin, He-Ping Zheng, Yong-Qing Xu, Tian-Hao Zhang.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Colin J. McCarthy, T. Gregory Walker, Rafael Vazquez.
    Contents:
    Cover image
    Title page
    Table of Contents
    Copyright
    Dedications
    Contributing Authors
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Sections
    Section 1: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Treatment of Acute and Periprocedural Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 2: Pain Neuroanatomy
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 3: Visceral Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 4: Opioid Reduction Strategies
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 5: Acute on Chronic Cancer Pain
    Key Facts Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 6: Pediatric Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 7: Shared Decision-Making in Analgesia
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Section 2: Acute Pain Treatment Modalities
    Chapter 8: Peripheral Nerve Blocks
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Section 3: Chronic Pain Treatment Modalities
    Chapter 9: Blocks for Chronic Pain: Facet and Nerve
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 10: Thermal Ablation for Malignancy-Associated Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 11: Spinal Cord Stimulator
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Section 4: Imaging Modalities
    Chapter 12: Radiography
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 13: Ultrasound
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 14: Computed Tomography
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 15: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Chapter 16: Radiation Safety
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Image Gallery Chapter 17: Contrast Agents
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Section 5: Head, Neck, and Upper Extremity
    Chapter 18: Functional Anatomy of Head and Neck
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Acute Pain Procedures
    Chapter 19: Cervical Epidural
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 20: Brachial Plexus Nerve Block
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Video Gallery
    Chapter 21: Upper Extremity Blocks
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chronic Pain Procedures Chapter 22: Scalp Block for Migraines and Facial Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Chapter 23: Temporomandibular Joint Injection
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 24: Trigger Points
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Chapter 25: Stellate Ganglion Blocks
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Video Gallery
    Section 6: Thorax and Chest Wall
    Chapter 26: Functional Anatomy of Thorax and Chest Wall
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Acute Pain Procedures
    Chapter 27: Erector Spinae Plane Block
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
  • Digital
    Santiago Martínez-Jiménez, Melissa L. Rosado-de-Christenson, Brett W. Carter.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital/Print
    nach Vorlesungen bearb. von Dr. Wilhelm v. Leube ...
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L73 .L652 1898
    2
  • Digital/Print
    nach vorlesungen bearb. von dr. Wilhelm v. Leube ...
    Digital Access Google Books 1895-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L73 .L652
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jamieson A. Copsey, Simon A. Black, James J. Groombridge, Carl G. Jones.
    Summary: Biodiversity studied by researching island species recovery and management.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Center for Disease Control, Biological Products Division, Diagnostic Products Evaluation Branch.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Bacterial, fungal, parasitic.
    Digital Access Google Books 1975-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QR185.A6 S74
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Chun K. Kim, Katherine A. Zukotynski.
    Contents:
    Basic principles of SPECT and SPECT/CT and quality control
    Radiopharmaceuticals for clinical SPECT studies
    SPECT and SPECT/CT in neuroscience
    SPECT/CT for the thyroid and parathyroid glands with cases
    SPECT and SPECT/CT for the cardiovascular system
    SPECT and SPECT/CT for the respiratory system
    SPECT and SPECT/CT in neoplastic disease
    SPECT and SPECT/CT for the skeletal system
    SPECT/CT for infection and inflammation
    SPECT in children
    Selected interesting SPECT and SPECT/CT cases.
  • Print
    edited by Katsuyuki Taguchi, Ira Blevis, Krzysztof Iniewski.
    Summary: "The book is a comprehensive cover of the latest developments in the most prevalent imaging modality (X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)) in its latest incarnation: Spectral, Dual-Energy and Photon Counting CT. Disadvantages of the conventional single-energy technique used by CT technology are that different materials cannot be distinguished and that the noise is larger. To address these problems, a novel spectral CT concept has been proposed. Spectral dual-energy CT (DE-CT) acquires two sets of spectral data and spectral Photon Counting CT (PC-CT) detects energy of x-ray photons to reveal additional material information of objects by using novel energy-sensitive, photon-counting detectors. The K-edge imaging may be a gateway for functional or molecular CT. The book covers detectors and electronics, image reconstruction methods, image quality assessments, a simulation tool, nanoparticle contrast agents, and clinical applications for spectral CT"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
  • Digital
    Carsten H. Meyer, Sandeep Saxena, SriniVas R Sadda, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to build concepts and create a solid foundation in the field of optical coherence tomography (OCT) for the general ophthalmologists as well as for the resident trainees and fellows. The chapters are written by leading international authorities in a style comprehensible to a broad audience. Numerous clinical pictures and SD-OCT scans help elucidate various clinical entities.OCT is the optical analog of ultrasound imaging and has emerged as a powerful imaging technique that enables non-invasive, in-vivo, high-resolution, cross-sectional imaging in retinal tissue. A new generation spectral domain optical coherence tomography (SD-OCT) technology has now been developed, representing a quantum leap in resolution and speed, achieving in vivo optical biopsy. i.e. the visualization of tissue architectural morphology in situ and in real time. This book encompasses the role of SD-OCT in both medical and surgical macular disorders. The book is meant coherent and comprehensive for both vitreoretinal specialists as well as general ophthalmologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hatem Alkadhi, André Euler, David Maintz, Dushyant Sahani, editors.
    Summary: This book, edited by leading experts in radiology, offers a state-of-the-art overview of the specifics and the added value of dual-energy, multi-energy, and spectral computed tomography (CT). Latest advances and upcoming innovations such as photon-counting detector CT are covered by renown experts in the field. The entire spectrum of clinical applications of dual-energy and spectral CT throughout the body is covered. Book chapters are written by expert authors with a background in physics and radiology and are richly illustrated with high quality figures, graphical illustrations, and tables. The first section covers background issues and the most relevant technical aspects of the technique, including a detailed description of the approaches to dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT by different vendors of CT scanners. The second part focusses on the use of dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT in daily clinical practice, and individual chapters are devoted to imaging of the brain, cardiovascular system, gastrointestinal tract, abdominal organs, skeletal system, and the chest. The focus of the book ensures that it will be of interest for a multidisciplinary forum of readers comprising radiologists, medical physicists, and other medical professionals and scientists being interested in cutting edge CT imaging.

    Contents:
    Part I: Technical Principles
    Material Decomposition and Post-Processing History and Basic Principles
    Dual-Energy - The Siemens Approach
    Dual-Energy The Philips Approach
    Dual-Energy - The GE Approach
    Dual Energy The Canon Approach
    Basic Principles and Clinical Applications of Photon-Counting CT
    Contrast Media for Modern Computed Tomography
    Part II: Clinical Applications
    Neuroradiological Imaging
    Head and Neck Imaging
    Clinical Applications in Cardiac Imaging
    Dual- Energy CT Angiography
    Thoracic Imaging: Ventilation/Perfusion
    Thoracic Oncology
    Gastrointestinal Imaging: Oncology (Liver, Pancreas, Bowel Cancer and Treatment Response)
    Gastrointestinal Imaging: Liver Fat and Iron Quantification
    Bowel Imaging
    Role of Dual Energy Computed Tomography (DECT) in an Acute Abdomen
    Spectral Computed Tomography Imaging of the Adrenal Glands
    Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys (Lesion Characterization)
    Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys Urinary Stones
    Skeletal Imaging: Bones
    Gout
    Dual-Energy CT in Radiation Oncology
    The Future of Spectral CT - Radiomics and Beyond
    Photon-Counting CT: Initial Clinical Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sylvia L. Asa, Stefano La Rosa, Ozgur Mete, editors.
    Summary: Neuroendocrine neoplasms comprise a large family of proliferative lesions that involve almost every part of the body. Our understanding of their cells of origin as well as the pathology, pathophysiology and genetics of these neoplasms has made tremendous advances in the last few decades. While they are often discussed as separate entities in textbooks of gastroenteropancreatic pathology and pulmonary pathology, their scope is much broader. The book conveys the similarities and differences of these fascinating tumors that may be found from the hypothalamus and pituitary to the rectum, and in soft tissue as well as in many organs. Written by experts in the field, the authors emphasize their structural, functional, predictive and prognostic features and attempt to provide the clinical context that allows improved diagnosis and therapy while building on the genetics that clarifies patterns of inheritance and predisposition to tumor development through precursor lesions. The Spectrum of Neuroendocrine Neoplasia provides a broad overview of neuroendocrine neoplasms using a practical approach to diagnosis, histological classification and therapy, and presents the most important and significant developments of the technologies used to diagnose, classify and treat them.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Ryan C. Branski, Sonja M. Molfenter.
    Summary: Speech-Language Pathology Casebook by Ryan Branski, Sonja Molfenter, and an impressive array of contributors presents a diverse spectrum of cases covering communication, voice, and swallowing disorders in children and adults. Readers are provided with rich and varied narratives underscoring the fact that clinical intervention of speech-language disorders is an art form based on science. Evidence-based assessments and treatments cover a variety of settings including medical inpatient, outpatient, and skilled nursing facility; home health; school; community-based; and private practice. Eighty cases following a standardized format encompass a wide range of congenital and acquired disorders spanning the age continuum. Each case includes a clinical history and description, evaluations/testing, diagnosis, treatment, outcomes, questions and answers, suggested readings, and references. With invaluable firsthand insights from practitioners, this unique resource enhances the ability to develop effective, patient-informed interventions.
  • Print
    Kelly Vess, MA.
    Summary: "Children with speech sound disorders are at higher risk of academic failure, behavioral difficulties, motor impairments, language delays, and literacy deficits. Speech Sound Disorders: Comprehensive Evaluation and Treatment by Kelly Vess provides the necessary tools to use research-based practices when diagnosing and treating preschoolers. Sophisticated yet readerfriendly, this interactive book is certain to revolutionize the methodology therapists use to treat children with these disorders and globally improve outcomes. Through a step-by-step process, readers will learn to critically review and evaluate research in practice. Guidance is provided on how to create educationally rich activities to comprehensively treat children with speech sound disorders. Readers will not only learn how to integrate research into practice, but also how to research their own practices to continually grow as professionals and advance the field. In addition, invaluable insights are provided on how to make efficient use of limited therapy time by targeting executive function, social communication, motor skills, language skills, and literacy skills while treating children with speech sound disorders"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital/Print
    Ayọ̀bámi Adébáyọ̀.
    Summary: "A dazzling story of modern Nigeria and two people caught in the riptides of wealth, power, poverty, and corruption, by the celebrated author of Stay With Me"-- Provided by publisher. Eniola is tall for his age, a boy who looks like a man. Because his father has lost his job, Eniola spends his days running errands for the local tailor, collecting newspapers, begging when he must, dreaming of a big future. Wuraola is a golden girl, the perfect child of a wealthy family. Now an exhausted young doctor in her first year of practice, she is beloved by Kunle, the volatile son of an ascendant politician. When a local politician takes an interest in Eniola and sudden violence shatters a family party, Wuraola and Eniola's lives become intertwined. In her breathtaking second novel, Ayobami Adebayo shines her light on Nigeria, on the gaping divide between the haves and the have-nots, and the shared humanity that lives in between.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user)
    2023 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Audiobook (1 concurrent user)
    2023 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    PR9387.9.A319 S64 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Mariano G. Buffone, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    The acrosome reaction: a historical perspective
    The acrosomal matrix
    Role of ion channels in the sperm acrosome reaction
    The molecules of sperm exocytosis
    Sperm capacitation and acrosome reaction in mammalian sperm
    Lipid regulation of acrosome exocytosis
    Role of actin cytoskeleton during mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis
    Site of mammalian sperm acrosome reaction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey tome Jensen, Mitchell Creinin.
    Summary: "This practical handbook is a current, reliable, and readable guide to today's contraceptive options. The authors provide the essential information that clinicians and patients need to choose the best contraceptive method for the patient's age and medical, social, and personal characteristics. The book concisely covers all available drugs and devices. Each contraceptive method is covered in a single chapter that includes history of the contraceptive, method of action, pharmacology (when applicable), contraindications, and use"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Contraception, Population, and the Environment / Jeffrey Jensen and Mitchell D. Creinin
    Reproduction and Hormonal Contraception / Mitchell D. Creinin and Jeffrey Jensen
    Interpreting Evidence and Creating Clinical Guidance on Contraception / Kathryn M. Curtis and David Hubacher
    Permanent Contraception / Aileen Gariepy and Rebecca H. Allen
    Implant Contraception / Rebecca Cohen and Stephanie B. Teal
    Intrauterine Contraception / Jennifer E. Kaiser and David K. Turok
    Combined Hormonal Contraception / Carolyn Westhoff, Surya Cooper and Ian Bishop
    Injectable Contraception / Laneta Dorflinger and Sharon L. Achilles
    Shorter-Acting Progestin-Only Contraception / Elizabeth Micks and Sarah Prager
    Barrier Methods of Contraception / Jill Schwartz
    Behavioral Methods of Contraception / Anita L. Nelson and Diana C. Sokol
    Emergency Contraception / Alison Edelman and Nora Doty
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Hugh S. Taylor, Lubna Pal, Emre Seli.
    Summary: "In the United States, approximately 15% of all couples will face fertility difficulties, many of whom will go on to a reproductive disorder diagnosis. OB/GYNs specialize in reproductive endocrinology & infertility through a fellowship track after their residency. Today there are approximately 500 reproductive endocrinologists in addition to 800 who are board-eligible. Written in a clear and concise voice, Clinical Gynecologic Endocrinology and Infertility provides a complete explanation of the female endocrine system and offers medical guidance for evaluation and treatment of common disorders"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital/Print
    nach Vorlesungen bearbeitet von Wilhelm v. Leube.
    Digital Access Google Books 1911-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L73 .L652 1911
    1
  • Digital
    Yoshiaki Kawashima.
    Summary: This book describes the principles and applications of the spherical crystallization technique, from the standpoint of its inventor. After an introduction on the history of particle design engineering and nanotechnology, the concept of spherical crystallization itself is clearly explained. Attention then turns to the application of spherical crystallization in pharmaceutical processes. It is explained how the technique can provide physicochemical properties suitable for direct tableting of active pharmaceutical ingredients and how it has enabled the development of a novel particulate design platform from single to complex system. Subsequent chapters describe the roles of polymeric spherical crystallization in the preparation of novel microspheres, microballoons for drug delivery systems (DDS) and the development of biocompatible and biodegradable poly(D, L-lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA) nanospheres. The various applications of PLGA nanospheres composite within oral-, pulmonary-, transdermal DDS and cosmetics are fully discussed. Finally, future perspectives are presented on use of the technology in the design and industrial-scale manufacture of new drug delivery systems, highlighting how a continuous pharmaceutical process that meets US Food and Drug Administration quality requirements should soon be introduced.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concept of spherical crystallization
    Paradigm shifted pharmaceutical process introduced by spherical crystallization
    Particulate-design platform developed by the Advanced Spherical Crystallization System
    Development of Novel Microsphere and Microballoon DDS by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
    Development of PLGA Nanopsphere for Drug Delivery System (DDS) Prepared by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
    Application of PLGA NSs to cosmetics
    Future perspectives of PLGA nanospheres for advanced DDSs and continuous preparation systems for spherical crystallizers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Xian-Cheng Jiang, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of the fundamentals of sphingolipid metabolism and its role in metabolic diseases. Focusing on the sphingolipid de novo synthesis pathway, the effect of sphingomyelin, ceramide, and sphingosine-1-phosphate, and linkage between sphingolipids and other lipids, such as cholesterol, it covers serine palmitoyltransferase, ceramide synthases, ceramidases, sphingosine kinases, and sphingomyelin synthases, and more. While highlighting how rare diseases related to abnormal glycosphingolipid metabolism, this publication introduces sphingolipid metabolism-related diseases, such as lung diseases and cancers, as well as sphingolipid circadian regulation. The book demonstrates advances and limitations of research on sphingolipid metabolism and its roles in metabolic diseases and other diseases. It offers graduate students and researchers a coherent overview of sphingolipids, as well as the limitations of current research in the field, and promotes further studies on metabolic diseases, as well as pharmaceutical research on drug discovery based on sphingolipid de novo synthase.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Sphingolipids and Cholesterol
    Chapter 2: Sphingolipids in adipose: kin or foe?
    Chapter 3: De novo sphingolipid biosynthesis in atherosclerosis
    Chapter 4: Serine Palmitoyltransferase Subunit 3 and Metabolic Diseases
    Chapter 5: Molecular mechanisms of sphingolipid transport on plasma lipoproteins
    Chapter 6: Sphingosine 1-phosphate metabolism and signaling
    Chapter 7: Sphingomyelin synthase family and phospholipase Cs
    Chapter 8: Sphingolipid metabolism and signaling in endothelial cell functions
    Chapter 9: Cholesterol metabolism in chronic kidney disease: physiology, pathologic mechanisms, and treatment
    Chapter 10: Sphingolipids and asthma
    Chaper 11: Manifold Roles of Ceramide Metabolism in Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Liver Cancer
    Chapter 12: Drug development in the field of sphinogolipid metabolism
    Chapter 13: Rare diseases in glycosphingolipid metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Charles E. Chalfant, Paul B. Fisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Michael B.A. Oldstone, Hugh Rosen, editors.
    Summary: "This volume focuses on the role of sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) and its analogs in the induced sequestration of lymphocytes in secondary lymphoid organs or in the microenvironment of tissues involved in infection or autoimmune disease. Initial chapters define the pathways to understand S1P signaling. They cover the organization of signaling systems, the structural biology of the S1P1 receptor, and the chemical and genetic tools that are available and useful to explore this area of research and therapeutics. The later chapters highlight S1P and endothelial integrity, lymphocyte migration in the spleen, and S1P agonist in controlling immunopathologic manifestations of acute respiratory influenza virus infection (in the lung), and its accompanying cytokine storm as well as immunopathologic disease of the central nervous system, including the beginning of treatments in multiple sclerosis. One chapter reveals the possible involvement of other lipid molecules, their use for better understanding lipid signaling, and their potential in the modulation of immune responses."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jean Marc Vital, Derek T. Cawley, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated and comprehensive book covers a broad range of normal and pathologic conditions of the vertebral column, from its embryology to its development, its pathology, its dynamism and its degeneration. The dynamic anatomy of the living subject is viewed using the latest technologies, opening new perspectives to elucidate the pathology of the spine and improve spinal surgery. The respective chapters review in depth all sections of the vertebral column and offer new insights, e.g. the 3D study of vertebral movements using the "EOS system," which makes it possible to define an equilibrium of posture and its limits. New histological and chemical findings on the intervertebral disc, as well as detailed descriptions of the aponeuroses and fasciae, are also provided. Bringing together the experience of several experts from the well-known French school, this book offers a valuable companion for skilled experts and postgraduate students in various fields: orthopedic surgery, neurosurgery, physiotherapy, rheumatology, musculoskeletal therapy, rehabilitation, and kinesiology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Phylogenesis and Ontogenesis
    Comparative Anatomy of the Axial Skeleton of Vertebrates
    Introduction
    The Organization Plan for the Vertebrates
    Adaptive Constraints of the Living Environment
    Constraints of the Aquatic Environment
    Constraints of the Terrestrial Air Environment
    Fish
    Terrestrial Vertebrates
    Amphibians (About 7000 Species)
    Reptiles (Approximately 8950 Species)
    The Cervical Spine
    Birds (Approximately 10,000 Species)
    Mammals (About 5500 Species)
    The Cervical Spine
    Structure
    Movements The Craniovertebral Musculature
    Postures
    Thoracic Spine and Lumbosacral
    Structures
    Musculature
    Postures
    References
    Embryology of the Vertebral Column
    Genetic and Biochemical Considerations
    Embryology of the Vertebromedullary Axis
    Early Development
    Trilaminar Embryo
    The Notochord
    Primary Neurulation
    Secondary Neurulation
    Formation and Differentiation of Somites
    References
    The Growing Spine
    A Mosaic of Growth Cartilage
    Vertebral Growth Is Growth by Endochondral Ossification
    Embryology Holds First Truths The Fetal Period: The Strongest of All Growth Is the Intra-Uterine Period
    Vertebral Curves Are Not Primitive But Acquired
    At Birth, 30% of the Spine Is Ossified
    The First Five Years of Life Are Decisive: Living Growth
    Growth Between 5 Years and the Beginning of the Puberty
    Puberty, a Decisive Turn: New Acceleration
    Each Level of the Spine: A Different Growth
    The Cervical Spine
    Central Spinal Canal at the End of Growth
    Cervical Spine Height
    The Superior Cervical Spine
    The Growth of the Atlas (Figs. 27, 28, and 29)
    The Growth of the Axis Is Even More Complex The Lower Cervical Spine
    The T1-S1 Segment (Figs. 31a, b, 32, and 33)
    The Thoracic Spine T1-T12 (Figs. 34 and 35)
    The Lumbar Spine L1-L5 (Figs. 36 and 37)
    The Sacrum
    The Intervertebral Disc
    The Growth of the Thorax: 4th Dimension of the Spine
    Bodyweight
    Parasol Effect
    What Size Deficit for Which Arthrodesis?
    First Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Thoracic Spine
    Second Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Lumbar Spine
    All Scoliosis Will in Time Become Identified as a Growth Cartilage Disease
    The Growth of the Spine: From Normal to Pathological Managing Infantile Scoliosis Is Controlling the Vilebrequin Effect
    Suggested Readings
    The Growth Cartilages of the Spine and Pelvic Vertebra
    Neurocentral Cartilage (NCC)
    The Ring Apophysis
    Ossification of the Pelvic Vertebra
    Bone Age During Puberty
    References
    Morphologic and Functional Evolution of the Aging Spine
    Age-Related Structural Alterations
    The Intervertebral Disc
    Structural Modifications
    A Fragile Avascular Tissue
    A Genetic Predisposition?
    Genesis and Contributions to Aging on Histomorphological Features
    Aggravating Factors
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Luigi Manfrè, editor.
    Contents:
    Imaging
    Biomechanics
    Symptoms
    CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: Spacers
    CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: MILD
    CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar foramina stenosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Wellington K. Hsu, Tyler J. Jenkins, editors.
    Summary: This concise, user-friendly guide brings together the strongest available evidence with expert recommendations to provide insight into the management of injuries to the athlete's spine, including controversies unique to this area. Divided into three thematic sections, this information will prove invaluable, as many of the real-world questions surrounding care do not have distinct and obvious answers. Considerations for team physician management comprises part I, including on-field assessment of spine injuries and concussion, rehabilitation and return to play, and complications and post-concussion sequelae. The second and third sections discuss injuries to the cervical spine and the thoracolumbar spine, respectively, describing injury evaluation, management, and outcomes in the elite athlete. Spine conditions have been studied extensively in the general population; however, applying this data to the elite athlete is controversial. Numerous external variables make performance of well-designed clinical trials challenging in this population, and consequently evidence-based recommendations are lacking for the athlete's spine. Practical and engaging, Spinal Conditions in the Athlete will be an excellent resource for sports medicine specialists, orthopedic and neurosurgeons, and any clinician treating the active patient.

    Contents:
    On-Field Assessment and Management of Spine Injuries
    Considerations for Spinal Cord Injury in the Athlete
    Rehabilitation of the Athlete's Spine
    Diagnosis and On-Field Management of Sports-Related Concussion
    Return to Play after Sports Concussion
    Persistent Post-concussion Symptoms and Long-term Sequelae
    Evaluation of Athletes with Neck or Arm Pain
    Transient Brachial Plexopathy (Stingers/Burners)
    Cervical Cord Neurapraxia
    Congenital Cervical Anomalies in Athletes
    Cervical Disc Herniation in Athletes
    Cervical Stenosis in the Elite Athlete
    Cervical Spine Injuries in Athletes
    Evaluation of Athletes with Back or Leg Pain
    Lumbar Disc Herniation and Degenerative Disc Disease in the Athlete
    Lumbar Disc Herniation in the Adolescent Athlete
    Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in Athletes
    Traumatic Lumbar Injuries in Athletes
    Thoracic Pathology in Athletes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC400 .U58
    4
  • Digital
    edited by Blessen C. Eapen, David X. Cifu.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Kenan I. Arnautović, Ziya L. Gokaslan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art, in-depth knowledge of spinal cord tumor surgery. After an introduction to the history and etiology of spinal cord tumor treatment, the molecular biology, cytogenetics and pathology of this group of tumors is discussed. The pathological anatomy of spinal cord tumors is described and the book focuses in depth on their diagnosis and the surgical approaches that can be used in their treatment. Microsurgery resection techniques, auxiliary treatment options, prognosis and outcomes of spinal cord, and spinal nerve tumors are all covered in detail. Spinal Cord Tumors is aimed at neurosurgeons and may also be of interest to neurologists, neuro-oncologists, radiologists, physiatrists, pathologists, geneticists, orthopedic surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, and other interested scientists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert F. Heary, Todd J. Albert.
    Contents:
    1. The History and Overview of Spinal Deformity
    2. Measuring Value in Spinal Deformity Care
    3. Intraoperative Neuromonitoring in Spinal Deformity Surgery
    4. Anatomy and Evaluation of Spinal Alignment
    5. Anatomical Variants with Spinal Deformity
    6. The Importance of the Sacrum and Pelvis in Deformity Evaluation and Treatment
    7. The Lenke Classification System for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    8. Principles of Sagittal Plane Deformity
    9. Principles of Coronal Plane Deformity
    10. Flexible versus Fixed Spinal Deformity
    11. The Natural History of Spinal Deformity
    12. Congenital Scoliosis
    13. Early-Onset Scoliosis
    14. Neuromuscular Scoliosis
    15. Anterior Surgery for Thoracic Scoliosis
    16. Posterior Approach in Thoracic Deformity
    17. Lateral Interbody Fusion Approaches in Spinal Deformity
    18. Anterior-Posterior Surgery for Spinal Deformity
    19. Minimally Invasive Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformities
    20. Scheuermann Kyphosis
    21. Technological Advances in Spinal Deformity
    22. Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformity
    23. Osteotomies and Vertebral Column Resections for Complex Spinal Deformities
    24. Adult Spinal Deformity Revision Surgery
    25. Surgical Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
    26. Prevention and Treatment of Posttraumatic Deformity of the Thoracolumbar Spine
    27. Bracing and Nonoperative Treatment of Spinal Deformity.
  • Digital
    Praveen V. Mummaneni, Paul Park, Charles H. Crawford III, Adam S. Kanter, Steven D. Glassman, editors.
    Summary: Although there are a number of excellent books dedicated to spinal deformities, this text employs a case-based format which offers the advantage of easy readability. This format will allow the reader to better synthesize the dense information encompassing spinal deformity complications and pearls to avoid them. Example cases highlight the importance of appropriate diagnosis, radiographic assessment, classification, surgical decision making, and complication avoidance. In addition, complication management is emphasized since complications will occur regardless of skill level, experience, or meticulous technique given the complex nature of spinal deformity. Written by key thought leaders, this book not only provides state of the art concepts and techniques but also provides pearls and tips to manage and avoid complications. This book will be useful to the spinal surgeon of any experience level who is interested in optimizing their care for patients with symptomatic spinal deformity. In addition, the concepts presented in this text will be valuable to residents and fellows training in spinal surgery.

    Contents:
    A Historic Overview of Complications in Spinal Deformity Surgery
    Occipital Cervical Surgery Complication
    C1-2 Fusion Complication
    Mid Cervical Kyphosis Surgery Complication
    Cervical Kyphosis (Post-Laminectomy) Surgery Complication
    Cervival Osteomyelitis and Kyphosis Complication
    Cervical Traumatic Deformity (Bilateral Facet Dislocation) Complication
    Cervical Kyphosis (Neuromuscular) Surgery Complication
    Cervicothoracic Kyphosis (AS) Surgery Complication
    Iatrogenic Cervicothoracic Kyphosis Surgery Complication
    Thoracic Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
    Scheuermann?s Kyphosis Surgery Complication
    Thoracic Deformity (Pott?s Disease) Surgery Complication
    Thoracolumbar Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
    Congenital Thoracolumbar Deformity Complication
    Thoracolumbar Deformity (Trauma) Surgery Complication
    Thoracic Deformity (Tumor) Surgery Complications
    Thoracic/Lumbar Deformity (Tumor) MIS Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Deformity (Vascular) Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Posterior Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Anterior/Posterior Surgery Complication
    Thoracolumbar Deformity MIS (Palsy) Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS (Lateral) Surgery Complications
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PSO/TLIF) Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PJK) Complication
    Lumbar Deformity MIS Lateral (Visceral) Surgery Complication
    Thoracolumbar deformity MIS ACR complications
    Lumbar Deformity (Infection) Surgery Complication
    Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery?Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO) Complication
    Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery (VCR) Complication
    Lumbar Deformity Listhesis (Moderate-High grade) Complication
    Pediatric Moderate/High Grade Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
    High Grade Dysplastic Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
    Sacral Insufficiency Fracture Surgery Complication
    Sacral Tumor Surgery Complication.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jin Woo Shin.
    Summary: This book introduces a new medical device, the ZiNeu catheter, and explains its use for the non-surgical interventional treatment of degenerative spinal disease, including spinal stenosis. In particular, the device can directly alleviate stenosis of the intervertebral foramen or central canal and perineural adhesions, resulting in reductions in back pain, leg pain, and neurogenic claudication. The ZiNeu device was invented by the author and the JUVENUI company. It now has CE certification and is exportable to Europe. The book opens by explaining the concepts of epidural balloon decompression and adhesiolysis and outlining the types and features of the ZiNeu catheter. The full range of procedures using the ZiNeu series, ZiNeuF series, and the ZiNeuF03 catheter is then described and illustrated, and guidance provided on key aspects of decision making and post-procedure management. The book will be of interest to all specialists in pain management.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The concept of epidural balloon decomrpression and Adhesiolysis
    Chapter 2. The types and features of the ZiNeu catheter
    Chapter 3. Precautions and notes before the procedure
    Chapter 4. Procedures of the ZiNeu series
    Chapter 5. Procedures of the ZiNeuF seires
    Chapter 6. Procedures of the ZiNeuF03 catheter
    Chapter 7. Dura puncture
    Chapter 8. Tip for selection of catheter
    Chapter 9. Determination of procedure site according to case
    Chapter 10. Post-procedure management and prognosis
    Chapter 11. Genicular Nerve Radiofrequency Ablation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ella Been, Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Patricia Ann Kramer, editors.
    Summary: The vertebral spine is a key element of the human anatomy. Its main role is to protect the spinal cord and the main blood vessels. The axial skeleton, with its muscles and joints, provides stability for the attachment of the head, tail and limbs and, at the same time, enables the mobility required for breathing and for locomotion. Despite its great importance, the vertebral spine is often over looked by researchers because: a) vertebrae are fragile in nature, which makes their fossilization a rare event; b) they are metameric (seriated and repeated elements) that make their anatomical determination and, thus, their subsequent study difficult; and c) the plethora of bones and joints involved in every movement or function of the axial skeleton makes the reconstruction of posture, breathing mechanics and locomotion extremely difficult. It is well established that the spine has changed dramatically during human evolution. Spinal curvatures, spinal load transmission, and thoracic shape of bipedal humans are derived among hominoids. Yet, there are many debates as to how and when these changes occurred and to their phylogenetic, functional, and pathological implications. In recent years, renewed interest arose in the axial skeleton. New and exciting finds, mostly from Europe and Africa, as well as new methods for reconstructing the spine, have been introduced to the research community. New methodologies such as Finite Element Analysis, trabecular bone analysis, Geometric Morphometric analysis, and gait analysis have been applied to the spines of primates and humans. These provide a new and refreshing look into the evolution of the spine. Advanced biomechanical research regarding posture, range of motion, stability, and attenuation of the human spine has interesting evolutionary implications. Until now, no book that summarizes the updated research and knowledge regarding spinal evolution in hominoids has been available. The present book explores both these new methodologies and new data, including recent fossil, morphological, biomechanical, and theoretical advances regarding vertebral column evolution. In order to cover all of that data, we divide the book into four parts: 1) the spine of hominoids; 2) the vertebral spine of extinct hominins; 3) ontogeny, biomechanics and pathology of the human spine; and 4) new methodologies of spinal research. These parts complement each other and provide a wide and comprehensive examination of spinal evolution.

    Contents:
    0 Yoel Rak. Introduction
    Hominoids
    1 Gabrielle E. Russo, Cranial base in Hominoids in relation to posture and locomotion
    2 Thierra K. Nalley, Neysa Grider-Potter, Mikel Arlegi, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: I-the cervical spine
    3 Liza Shapiro, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: II-the thoracic and the lumbar spine
    4 Masato Nakatsukasa, The spinal plasticity: changes in spinal morphology due to locomotor changes: the example of Japanese macaques
    Modern humans
    5 Jeannie Bailey, Patricia Kramer, Lumbar lordosis and motion: implications for fossil hominins
    6 Eric Castillo, Dan Lieberman, Biomechanical models of the spine, evolutionary perspective
    7 Leonid Kalichman, Ella Been, Spinal posture and spinal pathology in modern humans
    8 Katherine Whitcome, Sexual dimorphism of the axial skeleton
    9 Sandra Martelli, Spinal ontogeny and evolution
    Methodology
    10 Ella Been, Reconstruction of the spinal curvatures based on skeletal material
    11 Markus Bastir, The use of geometric morphometrics in the study of the human spine
    12 Kate Robson Brown, Infant vertebral cancellous bone ontogeny (Neanderthals and modern humans)
    13 Patricia Kramer, Finite Element Analysis of the vertebral spine- implications to human evolution
    Extinct hominins
    14 Scott Williams, The spine of Australopith
    15 Marc Meyer, The spine of Early Homo
    16 Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Ella Been, The spine of Late Homo
    17 Martin Haeusler, Spinal paleopathology in hominins
    Final chapter, Been et al., Future perspectives into the study of the human spine and its evolution.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alaa Abd-Elsayed.
    Summary: "Spinal Fusion Techniques, a volume in the Atlas of Interventional Pain Management series, is a concise, practical guide that provides clinicians with detailed, step-by-step guidance on how to perform the latest interventional techniques for treating patients with chronic pain as a result of spinal stenosis. This comprehensive, easy-to-follow guide offers expert coverage of how to deliver safe, accurate, and cost-effective pain relief to patients using all clinically useful imaging modalities, including ultrasound-guided techniques and fluoroscopy. With high-quality images and clear, authoritative guidance throughout, it shows exactly how to evaluate the causes of pain, identify the most promising stimulation technique, locate the site with precision, and deliver effective relief"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of vertebrae
    Surgical instruments
    Patient selection for minimally invasive spine surgery
    Perioperative management and best practices
    Minimally invasive posterior lumbar fusion--a novel approach to facet fusion
    Posterior spinal fusion
    Interspinous fusion with lateral percutaneous technique
    Measuring outcomes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Theodoros Theodoridis, Juergen Kraemer.
    Contents:
    Basic principles
    Diagnostics
    Causal orthopedic pain therapy
    Symptomatic pain therapy
    The spine : anatomy, nociception, and the distribution of pain signals
    Special orthopedic injection therapy : contraindications and patient
    Information
    Cervical injection therapy
    Thoracic injection therapy
    Lumbar injection therapy
    General and specific complications and treatment measures
    Multimodal spinal therapy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Lyle Micheli, Cynthia Stein, Michael O'Brien, Pierre d'Hemecourt, editors.
    Summary: Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides a comprehensive, in-depth review of the mechanisms and management of back injuries and problems occurring in this ever-growing and active population. Led by Dr. Lyle Micheli and his co-editors, an award-winning group of orthopedists discusses and explores common adolescent spine injuries and procedures, in addition to breakthroughs in gene therapy, tissue engineering, and complex operations. As spine surgery is among the most complex and challenging procedures performed in orthopedics, special considerations and procedures are required in pediatric populations. Since many corrective surgeries run the risk of arthritis later in life, particular efforts must be made in young populations to prevent future injury in a child's adolescence and young adulthood while maximizing return-to-play potential. Chapters cover acute spinal injuries, concussions, overuse injuries, spinal malformations, tumors, infections and inflammatory diseases across the range of athletics, including swimming and combat sports. Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides an immeasurable guide for back surgery in pediatric populations and will be a go-to resource for practitioners and residents in pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy and Development of the Young Spine / Brian A. Kelly and Brian Snyder
    2. The Young Athlete's Spinal Mechanics / Robert A. Donatelli and Michael S. Thurner
    3. Acute Thoracic and Lumbar Injuries / Michael P. Glotzbecker and Daniel J. Hedequist
    4. Acute Cervical Spine Injuries / Robert V. Cantu and Robert C. Cantu
    5. Concussion in Youth Sports / Cynthia J. Stein and William P. Meehan III
    6. Adolescent Overuse Spine Injuries / Michael O'Brien and Pierre d'Hemecourt
    7. Throwing Sports and Injuries Involving the Young Athlete's Spine / Peter Kriz
    8. Spine Injuries in Collision/Heavy Contact Sports / Deborah I. Light and Hamish A. Kerr
    9. Spine Injuries in the Aesthetic Athlete / Bridget J. Quinn
    10. Swimming and the Spine / Erika B. Persson and Merrilee Zetaruk
    11. Spinal Injuries in Combat Sports / Merrilee Zetaruk
    12. Principles of Rehabilitation / Michellina Cassella, Carl Gustafson and Pierre d'Hemecourt
    13. Congenital Spine Malformations and Sports Implications / Kristin S. Livingston and John B. Emans
    14. The Young Athlete with Down Syndrome / Benjamin J. Shore
    15. Spinal Deformity: Presentation, Treatment and Return to Sport / M. Timothy Hresko
    16. Intrinsic Spinal Cord Abnormalities in Sport / Edward R. Smith and Mark R. Proctor
    17. Metabolic Spinal Disorders in the Young Athlete / Naomi J. Brown and Kathryn E. Ackerman
    18. Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases Affecting the Young Athlete's Spine / Lionel N. Metz, Derek Thomas Ward and Aenor J. Sawyer
    19. Spine Tumors in the Young Athlete / Megan E. Anderson
    20. Return to Play After Spinal Surgery / Robert G. Watkins, III and Robert G. Watkins, IV
    21. Adaptive Sport / David M. Popoli
    22. The Spine in Skeletal Dysplasia / Lawrence I. Karlin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luigi Manfrè, editor.
    Summary: This easy-to-consult guide describes new minimally invasive procedures for the treatment of spinal instability that are accompanied by fewer complications and side-effects, reduce the risks of anesthesia, and lower costs. Clear accounts of a range of CT, X-ray, and MRI guided techniques are provided, including radiofrequency ablation in facet syndrome, cervical spine fusion, posterior and anterior lumbar spine fusion, and lumbosacral fusion. A brief but comprehensive introduction is included on biomechanics, relevant clinical syndromes, and diagnostic imaging. Like other books in the Springer series New Procedures in Spinal Interventional Neuroradiology, this practice-oriented volume will fill a significant gap in the literature and meet the need expressed by a large number of specialists (interventional neuroradiologists and radiologists, neurosurgeons, and orthopedists) for a topical and handy guide that specifically illustrates the presently available materials and methods.

    Contents:
    1. Biomechanics and Instability
    2. Radiology I- X-ray and CT
    3. Radiology II- MRI
    4. CT/X-ray guided technique in posterior lumbar spine fusion (PIF,TFF, IFF)
    5. Anterior and lateral approaches to the lumbar spine
    6. CT/X-ray guided thermal ablation in spinal facets and sacroiliac joint syndrome disease
    7. CT/X-ray guided technique in sacral fusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Alexander R. Vaccaro, Richard G. Fessler, Kris Radcliff.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Yan Wang, Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, Lawrence Lenke, editors.
    Summary: Spinal osteotomy techniques have been dramatically applied as a standard method for severe and rigid spinal deformity. Although clinical results indicate that patients who undergo osteotomy procedures typically experience well deformity correction and ameliorate the clinical appearance, aggressive peri-operative risks and follow-up complications are not rare. More meticulous and standard indication selection, osteotomy plan design and complication prevention strategy and outcome evaluation are critically needed for surgeon majored in spine deformity. The book Spinal Osteotomy is divided into sections that focus on principles of spinal osteotomy, technical and case illustration and outcomes and complications as well as computer navigation and other latest techniques. Each section is heavily illustrated and clearly written for ease of understanding. Orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeon residents and fellows who want to focus on spinal deformity correction will find this instructive and invaluable. Editor Yan Wang is a professor and dean of orthopedics department, Chinese PLA general hospital, China. Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, MD, is Chief of the Scoliosis Service, Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA. Lawrence G. Lenke MD, is Professor and Chief of the Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA.

    Contents:
    History of spine osteotomy
    Clinical and radiographic evaluation
    How to determine the levels of osteotomy
    Indications for spinal osteotomy
    Anesthesia for spine osteotomy surgery
    History of Spinal Osteotomy for Thoraco-Lumbar Kyphosis in Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Smith-Peterson osteotomy and Ponte osteotomy
    Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO)
    Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (VCR) for Complex Spinal Deformities
    Posterior vertebral column decancellation
    Hemivertebrae Excision: Technique for Congenital Spine Deformity
    The Management of Thoracolumbar Kyphotic Deformity in Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Rod Link Reducer Posterior System for Vertebral Column Resection: A Porcine Model
    Proximal and Distal Junctional Fixation Technique
    Optimizing Safety in Spinal Deformity Surgery
    Outcomes of treatment of severe spinal deformity using spinal Outcomes of Treatment of Severe Spinal Deformity Using Spinal Osteotomy
    Preoperative and Postoperative Care Including Use of Halo Gravity Traction
    Functional Evaluation of Spinal Osteotomy
    Neurological deficit after spinal osteotomy
    Revision Surgery following Osteotomy
    Important Research Principles in the field of Spinal Osteotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Huizhong Tian, Yuan Ma, Jingming Xie, Yingsong Wang, editors.
    Summary: Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is a monograph of introducing osteotomy for spinal deformity correction surgery. Its content is prominent and comprehensive. The unique arrangement with the combination of picture and text shows its concise, intuitive and vivid. It is a monograph for the needs of current clinical practice with quite reference value and teaching significance. The publication of Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics expands the scope of application of osteotomy and the combined treatment with osteotomy and internal fixation. It solved the difficult problems only by simple instruments in the past and made the spinal osteotomy further recognized by spinal surgeons in clinical application. Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is composed of 13 chapters, including: History of the Development of Spinal Osteotomy, Application of Tian's Spinal Osteotomes, Transverse Laminectomy for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, V-shape Laminectomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis, Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis Deformity, Vertebral Column Resection for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, Non-apex Osteotomy for ASK, Apex Osteotomy for AS Kyphosis, Spinal Osteotomy for Congenital Angular Kyphosis, Hemivertebra Osteotomy, Osteotomy for Tuberculosis Angular Kyphosis, Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (PVCR) Correction for Severe Rigid Spinal Deformity, Osteotomy for Traumatic Spinal Deformity. They are various surgical methods of spinal osteotomy with Tian's Osteotomes, and also described in detail by pictures and text. The feature of this book is to illustrate the method of surgical operation to achieve the purpose of enabling beginners to quickly grasp the surgical skills. A good book is a set of handy tools dedicated to the reader. We believed that readers will benefit from it and improve the ability and application level of spinal osteotomy and surgery.

    Contents:
    History of Spinal Osteotomy
    The application of Tian spinal osteotomes. -Transverse laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    V-shaped laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    Subtotal osteotomy of arch and vertebral for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    Total spinal osteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    Non-apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
    Apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
    Osteotomy Orthopaedics for congenital angular kyphosis
    Hemivertebral osteotomy resection.-Osteotomy orthopaedics for tuberculous angular kyphosis
    PVCR for severe rigid spinal deformity
    Osteotomy orthopaedics for traumatic spinal deformity.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Todd J. Albert, Thomas A. Zdeblick.
    Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery® series,The Spine, Fourth Edition, is a concise, lavishly illustrated reference covering the most advanced, successful surgical techniques for the spine-all in step-by-step detail. Edited by Drs. Todd J. Albert and Thomas A. Zdeblick, this fully revised edition presents the preferred techniques of surgical masters, illustrated with sequential, surgeon's-eye view intraoperative photographs, as well as superb drawings by noted medical illustrators. New contributing authors and new and rewritten chapters keep you fully up to date with recent changes in the field. Provides the up-to-date guidance you need to face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence-helping you minimize error, improve outcomes and increase patient safety Features a new chapter on Mini ALIF and Oblique Anterior Lumbar Retroperitoneal Approach, as well as up-to-date coverage of robotics and technological advances Covers indications and contraindications, pitfalls and potential complications, pertinent surgical anatomy, and pearls and tips for improving results Includes abundant full-color photographs of surgical practice and clear illustrations that reveal areas not visible to the surgeon during a procedure Helps you acquire both knowledge and skill as you master the art and science of spine surgery with guidance from leading orthopaedic surgeons Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    book editors, Christopher M. Bono, Andrew J. Schoenfeld.
    Contents:
    Section I. Examination and diagnostics
    Section II. Trauma
    Section III. Infection
    Section IV. Tumors
    Section V. Degenerative Disorders
    Section VI. Spinal Deformity
    Section VII. Metabolic and Inflammatory Disorders
    Section VIII. Surgical Approaches and Techniques
    Section IX. General Knowledge.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas A. Zdeblick, M.D., AA McBeath Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, Todd J. Albert, M.D., Richard H. Rothman Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Professor Of Neurosurgery, Thomas Jefferson University and Hospitals, President, the Rothman Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: Now in its Third Edition, this volume in the Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery Series combines the step-by-step procedural guidance that readers have come to know with new and updated discussions of specific procedures. The text's how-to format helps readers face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence. NEW to the Third Edition: Six new chapters address Transpedicular Fixation, Anterior Cervical Arthroplasty, Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion, and Lumbar Disc Arthroplasty. Expanded coverage of neurologic issues in spinal surgery broadens the text's scope and assists in presurgical planning and choice of technique.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    founding editors, Richard H. Rothman and Frederick A. Simeone.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD533 .S68 1992
    2
  • Digital
    Kern Singh, MD.
    Summary: "Kern Singh and contributors will present a concise review of key principles of spine surgery: anatomy, clinical evaluation, imaging, diagnostic tests, and select procedures. The chapters will provide broad conceptual overviews of specific topics with end-of-chapter questions to emphasize key subjects within each chapter. This style is appropriate for medical students and postgraduate trainees to function as a primer for their spine surgery rotations. It offers a condensed and high-yield review of spinal healthcare. Also, key high-impact citations will be provided with a summary at the end of each chapter. We have had good success with small books on the spine. This book should follow that pattern"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Neuroanatomy and physiology / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, and Kern Singh
    General spine anatomy and long tract pathways / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Atlanto-occipital anatomy / Suzanne LaBelle, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Cervical spine anatomy / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Phillip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Thoracic spine / Catherine Maloney, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Lumbar spine anatomy / Melissa G. Goczalk, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Sacral spine / Antonios Varelas, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain,Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Spinal history and physical examination / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Junyoung Ahn, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Common radiographic measurements / Dustin H. Massel, Benjamin C. Mayo, William W. Long, Krishna D. Modi, Kern Singh
    Cervical disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Lumbar disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Scoliosis / Lauren M. Sadowsky, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, hilip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Spinal trauma and fractures / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Primary and metastatic spinal tumors / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Spinal infections / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Pediatrics / Jonathan Markowitz, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Posterior cervical laminoplasty with intrumentation / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Posterior cervical laminectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Open posterolateral lumbar fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Anterior lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Lateral lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Surgical complications / Ikechukwu Achebe, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Common medical complications following routine spinal surgery / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Shivani Gupta, Daniel M. Sciubba, Mark M. Mikhael, Savvas Nicolaou.
    Summary: This volume features multi-modality imaging studies and management guidance of spine pathologies for the consulting radiologist as well as the neurologist, orthopedist, or emergency clinician diagnosing and managing spinal patients.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    Efrat Saraf-Lavi.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD768 .B656 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Andrew C. Hecht, Chief, Spine Surgery, Mount Sinai Hospital and Mount Sinai Health System, Director, Mount Sinai Spine Center, Associate Professor Orthopaedic and Neurosurgery, Mt. Sinai Medical Center and Icahn school of Medicine, New York, New York.
    Contents:
    General. The epidemiology of spine injuries in athletes / Barrett Boody, Brett D. Rosehnthal, Shah-Nawaz M. Dodwad, Alpesh A. Patel
    Biomechanics of the spine in sports and prevention considerations / Eeric Truumees, Erik E. Swartz
    Rehabilitation of athletes after spine injury and spine surgery / Robert G. Watkins, Michael Kordecki
    On-field evaluation and transport of the injured athlete / Tristan B. Weir, Michael J. Cendoma, Ehsan Jazini, Kelley E. Banagan, Steven C. Ludwig
    Spinal cord injury: pharmacologic agents, thermal cooling, and timing of interventions / Allan R. Martin, Michael G. Fehlings
    Diagnostic imaging of sports-related spinal disorders / Mitchel B. Harris, Micah Blais
    Spine injuries in pediatric athletes / John M. Flynn, Mark A. Seeley, Artistides I. Cruz, Jr.
    Role of the spine surgeon with professional sports teams, agents, and coaches / Robert G. Watkins. Cervical spine injuries in athletes. Differential diagnosis of upper extremity disorders (neck and arm pain) / Laith Al-Shihabi, Howard S. An
    Stingers and burners / Andrew B. Dossett
    Cervical cord neuropraxia / Frank H. Valone III, K. Daniel Riew
    Cervical disk herniation in athletes / Andrew C. Hecht, Steven McAnany, Sheeraz Qureshi
    Congenital cervical anomalies and special needs athletes / Jun Sup Kim, Evan Baird, Lindsay Andras, Nomaan Ashraf
    Degenerative disorders of the cervical spine and cervical stenosis / Kevin L. Ju, John G. Heller
    Fractures of the cervical spine and spinal cord injuries / Gregory D. Schroeder, Tristan Fried, Christie Stawicki, Peter Deluca, Alexander R. Vaccaro. Lumbar spine. Incidence of low back pain in athletes and differential diagnosis and evaluation of athletes with back or leg pain / Kenneth Nwosu, Christopher M. Bono
    Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in immature and adult athletes / Rahul Basho, Andre M. Jakoi, Jeffrey C. Wang
    Lumbar disk herniation in immature and adult athletes / Tyler J. Jenkins, Willington Hsu
    Lumbar degenerative disk disease and spinal stenosis in athletes / Heath P. Gould, Colin M. Haines, William J. Kemp, Timothy T. Roberts, Thomas Mroz
    Piriformis syndrome, sacral stress fractures, and hip labral disorders / Diana Patterson, Brian Neri, Alexis Chiang Colvin
    Lumbar spine disorders in aging athletes / Gordon R. Bell
    Thoracic injuries and pain syndromes in athletes / Tanvir Choudhri, Haroon Fiaz Choudhri, Julian E. Bailes, Jr. Concussion. Concussion: introduction-the controversy / Vin Shen Ban, Richard G. Ellenbogen, H. Hunt Batjer
    Definitions of sports concussion, initial diagnosis, and on-field evaluation / Leah G. Concannon, Brian C. Liem, Stanley A. Herring
    Determining short-term prognosis and return to play / Margot Putukian, Siatta B. Dunbar
    Neuropsychological testing in the treatment and management of sport-related concussion / Melissa A. Lancaster, Lindsay D. Nelson, Michael A. McCrea
    Postconcussion syndrome / Javier Cardenas
    Concussion: long term sequelae-the controversy / Rajiv Saigal, Mitchel Berger.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Jianren Mao, editor.
    Summary: This multi-faceted book provides readers with comprehensive guidance to spine pain care. Unique in structure, the contents integrate various specialties involved in spine pain care, thereby bringing in new prospective and expanding readership. This six part reference begins with a review on the epidemiology and economic impacts that present clinical and financial challenges for spine pain care. Part two then brings the reader into a review of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and etiology of spine pain. Subsequent parts then dive into clinical evaluation tactics, unique disease conditions and treatment options. Finally, the book closes with two chapters discussing the challenges of spine pain medicine and the potential future directions of the field. Written by experts in their respective fields, Spine Pain Care - A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is a first-of-its-kind, barrier breaking work designed for all professionals involved in spine pain care, including physicians and nurses, as well as medical students, residents and fellows as a supplementary educational material. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Epidemiology and Economic Impact
    Chapter 1. Spine Pain Care: Clinical Challenges and Unmet Research Needs
    Chapter 2. The Epidemiology and Economic Impact of Spine Pain
    Chapter 3. Current and Emerging Payment Models for Spine Pain Care: Evidence-Based, Outcomes-Based, or Both?
    Part II. Anatomy, Pathophysiology, and Etiology
    Chapter 4. Functional Anatomy of the Human Spine
    Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of Spinal Pain
    Chapter 6. Clinical and Research Tools for Pain Assessment
    Part III. Clinical Evaluation
    Chapter 7. History and Physical Examination
    Chapter 8. Radiological Evaluation of the Lumbar Spine
    Chapter 9. Neurological Exam and Neurophysiologic Evaluation for the Pain Patient
    Chapter 10. Psychological and Psychiatric Evaluation of the Spine Pain Patient: An Interface of the Mind/Body Dynamic
    Part IV. Spine Pain Conditions
    Chapter 11. Spinal Stenosis
    Chapter 12. Disk Herniation and Radiculopathy
    Chapter 13. Degenerative Spine Joint Disease
    Chapter 14. Degenerative Disk Disease
    Chapter 15. Cervicogenic Headache
    Chapter 16. Infectious and Autoimmune Disease and Spine Pain
    Chapter 17. Oncology and Spine Pain
    Chapter 18. Pediatric Spine Pain
    Part V. Treatment of Spine Pain
    Chapter 19. Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapy
    Chapter 20. Surgical Interventions for Spine Pain Management
    Chapter 21. Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures for Spine Pain Management
    Chapter 22. Epidural Steroid Injections
    Chapter 23. Nerve Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
    Chapter 24. Neuromodulation for Spine Pain Care
    Chapter 25. Intrathecal Drug Delivery
    Chapter 26. Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
    Chapter 27. Fluoroscopic Images of Spinal Procedures and Radiation Safety
    Chapter 29. Sympathetic Neural Blockade and Trigger Point Injections
    Chapter 30. Miscellaneous Spine Procedures: Nucleoplasty, Intradiscal Electrothermal therapy
    Chapter 31. Complications of Interventional Therapy for the Management of Low Back Pain
    Chapter 32. Regional Anesthesia in Patients with Spine Pain
    Chapter 33. Radiation Therapy for Oncologic Spine Pain
    Chapter 34. Rehabilitation Approaches to Spine Care: Physical therapy, Occupational Therapy, and Aquatic Therapy
    Chapter 35. Psychological Assessment and Behavioral Management of Spine Pain
    Chapter 36. Integrative Medicine
    Chapter 37. Organizational and Nursing Issues Related to Spine Pain Care
    Part VI. Challenges and Future Directions
    Chapter 38. Basic Research for Pain
    Chapter 39. Chronic Low Back Pain: Improving Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter C. Gerszten, Samuel Ryu.
    Contents:
    Radiobiology of radiosurgery / Jae Ho Kim and Stephen Brown
    Clinical spinal cord tolerance to radiosurgery / Simon S. Lo [and 10 others]
    Management of spinal cord toxicity / Samuel Ryu, Steve Brown, and Jae Ho Kim
    Histopathologic examination of spinal lesions after radiosurgery / Nathan T. Zwagerman [and 6 others]
    Stereotactic spine radiotherapy : image guidance and patient immobilization / Max Dahele and Ben Slotman
    Treatment planning for spine radiosurgery / David Schlesinger, K. Martin Richardson, Kelly M. Spencer, Brian Winey, and Jason Sheehan
    Quality assurance and treatment delivery / Fang-fang Yin, Zheng Chang, and Justus Adamson
    Contemporary devices for spinal radiosurgery / Christoph Fürweger [and 5 others]
    Imaging, target delineation, and dose prescription / Eric Chang, Omar Ragab, Sukhjeet Batth, Shelly Bian, and Lydia Nng
    Radiosurgery for the re-treatment of progressive spine metastases / Andrew A. Kanner and Benjamin W. Corn
    Clinical outcomes after spinal radiosurgery / Peter C. Gerszten and John C. Flickinger
    Clinical outcomes of pain and quality of life after spinal radiosurgery / Lily Angelov, Sam Chao, and John Suh
    Radiosurgery for spinal canal compromise and spinal cord compression / Richard A. Rammo, Ian Y. Lee, Jack P. Rock, and Samuel Ryu
    Postoperative radiosurgery and minimally invasive surgical techniques / Tobias A. Mattei [and 7 others]
    Radiosurgery and percutaneous cement augmentation / Michael Decuypere and Jason A. Weaver
    Treatment failure, complications, and their management / Nicolaus Andratschke and Matthias Guckenberger
    Patient evaluation and treatment selection for spinal canal compromise / Samuel Ryu and Mark Bilsky
    Radiosurgery for benign extramedullary tumors of the spine / Iris C. Gibbs, Navjot Chaudhary, Steven D. Chang, Robert L. Dodd, and John R. Adler, Jr
    Radiosurgical treatment of spinal chordomas / James P. Caruso, Mark H. Bilsky, Josh Yamada, and Ilya Laufer
    The role of radiosurgery in the treatment of primary malignant spine and spinal cord tumors / Moon-Jun Sohn, Dong-Joon Lee, and Hye-Ran Lee
    Radiosurgery for spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Maziyar A. Kalani, Iris C. Gibbs, John R. Adler, Jr., and Steven D. Chang
    Multidisciplinary approach for the evaluation and treatment of metastatic spinal tumors / Ganesh M. Shankar, Kevin Oh, Kristina Shultz, and John H. Shin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editor, Vincent J. Devlin.
    Contents:
    Clinically relevant anatomy of the cervical region
    Clinically relevant anatomy of the thoracic region
    Clinically relevant anatomy of the lumbar and sacral region
    Evaluation of cervical spine disorders
    Evaluation of thoracic and lumbar spine disorders
    Evaluation of spinal deformities
    Evaluation of impairment, disability, and workers’ compensation
    Strategies for imaging and diagnosis in spinal disorders
    Radiographic assessment of the spine
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the spine
    Computed tomography and CT-myelography
    Nuclear imaging and spinal disorders
    Cervical spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
    Thoracic and lumbar spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
    Pharmacologic management of pain in spine disorders
    Diagnostic and therapeutic spinal injections
    Electrodiagnosis in spinal disorders
    Spinal orthoses
    Indications for surgical intervention in spinal disorders and when not to operate
    Preoperative assessment and planning for patients undergoing spine surgery
    Anesthetic considerations and intraoperative management during spine surgery
    Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring during spinal procedures
    Postoperative management and adverse events after spine surgery
    Procedures for decompression of the spinal cord and nerve roots
    Spinal arthrodesis, graft materials, and graft techniques
    Surgical approaches to the occiput and cervical spine
    Surgical approaches to the thoracic, lumbar, and lumbosacral spine
    Occipital and cervical spine instrumentation
    Thoracic and lumbar spine instrumentation
    Instrumentation and fusion at the lumbosacral junction and pelvis
    Minimally invasive spine surgery
    Artificial disc replacement
    Revision spine surgery
    Spinal cord stimulation and implantable drug delivery systems
    Pediatric back pain
    Pediatric cervical disorders
    Early-onset scoliosis
    Idiopathic scoliosis
    Congenital spinal deformities
    Neuromuscular spinal deformities
    Sagittal plane deformities in pediatric patients
    Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in pediatric patients
    Pediatric spinal trauma
    Pathophysiology and pathoanatomy of degenerative disorders of the adult spine
    Cervical degenerative disorders
    Thoracic disc herniation and stenosis
    Lumbar disc herniation
    Discogenic low back pain
    Lumbar spinal stenosis
    Disorders of the sacroiliac joint
    Adult idiopathic and degenerative scoliosis
    Sagittal plane deformities in adults
    Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in adults
    Evaluation of the spine trauma patient
    Spinal cord injury
    Upper cervical spine trauma
    Lower cervical spine injuries
    Thoracic and lumbar spine fractures
    Sacral fractures
    Spinal injuries in athletes
    Disorders of the spinal cord and related structures
    Primary spine tumors
    Metastatic spine tumors
    Metabolic bone diseases of the spine
    Treatment options for osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures
    Spinal infections
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Ankylosing spondylitis and diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis
    Spinal navigation, robotic surgery, and three-dimensional printing.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Eli M. Baron.
    Contents:
    Closed cervical skeletal tong placement and reduction techniques
    Halo placement in the pediatric and adult patient
    Anterior odontoid resection : the transoral approach
    Odontoid screw fixation
    Anterior C1-C2 arthrodesis : lateral approach of Barbour and Whitesides
    Anterior cervical corpectomy/diskectomy
    Anterior resection of ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    Cervical total disk replacement
    Occipital-cervical fusion
    C2 translaminar screw fixation
    Posterior C1-C2 fusion : harms and Magerl techniques
    Cervical spine : lateral mass screw fixation
    Cervical pedicle screw fixation
    Posterior cervical osteotomy techniques
    Posterior cervical laminoplasty
    Posterior cervical foraminotomy, microdiskectomy
    Subaxial cervical trauma classification and treatment
    Anterior thoracic diskectomy and corpectomy
    Anterior thoracolumbar spinal fusion via open approach for idiopathic scoliosis
    Operative management of scheuermann kyphosis
    Resection of intradural intramedullary or extramedullary spinal tumors
    Endoscopic thoracic diskectomy
    Vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib opening wedge thoracostomy for congenital spinal deformities
    Posterior thoracolumbar fusion techniques for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis
    Thoracoplasty for rib deformity
    Complete vertebral resection for primary spinal tumors
    Surgical treatment of arachnoid cysts
    The adult surgical management of syringomyelia
    Surgical treatment of dural arteriovenous fistulas and arteriovenous malformations
    Adult scoliosis : classification and treatment
    Spinopelvic balance : preoperative planning and calculation
    Sacropelvic fixation
    Posterior far lateral diskectomy
    The lateral extracavitary approach for vertebrectomy
    Pedicle subtraction osteotomy for fixed sagittal imbalance
    Spondylolysis repair
    Surgical treatment of high-grade spondylolisthesis
    Interspinous process motion-sparing implant
    Anterior lumbar interbody fusion
    Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion
    The transpsoas approach for thoracolumbar interbody fusion
    Lumbar total disk arthroplasty
    Kyphoplasty
    Minimally invasive exposure techniques of the lumbar spine
    Hemivertebrae resection
    Lumbar internal laminectomy
    Cortical screw fixation in the lumbar spine
    Spinal navigation : setup and workflow
    Thoracolumbar trauma classification and surgical treatment
    Sacral fixation
    Minimally invasive sacroiliac joint fusion.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Bernhard Meyer, Michael Rauschmann, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the content of European postgraduate spine surgery courses, using a case-based approach. A step-wise solution to a real clinical problem is described and compared to the best available evidence. A weighted conclusion is provided on how to bridge the gap (if there is one) between standard of care and evidence-based medicine. Spine Surgery: A Case-Based Approach is aimed at postgraduate students of spine surgery (both trainee neurosurgeons and trainee orthopedic surgeons), and may also be of interest to medical students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basics and Conservative Therapy
    Psychosomatics/behaviour therapy.-Indications for emergency treatment
    Part 2: Surgical treatment of degenerative cervical, thoracic and lumbar spinal pathologies
    Anterior cervical sub-axial treatment (fusion)
    Cervical motion preserving procedures (TDR)
    Posterior motion preserving procedures (Frykholm, laminoplasty)
    Cervical myelopathy: indication and operative procedure
    Thoracic disc herniation and myelopathy
    Lumbar disc herniation, nucleo-and sequestrectomy
    Lumbar spinal stenosis
    Degenerative spondylolisthesis
    Slipped vertebra and degenerative lumbar scoliosis
    Lumbar non-fusion techniques
    Surgical treatment options at the sacroiliac joint
    Navigation in cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine
    Part 3: Deformity
    Diagnosis and conservativetreatment of AIS
    Operative treatment of AIS
    Congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis
    Adult scoliosis and complication management
    ^Conservative treatment options and indication for surgery in spondylolisthesis
    Operative treatment of spondylolisthesis
    Parameters of spinopelvic balance, etiology and pathogenesis of disturbed spinopelvic balance
    Diagnosis, classification, and general treatment options in hyperkyphosis
    Scheuermann Disease and M. Bechterew
    Surgical correction and special features in traumatic and congenital kyphotic deformities
    Part 4: Spinal fractures
    Pre-hospital management, physical examination, polytrauma management
    Upper cervical trauma (C0-C2)
    Subaxial cervical trauma (C2 - C7)
    Management criteria for thoracic, thoracolumbar and lumbar fractures
    Conservative management of spinal fractures
    Sacral fractures
    Pediatric spine injuries
    Spine injuries in the elderly
    Injuries in ankylosed spine condition
    Part 5: Tumors of spine and inflammatory diseases
    Vertebral osteomyelitis
    Rheumatic diseases
    Metabolic bone diseases
    Primary tumors
    ^Metastases
    Part 6: Intradural pathologies
    Vascular malformations: arteriovenous malformations (AVMs)/Cavernoma, spinal dAVFs
    Inflammation of spinal cord (myelitis)
    Intradural, extramedullary tumors
    Intradural, intramedullary tumors
    Dysraphia, tethered cord, segmentation disorders
    Syringomyelia, sacral cysts
    Spinal cord injury
    classification and diagnostics
    Spinal cord injury
    surgical and pharmaceutical therapy
    Spontaneous CSF leak and ideopathic spinal cord herniation
    Intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring
    Management of intraoperative dural tear
    Therapy of chronic pain syndromes (pumps, DCS, DBS, CS)
    Part 7: Extended indications and advanced operative techniques
    Craniocervical junction
    Basilar invagination
    Cervicothoracic junction
    Kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis
    Thoracic spine
    Primary bone tumor
    Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS)
    Lumbar degenerative scoliosis
    Adult degenerative scoliosis
    ^Long vs short contructs
    High-grade lumbar spondylolisthesis
    Spondyloptosis
    Sacrum
    Intradural tumors
    Oligosymptomatic intramedullary lesion
    Part 8: Revisions and complication management
    Positioning of the patient and related complications
    Postlaminectomy kyphosis
    Failed Back Surgery Syndrome (epidural scar)
    Adjacent segment degeneration
    Management of post-op infections
    Pseudoarthrosis management (case with implant failure)
    Coronal decompensation
    Proximal junctional kyphosis
    Blood management and thromboprophylaxis in spinal surgery
    Management of failure of osteoporotic fixation
    Visceral complications of deformity surgery (pulmonary, esophageal injury or chylothorax)
    Revision of adult deformity
    Iatrogenic neurologic injury
    Management of CSF fistula
    Management of mechanical failure of cervical spine
    Pitfalls of anterior lumbar revision surgery (vasculary or uretheral injury).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Todd J. Albert.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Vikas V. Patel, Alpesh Patel, James S. Harrop, Evalina Burger, editors.
    Summary: Spine surgery has increasingly become a surgical field of its own, with a distinct body of knowledge. While available textbooks cover the intricacies of spine surgery and provide extensive information on each pathology, these books are not geared towards the requirements of the novice and are insufficiently portable for the busy resident to carry while on rounds or on call. This easy-to-use book, written by acknowledged experts, is designed to meet such needs by providing essential information on spine pathology, diagnostic evaluation, surgical procedures, and other treatments. After an opening general section, degenerative spinal disease, pediatric spine conditions, spine trauma, spine tumors, infections, inflammatory disorders, and metabolic conditions are all discussed in more depth. Alongside description and evaluation of surgical options, important background information is included on pathology, presentation, diagnosis, and nonsurgical treatments. Potential complications of surgery are also carefully considered. Spine Surgery Basics will be an invaluable practical aid for all who are embarking on a career in spinal surgery or require a ready reference that can be consulted during everyday clinical practice.

    Contents:
    General: Anatomy
    Physical Exam: Cervical
    Physical Exam: Lumbosacral
    Imaging Basics (basics of anatomy on radiographic imaging plus bone scans, DEXA, etc.)
    Diagnostic Evaluations (injections, EMG, etc)
    General Surgical Principles (guidelines for informed consent, patient positioning for surgery, equipment needed, post operative considerations)
    Surgical Approaches
    Cervical and Thoracic Instrumentation
    Lumbar and Lumbosacral Instrumentation
    Bone graft and Bone Substitute Biology
    Neuromonitoring. Degenerative Spine: Cervical Disc Herniation and Radiculopathy
    Cervical Stenosis and Myelopathy
    Thoracic Disc Herniation
    Lumbar Disc Herniation
    Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
    Lumbar Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
    Spondylolysis and Isthmic spondylolisthesis
    Degenerative Disc Disease with and without Facet Arthritis
    Degenerative Spinal Scoliosis/Deformity. Pediatric Spine: Scoliosis
    Kyphosis
    Congenital
    Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
    Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
    Occipital and Upper cervical spine (Occ-C2)
    Sub-axial cervical spine (C2-C7)
    Thoracolumbar spine (T1-L2)
    Low lumbar spine (L3-L5)
    Sacral spine and pelvis
    Acute Spinal Cord Injury. Tumor, Infection, Inflammatory and Metabolic Conditions: Primary spine tumors
    Primary spine tumors
    Metastatic spine tumors
    Primary spine infections
    Intradural spine tumors
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Ankylosing Spondylitis and DISH
    Osteoporosis and the Aging Spine. Complications: Postoperative Infection
    Dural tear
    Neurological injury
    Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
    Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
    Medical complications (VTE, Pneumonia, Cardiac Disease, Mortality).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nathaniel P. Brooks, MD, FAANS, Associate Professor, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA, Andrea L. Strayer, MS, NP, CNRN, Neurosurgery Nurse Practitioner (Distinguished), University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Mke King.
    Summary: Through stories of achievements, challenges and calamities at five large public hospitals in the United States, the author shows that medical excellence resides where few people expect to find it...and how those centers are threatened by misplaced public priorities and political mythologies.
  • Digital
    Melanie Rogers, editors.
    Summary: This book recognises the challenges associated with the concept of spirituality. An awareness of this concept is integral to the provision of person-centred holistic care. However, APNs ability to provide spiritual care is often impeded by time pressures and the prioritisation of clinical tasks. Confusion about the meaning of spiritually and its relationship to religion compound the challenges involved in providing spiritual care leaving APNs feeling ill-equipped to address this area of care. Many APNs view spirituality as synonymous with religion. This book will provide clarity with the assumption that spirituality is innate to all of our patients and is related to what gives them hope, meaning and purpose. Fundamentally it is about being human. APNs ability to practice with kindness, compassion and empathy will naturally resonate with spiritually competent practice. It begins with an outline of the definitions of spirituality in addition to the concept of spiritually competent practice. An emphasis on the importance of personal development follows. Case studies from countries across the globe illustrate the benefit of integrating spirituality and provide evidence of the importance and relevance of integrating spirituality into practice. These include discussion and presentations of the related concepts of availability and vulnerability which will give APNs more confidence and competence to integrate spirituality into practice. This book is relevant for APNs, students, educators and researchers.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is Spirituality? How does it impact APN Clinical Practice
    Spiritually Competent Practice and Cultural aspects of spirituality
    Personal Spirituality and Self-Compassion?
    Global Case studies in Spirituality
    United Kingdom
    Israel
    USA
    Ireland
    Canada
    China
    Australia or Canada Indigenous Populations
    Operationalising Spirituality
    Availability and Vulnerability Framework for Opertationalising Spirituality
    Spirituality Competencies
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Adele and Doug Calhoun, Clare and Scott Loughrige ; foreword by Jerome Wagner.
    Summary: The Enneagram opens a remarkable window into the truth about us, but simply diagnosing our number doesn't do justice to who we are. Transformation happens as we grow in awareness and learn how to apply Enneagram insights to the rhythms of our daily lives. Filled with exercises to engage, challenge, encourage, and sustain, this handbook will help us grow in greater awareness and lead us to spiritual and relational transformation.
    Digital Access 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J. Balboni, John R. Peteet.
    Contents:
    Religion and spirituality in OBGYN / Rachel Peragallo and John Thorp
    Religion and spirituality in pediatrics / Ray Barfield and Sarah Barton
    Religion and spirituality in family medicine / Timothy P. Daaleman
    Religion and spirituality in psychiatry / Dan G. Blazer
    Religion and spirituality in internal medicine / Lydia S. Dugdale and Daniel P. Sulmasy
    Religion and spirituality in surgery / John Tarpley and Margaret Tarpley
    Religion and spirituality in gerontology / Harold G. Koenig
    Religion and spirituality in oncology / Alan Astrow
    Religion and spirituality in palliative medicine / Tracy Balboni and Michael Balboni
    Religion and spirituality in the intensive care unit / Alex Cist and Philip Choi
    Religion and spirituality in medical ethics / Farr A. Curlin
    Religion and spirituality in medical education / Marta Herschkopf and Christina Puchalski
    Religion and spirituality in nursing / John Swinton and Lynn Vanderpot
    Medicine, spirituality, religion and psychology / Kelly Trevino and Kenneth Pargament
    Spirituality, resistance, and modern medicine : a sociological perspective / Jonathan Imber
    Anthropologies of medicine, religion, and spirituality and their application to clinical practice / Lance D. Laird and L. Linda Barnes
    Law, religion, and the physician-patient relationship / Michael P, Moreland and O. Carter Snead
    Medicine and spirituality : a historical perspective / Gary B. Ferngren
    Philosophical perspectives on medicine and religion / James A. Marcum
    Medicine, religion and spirituality in theological context / Brett McCarty and Warren Kinghorn
    Religion and health : a synthesis / Tyler VanderWeele.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Fiona Timmins and Sílvia Caldeira.
    Summary: This book provides a condensed but comprehensive up-to-date overview of spirituality and its application to health care. The need for healthcare workers to provide spiritual care or meet patients’ spiritual needs is gaining increasing importance in nursing and midwifery policy at local, national and international level. Internationally, there is a growing belief in spirituality as a valid dimension of care.The book highlights a range of examples and case studies facilitating the practical application of the recommendations discussed. In addition to presenting new psychological perspectives, various activities throughout will encourage readers to form their own opinion on the issues covered. The suggestions for further reading and useful websites will also help readers interested in exploring specific areas in more depth. Combining contributions by authors from various disciplines, the book offers a valuable tool for qualified professional healthcare workers in practice, including nurses, social workers, doctors and chaplains. With its handy format, this practical pocket guide offers a faithful companion for practitioners.

    Contents:
    What is Spirituality?
    The psychology of spirituality and religion in healthcare
    Spiritual assessment in healthcare: an overview of comprehensive, sensitive approaches to spiritual assessment for use within the interdisciplinary healthcare team
    Spirituality is a Public Health Issue – The potential role of spirituality in promoting health
    Health Outcomes of Religious and Spiritual Belief, Behavior, and Belonging: Implications for Healthcare Professionals
    Spirituality and Childbirth
    Providing spiritual care – An exploration of required spiritual care competencies in health care and their impact on health care provision
    The role of the nurse in providing spiritual care – A case study approach to exploring specific care provision by healthcare workers in the context of an interdisciplinary healthcare team
    Loss and Grief in people with Intellectual disability
    The Role of the Healthcare Chaplain – A summary of the contribution of healthcare chaplains to modern health care practice
    Teaching and Learning about Spirituality in Healthcare Practice Settings
    Working with diversity – An overview of diversity in contemporary society and the effect of this on healthcare situations
    Being Human: Cultivating Mindfulness and Compassion for Daily Living.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Ben Adler, editor.
    Summary: Spirochetes comprise a fascinating group of bacteria. Although diverse in terms of their habitat, ecology and infectivity for vertebrate and non-vertebrate hosts, they are often considered together because of their similar cellular morphologies. This volume brings together an international group of experts to provide essential insights into spirochete biology, with an emphasis on recent advances made possible by the availability of genome sequences. As such, it offers a valuable resource for microbiologists and other scientists with an interest in spirochete biology.

    Contents:
    The Treponema pallidum Outer Membrane
    Gene regulation, two component regulatory systems, and adaptive responses in Treponema denticola
    Physiologic and Genetic Factors Influencing the Zoonotic Cycle of Borrelia burgdorferi
    Regulation of gene and protein expression in the Lyme disease spirochete
    Genetic manipulation of Borrelia spp.
    Toolbox of molecular techniques for studying Leptospira spp.
    Interaction of Leptospira with the innate immune system
    Leptospiral genomics and pathogenesis
    Complement immune evasion by spirochetes
    Spirochetal lipoproteins in pathogenesis and immunity
    Colonic spirochetes: what has genomics taught us? .
  • Digital
    edited by Klemens J. Hertel.
    Contents:
    The pre-mRNA splicing reaction / Somsakul Pop Wongpalee and Shalini Sharma
    Diversity and evolution of spliceosomal systems / Scott William Roy and Manuel Irimia
    Mechanisms of spliceosomal assembly / Ni-ting Chiou and Kristen W. Lynch
    Alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Stacey D. Wagner and J. Andrew Berglund
    Regulation of alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Miguel B. Coelho and Christopher W.J. Smith
    Introduction to cotranscriptional RNA splicing / Evan C. Merkhofer, Peter Hu, and Tracy L. Johnson
    Chromatin and splicing / Nazmul Haque and Shalini Oberdoerffer
    Preparation of splicing competent nuclear extracts / Chiu-Ho T. Webb and Klemens J. Hertel
    Preparation of yeast whole cell splicing extract / Elizabeth A. Dunn and Stephen D. Rader
    Efficient splinted ligation of synthetic RNA using RNA ligase / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
    In vitro assay of pre-mRNA splicing in mammalian nuclear extract / Maliheh Movassat, William F. Mueller, and Klemens J. Hertel
    Kinetic analysis of in vitro pre-mRNA splicing in HeLa nuclear extract / William F. Mueller and Klemens J. Hertel
    In vitro systems for coupling RNAP II transcription to splicing and polyadenylation / Eric G. Folco and Robin Reed
    Isolation and accumulation of spliceosomal assembly intermediates / Janine O. Ilagan and Melissa S. Jurica
    Complementation of U4 snRNA in S. cerevisiae splicing extracts for biochemical studies of snRNP assembly and function / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
    Expression and purification of splicing proteins from mammalian cells / Eric Allemand and Michelle L. Hastings
    Single molecule approaches for studying spliceosome assembly and catalysis / Eric G. Anderson and Aaron A. Hoskins
    Cell-based splicing of minigenes / Sarah A. Smith and Kristen W. Lynch
    Quantifying the ratio of spliceosome components assembled on pre-mRNA / Noa Neufeld, Yehuda Brody, and Yaron Shav-Tal
    Antisense methods to modulate pre-mRNA splicing / Joonbae Seo, Eric W. Ottesen, and Ravindra N. Singh
    Using yeast genetics to study splicing mechanisms / Munshi Azad Hossain and Tracy L. Johnson
    Medium throughput analysis of alternative splicing by fluorescently labeled RT-PCR / Ryan Percifield, Daniel Murphy, and Peter Stoilov
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation approaches to determine co-transcriptional nature of splicing / Nicole I. Bieberstein, Korinna Straube, and Karla M. Neugebauer
    Computational approaches to mine publicly available databases / Rodger B. Voelker, William A. Cresko, and J. Andrew Berglund
    Approaches to link RNA secondary structures with splicing regulation / Mireya Plass and Eduardo Eyras
    Methods to study splicing from high-throughput RNA sequencing data / Gael P. Alamancos, Eneritz Agirre, and Eduardo Eyras
    Global protein-RNA interaction mapping at single nucleotide resolution by iCLIP-seq / Chengguo Yao, Lingjie Weng, and Yongsheng Shi
    Predicting alternative splicing / Yoseph Barash and Jorge Vaquero Garcia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.